lP
\pet';:;l\ prefix
prefixSee
See peta-.
peta-.
P \per’a\
P5 \P-ffv’\
\P-fiv'\ n.n.Intel
Intel Corporation’s
Corporation's internal
interna!working
working
namefor
for the Pentium microprocessor.
microprocessor. Although
name
Althoughitit
was not
was
not intended
intended toto be
be used
used publicly,
publicly,the
thename
name
P5
leaked
out
to
the
computer-industry
trade
P5 leaked out to the computer-industry trade
press and was commonly
commonly used
press
used to
to reference
reference the
the
microprocessor before
released. See
See also
also
microprocessor
before itit was
was released.
586,
586, Pentium.
Pentium,
.pa \dot’P-A’\
\dofP-A'\ n.
.pa
n. On
On the
the Internet,
Intemet,the
themajor
majorgeogeographic domain
graphic
domain specifying
specifyingthat
thatananaddress
addressisis
located in Panama.
Panama.
pack \pak\
\pak\ vbo
vb. To
To store
store information
informationinina amore
more
compact
Packing eliminates
eliminates unnecessary
compact form.
form. Packing
unnecessary
spaces and
other such
spaces
and other
such characters
charactersand
andmay
mayuse
use
other
special
methods
of
compressing
data
other special methods of compressing data asas
wetl.
It is
to minimize
well. It
is used by
by some
some programs
programs to
minimize
storage requirements.
package
A computer
computer application
p, ackage\pak';:;lj\
\pak’aj\ n.n. 1.
1. A
application
¯,consisting
consistingof
ofone
one or
or more
more programs
programs created
created to
to perform aa particular
form
particulartype
typeofofwork-for
workJfor example,
example,an
an
accounting
packageororaaspreadsheet
spreadsheetpackage.
package.2.2.
accounting package
In electronics,
the housing
housing inin which
which an
an electronic
electronic
electroniCs, the
component is packaged. See
See also
alsoDIP.
DIP.
packaged
software \pak’ajd
\pak';:;ljd soft’wfir\
soft'war\ n.n.AAsoftpackaged software
software program
program sold
sold through
through aa retail
retaildistributor,
distributor,asas
opposed
to custom
software.Compare
Comparecanned
canned
opposed to
custom software.
software.
packed
decimal \pakd"
\ pakd' des'
;:;l-m;:;ll\ ad}.
packed decimal
des’a-mal\
adj.AAmethod
method
of encoding
decimal numbers
numbersininbinary
binaryform
formthat
that
encoding decimal
maximizesstorage
storagespace
spacebybyusing
usingeach
eachbyte
bytetoto
'maximizes
represent two
decimal digits.
represent
two decimal
digits.When
Whensigned
signeddecidecimal numbers
numbers are
are stored
stored in
in packed
packeddecimal
decimalformat,
format,
appears in the rightmost
rightmost four
the sign appears
fourbits
bitsof
ofthe
the
rightmost (least significant)
significant) byte.
byte.
packet \pak’at\
\pak';:;>t\ n.n.1.1.AAunit
unit of
of information
information transtransmitted
as aa whole
whole from
from one
one device
devicetotoanother
anotheron
on
mitted as
netWork. 2. In
In packet-switching
packet-switching networks,
a network.
networks,a a
transmission
transmission unit
unit of
offixed
fixedmaximum
maximumsize
sizethat
thatconconsists of
of binary
binary digits
digitsrepresenting
representingboth
bothdata
dataand
and
sists
number,
aa header
header containing
containing an identification
identification number,
sometimes
source
source and
and destination
destinationaddresses,
addresses,and
and
sometimes
error-controldata.
data.See
Seealso
alsopacket
packetswitching.
switching.
error-control
packet assembler/disassembler
assembler/disassembler \pak';:;lt
\pak’ot;:;l-sem'o-sem’bl;:;lr-dis';:;>-sem-bl;:;lr\
between
nonblar-dis’a-sem-blar\n.n.An
Aninterface
interface
between
nonpacket-switchingequipment
equipmentand
anda apacket-switchpacket-switchpacket-switching
ing
(P'A-D').
ing network.
network.Acronym:
Acronym:PAD
PAD
(P’A-D*).
packet filtering
f"dtering \pak';:;lt
n. n.
TheThe
pro-propacket
\pak’atfil't;:;>r-eng\
fil’tar-~ng\
cess
based
onon
IP IP
cess of
of controlling
controllingnetwork
networkaccess
access
based
addresses.Firewalls
Firewallswill
willoften
often
incorporate
filters
addresses.
incorporate
filters
that allow
alloworordeny
denyusers
usersthetheability
ability
enter
that
to to
enter
or or
leave
filtering
is is
leave aa local
local area
area network.
network.Packet
Packet
filtering
also
also used
used to
to accept
accept or
or reject
rejectpackets
packetssuch
suchasase-email,based
basedon
onthe
theorigin
originofof
packet
ensure
mail,
thethe
packet
to to
ensure
security
securityon
on aa private
private network.
network. See
Seealso
alsofirewall,
firewall,
IP
IP address,
address, packet
packet(definition
(definition1).1).
Packet Internet Groper
Groper \pak';:;lt
\pak’ot in't;:;>r-net
in’tar-netgri5'gr6"lPadcet
park n.
p;:;lr\
n. See
See ping
ping11 (definition
(definition 1).
1).
packet switching
n. n.
A messwitching \pak';:;lt
\pak’atswich'eng\
swich’~ng\
A message-delivery
technique
in which
small
unitsunits
of of
sage-delivery
technique
in which
small
information(packets)
(packets)are
arerelayed
relayed
through
stations
information
through
stations
in aa computer
computernetwork
networkalong
alongthe
thebest
best
route
availin
route
available
A A
able between
betweenthe
thesource
sourceand
andthe
thedestination.
destination.
packet-switching
network
handles
information
packet-switching network
handles
information
in in
small
units,breaking
breaking
long
messages
multiple
small units,
long
messages
intointo
multiple
packets
before
routing.
Although
each
packet
packets before routing. Although each packet
may travel
path,
and
thethe
packets
may
travelalong
alonga adifferent
different
path,
and
packets
composing
at at
different
composinga amessage
messagemay
mayarrive
arrive
different
times or
computer
times
or out
outof
ofsequence,
sequence,the
thereceiving
receiving
computer
reassembles
the original
original message,
messagecorrectly.
correctly.
reassembles the
Packet-switching
networks
considered
Packet-switching networks
areare
considered
to to
bebe
fast
thethe
tasks
of routing
fast and
and efficient.
efficient.ToTomanage
manage
tasks
of routing
traffic and
assembling/disassembling packets,
traffic
and assembling/disassembling
packets,
such
networkrequires
requiressome
some"intelligence"
"intelligence"
such aa network
fromfrom
the computers
andsoftware
softwarethat
thatcontrol
controldelivery.
delivery.
computers and
The
The Internet
Intemetisisan
anexample
exampleofofa apacket-switching
packet-switching
network.
on on
netnetwork.Standards
Standardsforforpacket
packetswitching
switching
networks are
are documented
documentedinin the
the CCITT
CCITTrecommenrecommenworks
dation X.25.
X.25.
packing
\pak'eng
den's;:;l-te\
n. n.
The
packingdensity
density
\pak’~ng
den’sa-t~\
The
number
ofstorage
storageunits
units
per
length
area
number of
per
length
or or
area
of aof a
.i
MTI0002548
~ inch
storagedevice.
device.Bits
Bits
perinch
is one
measure
storage
per
is one
measure
of of
packing density.
density.
packing
PacklT \pak’it\
A file
fileformat
format
used
Apple
PackIT
\pak'it\ n. A
used
onon
thethe
Apple
Macintoshtotorepresent
representcollections
collections
Mac
files,
Macintosh
of of
Mac
files,
possibly
Huffmancompressed.
compressed.SeeSee
also
Huffman
possibly Huffman
also
Huffman
coding, Macintosh.
Macintosh.
coding,
PAD \P'A-D'\
\P’A-D’\ n.
n. See
Seepacket
packetassembler/disassemassembler/disassemPAD
bier.
bler.
P3:d
character \pad"
\pad' k~r’ak-tar\
kar';;,k-t;;,r\ n.n.InIndata
input
pad character
data
.input Paddle
Paddle switch.
switch.
storage,an
anextra
extracharacter
characterinserted
inserted
filler
and storage,
as as
filler
to to
up surplus
surplusspace
spaceinina apredefined
predefined
block
..use
use up
block
of of
a a page is
is aa block
block of
ofmemory
memorywhose
whosephysical
physicaladdress
address
specified
length,
such
as
a
.fixed-length
field.
can
be
changed
via
mapping
hardware.
See
also
specified length, such as a fixed-length field.
can be changed via mapping hardware. See
also
padding \pad’~ng\
n.
In
data
storage,
the
addition
EMS,memory
memorymanagement
managementunit,
unit,virtual
virtualmemory.
memory.
\ pad'eng\ n. data storage, the addition
EMS,
of one
one or
or more
morebits,
bits,usually
usually
zeros,
a block
of
zeros,
to to
a block
of of 3.
computer graphics,
3. In computer
graphics,aa portion
portionof
of display
display
data in
in order
ordertot.ofillfillit, it,
force
actual
memory that
that contains
data
to to
force
thethe
actual
datadata
bitsbits memory
contains one complete
complete full-screen
full-screen
into aa certain
certainposition,
position,orortotoprevent
prevent
data
from image;
image; the
the internal
internal representation
representation of
of aascreenful
screenfulof
of
into
thethe
data
from
duplicating
a
bit
pattern
that
has
an
established
duplicating a bit pattern that has an established
information.
information.
meaning,such
suchasasananembedded
embeddedcommand.
command.
meaning,
br~k\ n.
n. The
Thepoint
pointatatwhich
which
page break \p~j"
\par brak\
thethe
earlytype
typeofofinput
input
device flow
flow of
of text
t.extininaadocument
documentmoves
movestotothe
thetop
topofofa a
paddle \pad’!\
\pad'l\ n.
n. An
An early
device
often used
usedwith
withcomputer
computergames
games
especially
new page.
often
especially
for for new
page. Most
Most word
word processors
processors automatically
automatically
side-to:sideororup-and-down
up-and-downmovements
movements
side-to~side
ofof
anan
on-on- place
page
breaks
when
the
material
page·
place page breaks when the materialononthe.
the.pagescreen
object.
A
paddle
is
less
sophisticated
than
a
screen object. A paddle is less so·phisticated than a
reaches
specified maximum.
maximum. By
By cont2rast,
contrast, .aa
reaches a specified
joystick
becauseit itonly
only
permits
user,
turn- "hard"
"hard"oror"manual"
"manua!"
page
break
a command
joystick because
permits
thethe
user,
by by
turnpage
break
is aiscommand
or or
ing
dial,totospecify
specify
movement
along
a single
code inserted
inserted by
bythe
theuser
usertotoforce
forcea apage
pagebreak
breakatat
ing aa dial,
movement
along
a single
axis.axis. code
The
paddlegot
gotitsitsname
namebecause
becauseitsits
most
popular aa specific
The paddle
most
popular
specificplace
placeininthe
thetext.
text.See
Seealso
alsoform
formfeed.
feed.
use
was to
to control
controlthe
theon-screen
on-screenpaddles
paddies
use was
in in
thethe paged address
address \p~jd"
\pajd' a’dres,
a'dres, ;;,-dres'\
thethe
a-dres’\n. n.In In
simple
early
video
games,
such
as
Pong.
See
the
80386, i486,
i486,and
and Pentium
Pentium paged-memory
paged-memory architecarchitecsimple early video games, such as Pong. See the
80386,
illustration.
ture,
address in
in memory
memory created
createdby
bycombining
combining
illustration.
ture, an address
the
processes of segment
segment translation
the processes
translationand
and page
page
translation.InIn the
the paged-memory
paged-memoryscheme,
scheme,which
which
translation.
requires that the microprocessor’s
paging feature
feature
requires
microprocessor's paging
addresses are
are transformed
transformedinto
into
be enabled, logical addresses
physica! addresses
addressesinintwo
two steps:
steps:segment
segmenttranslatranslaphysical
tion and
and page translation.
Thefirst
firststep,
step,segment
segment
tion
translation. The
translation, converts
convertsaalogical
logicaltotoa alinear
linearaddressaddress-translation,
an
address that
that refers
refers indirectly
physical
an address
indirecdytoto aa physical
address.
Paddle.
address. After
Al~erthe
thelinear
linearaddress
addressisisobtained,
obtained,the
the
microprocessor’s
paginghardware
hardwareconverts
convertsthe
the
microprocessor's paging
paddle
switchthat
that linear
address to
to aa physical
physicaladdress
addressby
byspecifying
specifying
paddle switch
switch\pad’l
\pad'l swich’\
swich'\ n.
n. Any
Any switch
linear address
has
The large
largeon/off
on/offswitch
switchonon a page table (an array of 32-bit
has a wide
wide handle.
handle. The
32-bitpage
pagespecifiers),
specifiers),a a
many
IBMpersonal
persona!computers
computersisisone
onetype
typeofofpadpad- page (a 4-KB
unit of
of contiguous
contiguousaddresses
addresseswithin
within
many IBM
4-KB unit
die
switch.
See
the
illustration.
physical
memory)within
withinthat
thattable,
table,and
andananoffset
offset
dle switch. See the illustration.
physical memory)
thetext
textand
and within
within that
that page.
page. This
This information
information collectively
collectively
page \p~j\
\ paj\ n.
n. 1.
1. In
In word
word processing,
processing, the
display
elementstotobebeprinted
printedon
onone
oneside
sideofofaa refers
display elements
refers to
to a physical address.
address.
sheet of paper,
paper, subject to formatting specifications
specifications page-description
page-description language
sheet
language\p~j-da-skrip’shan
\ paj-dd-skrip' sh;;,n
such
as
depth,
margin
size,
and
number
of
c61lang’waj\
n.
A
programming
language,
such
such as depth, margin size, and number of collang'wdj\ n. A programming language,
such
as as
umns.
2.
A
fixed-size
block
of
memory.
When
umns. 2. A fixed-size block of memory. When
PostScript,
PostScript,that
thatisisused
usedtotodescribe
describeoutput
outputtotoaa
used in the context of
of aa paging
paging memory
memorysystem,
system,aa printer
or a display
device,which
whichthen
thenuses
usesthe
the
printer or
display device,
MTI0002549
instructions
fromthe
thepage-description
page-description
language
is not
not present
present in
in physical
physical memory.
memory.When
Whenaaread
readoror
instructions from
language
to to is
construct
textand
andgraphics
graphicstotocreate
create
required write
write to
to an
an unmapped
unmapped virtual
virtualaddress
addressisisdetected,
detected,
construct text
thethe
required
the memory
memory management
managementhardware
hardwaregenerates
generatesthe
the
page image.
languages
areare
likelike the
page
image. Page-description
Page-description
languages
page fault
fault intem~pt.
intenupt. The
other computer
with
logical
program
other
computerlanguages,
languages,
with
logical
program page
The operating
operatingsystem
systemmust
must
to the
the page
pagefault
faultby
byswapping
swappingininthethedata
data
flow
manipulation
respond to
of ofrespond
flow allowing
allowingfor
forsophisticated
sophistica.ted
manipulation
the
A page-description
page-description
language,
for the
the page
page and updating
the status
status information
information
the output.
output. A
language,
likelille
a a for
updating the
unit. See
Seealso
alsopage
page
memory management
management unit.
blueprint,
(as(as
for for
fonts
and and in the memory
blueprint,sets
setsout
outspecifications
specifications
fonts
type
drawing
chartype sizes)
sizes)but
butleaves
leavesthe
thework
workofof
drawing
char- (definition 2),
2), swap
swap (definition 2),
2), virtual
virtualmemory.
memory.
acters
itself.
\ par fram
\ n. A
A physical
acters and
and graphics
graphicstotothe
theoutput
outputdevice
device
itself. page frame
frame \p~j"
from\
physicaladdress
addressto'to
Becausethis
thisapproach
approachdelegates
delegatesthethedetail
detail
work which
which aa page
page of
ofvirtual
virtualmemory
memorymay
maybebemapped.
mapped.
Because
work
system with
to
the device
device that
to the
thatproduces
producesthe
theoutput,
output,a apagepage- In a system
with 4,096-byte
4,096-bytepages,
pages,page
pageframe
frame00
descriptionlanguage
languageisis machine-independent.
machine-independent. corresponds
physical addresses
addresses 00 through
through
description
correspondstoto physical
These
abilitiescome
comeatata aprice,
price,however.
however.PagePage- 4,095.
These abilities
4,095. See
See also
also paging,
paging, virtual
virtualmemory.
memo.ry.
buffer \\p~j’im-aj
buf’ar\
Memory
page-image buffer
paj'im-;;lj buf'
;;lr\ n.n.Mem01Y
description
require
printers
withwith
pro-pro-page-image
descriptionlanguages
languages
require
printers
cessing
to,to,
and
cessingpower
powerand
andmemory
memorycomparable
comparable
and in
in aa page
page printer
printerused
usedtotohold
holdthe
thebit
bitmap
map(image)
(image)
the printer’s
printer's raster
raster image
oftenexceeding,
exceeding,that
thatofof
personal
computers.
Acro- of a page as the
image processor
processor
often
personal
computers.
Acmnym:
alsoPostScript.
PostScript.
builds the
the page
page and
and as
as the
the printer
printerproduces
producesthe
the
builds
nym:PDL
PDL (P’D-L’).
(P'D-L'). See
See also
memorymanagement
managementunit
unit \ \p~jd"
pajd' mempaged memory
mem- page. See also
alsopage
page printer,
printer,raster
rasterimage
imageprocessor.
processor.
;;lr-e
yoo-n;;lt\
unit
thatthat page-image
page-image
Ide\p~j"
\ paj'im-aj
im-;;ljffl’\
fin n.n.AA file
file containar-Eman';;lj-m;;lnt
man’aj-mant
y~-nat\n.n.AAhardware
hardware
unit
file
containnecessary code
performs
tasksrelated
relatedtotoaccessing
agcessing
managing ing the necessary
code for
for aa printer
printer or
or other
other disdisandand
managing
performs tasks
device to
to create
createthe
thepage
pageororscreen
screenimage.
image.See
See
memory used
or or
by by
vir-vir- play device
memory
usedby
bydifferent
differentapplications
applications
also
PostScript.
tual-memory
operating
systems.
Acmnym:
PMMU
tual-memory
operating
systemg
Acronym:
PMMU
(P'M-M-U').
(P’M-M-U’).
page layout
Layout\par
\p~j"la'out\
l~’out\n.n.InIndesktop
desktoppublishpublishPageDown
Downkey
key\paj
\p~jdoun'
doun"
kfi’\n. n.A Astandard
standard ing,
the process
process of
of arranging
arrangingtext
textand
andgraphicS
graphicsonon
Page
ke'\
ing, the
key
labeled"PgDn")
"PgDn")
mostcomputer
computer the
the pages of aa document.
programs
key (often
(often labeled
ononmost
document. Page-layout
Page-layout programs
..keyboards
,keyboards whose
meaning
is different
in in excel
excel in
whose,specific
specific
meaning
is different
in text
text placement
placement and
and management
managementofofspespecial effects
different
programs.I~Inmany
many
cases,
it moves
effects applied
applied to
to text.
text. Although
Althoughpage-layout
page-layout
cases,
it moves
thethe cia!
different programs.
cursor
down to
to the
thetop
topof
ofthe
thenext
nextpage
pageorora aspespe- programs
are generally
generally slower
slower than
than word-processword-processprograms are
cursor down
cific
numberofoflines.
lines.
See
illustration.
ing programs,
they can
can perform
performsuch
suchadvanced
advanced
ing
programs, they
cific number
See
thethe
illustration.
tasks
flOWing text into
into complex
complex multicolurnn
multicolumn
tasks as
as flowing
page designs,
printing documents
documents inin signatures,
signatures,
page
designs, printing
managing color
color separations,
and supporting
managing
separations, and
supporting
sophisticated
sophisticatedkerning
kerningand
andhyphenation.
hyphenation.
page makeup
makeup \par
\p~j"ma'kup\
m~’kup\n.n.The
Theassembling
assembling
page
graphicsand
andtext
texton
onaa page
page inin preparation
preparationfor
for
of graphics
printing.
printing.
RAM \pgj"
\par mod
n. n.
AA
page mode RAM
m6d ram',
ram’,R-A-M'\
R-A-M’\
specially designed
designed dynamic
dynamic RAM
RAMthat
thatsupports
supports
specially
acc~ss
sequential memory
access to
to sequential
memory locations
locationswith
withaa
reduced
cycle
time.
This
is
especially
attractive
inin
cycle
time.
This
is
especially
attractive
Down key.
Page Down
video RAM,
RAM, where
video
whereeach
each location
locationisis accessed
accessedinin
page
faIt,
mlt\f61t\
n. The
interrupt
that thatascending
pagefault
fault\ par
\pfij"
fiilt,
n. The
interrupt
ascending order
order to
to create
create the
the screen
screen image.
image.Page
Page
occurs
to to
read
from
or or mode RAM
occurs when
whensoftware
softwareattempts
attempts
read
from
canalso
alsoimprove
improvethe
theexecution
executionspeed
speed
RAM can
write
location
thatthat
is marked
write to
to aa virtual
virtualmemory
memory
location
is marked of
of code
code because
because code tends to
to execute
execute sequensequen"not
present."The
Themapping
mapping
hardware
a virtual tially
tially through
through memory.
memory. See
"not present."
hardware
of of
a virtual
See also
also cycle
cycle time,
time,
memory
system
maintains
status
information
memory system maintains status information
dynamic RAM.
RAM.
about every
everypage
pageininthe
thevirtual
virtualaddress
addressspace.
space.
orientation \p~j"
See
about
A A page orientation
\par 6r-~-an-t~’shan\
or-e-;;ln-ta'shdn\ n.n. See
page either
either isismapped
mappedonto
ontoa aphysical
physicaladdress
address
mode, portrait
portrait mode.
mode.
page
or or landscape
landscape mode,
Page
Down
MTI0002550
availableon
on the
the system.
system.
pageprinter
printer\p~j"
\parprin’tar\
prin'tdr\ n.
n.Any
Any printer,
physical addresses
addresses available
page
printer,such
suchasas the physical
laser printer,
at at
once.
a laser
printer,that
thatprints
printsananentire
entirepage
page
once. Special
Special memory
memory management
managementhardware
hardware (MMU
(MMUoror
Because page printers must
must store
store the
the entire
entirepage
pageinin
PMMU)
performsthe
the address
address translation
translation from
fromvirvirPMMU) performs
tual
See also
memory before
before printing,
printing, they
they require
require relatively
relatively
tual addresses
addresses to
to physical
physical addresses.
addresses. See
memory
memory management
of memory. Compare
Compareline
line
printer.
large amounts of
printer.
memory
managementunit,
unit,paged
pagedmemory
memorymanmanunit, virtual
virtual memory.
memory.
page reader
:reader \p~j"
\ par rE’dar\
re'ddr\ n.n.See
reader.
page
Seedocument
document
reader. agement unit,
and pattern
patternused
usedwith
with
\ pant\ n.
n. A
A color
color and
page setup
setup \p~j"
\ par set’up\
sefup \ n.
n. A
A set of
page
of choices
choicesthat
that paint11 \p~nt\
graphics programs
drawing,
affect how
how aa file
fileisisprinted
printedon
onthe
thepage.
page.Page
Pagesetup
setup graphics
programstotofill
fillareas
areasofof aa drawing,
might
reflectthe
the size
size of
of paper
paper going
going into
into the
the
appliedwith
withtools
toolssuch
suchasasaa paintbrush
paintbrushor.
ora.a
applied
might reflect
spraycan.
printer, the page margins,
margins,the
thespecific
specificpages
pagesininthe
the spraycan.
portionofofaadrawing
drawing
\ pant\ vb.
paint22 \p~nt\
vb.T~)
To fill
fill aa portion
document
document to
to be
be printed,
printed, whether
whetherthe
the image
imageisistoto paint
be
when printed,
printed,and
and with paint.
paint.
be reduced
reduced or
or enlarged
enlarged when
\pant'brush\ n.n.An
tool
in in
a a
whether another file
file isis to
to be printed immediately
immediately paintbrush \p~nt’brushk
Anartist's
artist’s
too!
file is printed.
after the first file
paint program or another
another graphics
graphics application
applicationfor
for
pages per
per minute
minute \p~’jaz
\pa'jdz par
pdr min'dt\
pages
min’at\n.n.AbbreviAbbrevi- applying
applying aa streak
streakof
ofsolid
solidcolor
colortotoananimage.
image.The
The
user
can
usually
select
the
width
of
the
streak.
See
usually
select
the
width
of
the
streak.
See
ated PPM
PPM or
ppm.
A
rating
of
a
printer's
output
or ppm. A rating of a printer’s output
paintprogram.
program.Compare
Compare spraycan.
spraycan.
also paint
capacity,
capacity,that
thatis,is,the
thenumber
numberofofprinted
printedpages
pagesthe
the also
program \p~nt"
pr6"gram\
Anapplicaapplica\ pant' pro'
gram \ n.n.An
printer can
one minute.
minute. A
printer
can produce
produce in
in one
A printer's
printer’s paint p:rogram
tion program
programthat
thatcreates
createsgraphics
graphicsasasbit
bitmaps.
maps.AA
PPM rating
PPM
ratingisis usually
usuallyprovided
providedbybythe
themanufacmanufac- t_ion
program,because
becauseitittreats
treatsa adrawing
drawingasasa a
paint program,
with
turer and
and isis based
basedon
onaa"normal"
"normal"page.
page.Pages
Pages
with paint
of
dots,
is
particularly
appropriate
for free~
fredgroup
particularly
appropriate
for
excessiv~
graphics
or
fonts
may
reduce
a
printer's
excessive graphics or fonts may reduce a printer’s
hand
drawing.
Such
a
program
commonly
Prohand drawing. Such a program commonly proPPM
PPM rate
rate dramatically.
dramatically.
Page
Up key \ \p~j
paj up'
\ n.n.AAstandard
keykey vides
PageUpkey
up"ke'
k~’\
standard
vides tools
tools for
for images
images requiring
requiringlines,
lines,curves,
curves,and
and
(often
labeled "PgUp")
"PgUp")on
onmost
most computer
computerkeykey- geometric
shapesbut
butdoes
doesnot
nottreat
treatany
anyshape
shapeasas
geometric shapes
(often labeled
an entity
that can
can be
be moved
movedorormodified
modifiedasasa adisdisentity that
boards whose specific
specific meaning
meaning isis different
different inin difdifcrete
object
without
lOSing
its
identity.
See
the
ferent programs.
programs.InInmany
manycases,
cases,ititmoves
movesthe
the crete object without !osing its identity. See the
ferent
illustration.
Comparedrawing
drawingprogram.
program.
illustration. Compm-e
cursor up
up to
to the
the top
top of
of the
the previous
previouspage
pageor
oraaspespecific number
illustration.
cific
number of lines.
lines. See
See the illustration.
PageUpkey.·
"Page
Up key.
pagination
\pard-na'shun\ n.
pagination \paj’a-n~’shun\
n. 1.
1. The
Theprocess
processofof
dividing
dividingaadocument
documentinto
intopages
pagesfor
forprinting.
printing.2.2.The
The
process
process of
ofadding
addingpage
page:fmmbers,
numbers,asasinina arunning
running
head.
head.
Paint program
progra*m
paging \p~’j~ng\
forimplementing
implementing Paint
paging
\pa'jeng\ n.n.A
A technique
technique for
virtual memory.
memory.The
Thevirtual
virtualaddress
addressspace
spaceisis palette
palette \pal’at\
In paint
paintprograms,
programs,
a collec\pardt\ n.
n. 1.
1. In
a collecvirtual
divided
divided into
into aa number
number of
of fixed-size
fixed-sizeblocks
blockscalled
called tion
tion of
of drawing
drawingtools,
tools,such
suchasaspatterns,
patterns,colors,
colors,
brush shapes,
shapes,and
anddifferent
different
line
widths,
from
line
widths,
from
pages,
any
of of brush
pages, each
eachofofwhich
whichcan
canbebemapped
mappedonto
onto
any
MTI0002551
SeeSee
which the
the user
usercan
canchoose.
choose.2.2.AAsubset
subset
color assigned
assignedaanumber.
number.Acronym:
Acronym:PMS
PMS(P'M-S~).
(P’M-S’).
which
ofof
thethe
color
look-up
tablethat
thatestablishes
establishes
colors
alsocolor
colormodel.
model.
look-up table
thethe
colors
thatthat
cancan also
\pap, P’A-P’\
n. 1. Acronym
forPassword
Password
PAP \pap,
P'A-P~\ n.
Acronym for
be displayed
displayed on
time.
be
onthe
thescreen
screenatata aparticular
particular
time. PAP
Authentication Protocol.
AA
method
for for
verifying
The
is determined
by by Authentication
The number
numberof
ofcolors
co!orsinina palette
a palette
is determined
Protocol.
method
verifying
identityofofa auser
userattempting
attempting
to log
the identity
to log
on on
to ato a
the number
numberof
ofbits
bitsused
usedtotorepresent
represent
a pixel.
the
a pixel.
See See the
also color
color bits,
bits,color
colorlook-up
look-uptable,
table,pixel.
pixel.
Point-to-Point
Protocol(PPP)
(PPP)server.
server.PAP
PAPis isused
used
Point-to-Point Protocol
also
morerigorous
rigorousmethod,
method,such
such
Challenge
palmtop \p~ilm’top,
\palm~top, pam~top\
n. n.
AA
portable
per-per- ff
if aa more
as as
thethe
Challenge
p~im’top\
portable
Handshake Authentication
is not
sonal
it to
held
in in Handshake
sonal computer
computerwhose
whosesize
sizeenables
enables
it be
to be
held
AuthenticationProtocol
Protocol(CHAP),
(CHAP),
is not
available ororififthe
password
thatthat
one hand
hand while
whileititisisoperated
operated
with
other
hand. available
theuser
username
nameand
and
password
one
with
thethe
other
hand.
user submitted
submittedtotoPAP
PAPmust
must
sent
another
A major
major difference
bebe
sent
to to
another
A
differencebetween
betweenpalmtop
palmtopcomputers
computers the user
program without
2. 2.
Acronym
for for
and
areare
usually
and laptop
laptop computers
computersisisthat
thatpalmtops
palmtops
usually program
withoutencryption.
encryption.
Acronym
powered
off-the-shelf batteries
such
as as
AAAA Printer
powered by
by off-the-shelf
batteries
such
Printer Access
AccessProtocol.
Protocol.The
Theprotocol
protocolininAppleApplecells. Palmtop
Palmtopcomputers
computers
typically
have Talk
Talk networks
networksthat
thatgoverns
governscommunication
communication
be-becells.
typically
do do
notnot
have
tween computers
disk
areare
stored
in in tween
disk drives;
drives;rather,
rather,their
theirprograms
programs
stored
computersand
andprinters.
printers.
thatthat
ROM and
areare paper
ROM
and are
are loaded
loadedinto
intoRAM
RAMwhen
whenthey
they
paper feed
feed \pa~Pdr
\p~’parfed'\
f~d’\n.n.AAmechanism
mechanism
moves paper
printers
switched on.
on. More
Morerecent
recentpalmtop
palmtopcomputers
computers
paperthrough
througha aprinter.
printer.InInlaser
laser
printers
switched
areare moves
and other
other page
pageprinters,
printers,the
thepaper
paperfeed
feed
usually
is is
usually
equipped
to toprovide
equipped with
with PCMCIA
PCMCIAslots
slots
providewider
wider and
flexibility
and
greater
capability:
Seehandheld
also handheldaa series
flexibility and
series of
greater
capability:
See also
firmly
gripgrip
andand
alignalign
the the
ofrollers
rollersthat
that
firmly
thethe
paper
feed
is is
paper. In
In dot-matrix
dot-matrixprinters,
printers,
paper
feed
PC, PCMCIA
PCMCIA slot,
Compare
PC,
s!ot,portable
portablecomputer.
computer.
Compare paper.
laptop.
usuallyaapin
pinfeed
feedorortractor
tractor
feed,
which
small
usually
feed,
in in
which
small
PAM \pam,
pulseamplitude
amplitude
modu- pins
PAM
\pam,P’A-M’\
P'A-M~\ n.
n. See
See pulse
moduedges
pins drag
dragor
orpush
pushpaper
paperthat
thathas
hasdetachable
detachable
edges
punched
with.
sprocket
holes.
Friction
feed
punched with sprocket holes. Friction feed is is
lation .
lation.
. panning
pan ~eng \ n.n.In
graphicS,
a a another
panning \\pan’ring\
Incomputer
computer
graphics,
anothertype
typeofofpaper
paperfeed,
feed,inin
which
paper
which
thethe
paper
is is
display
methodininwhich
Which
a viewing
window
on the gripped
grippedbetween
betweenthe
theplaten
platenand
andpressure
pressurerollers
rollers
a viewing
window
on the
display method
screen
vertically,
likelike
a camscreen scans
scanshorizontally
horizontallyoror
vertically,
a cam- and
and pulled
pulledby
byrotation
rotationofofthetheplaten.
platen.
office
\pa'Pdr-lds
of'ds\
n.n.The
paperless
office
\pFp~r-l~s
of’~s\
Theidealideal. efa,
to
bring
offscreen
extensions
of
the
current
era, t0 bring offscreen extensions of the current
image smoothly
smoothlyinto
intoview.
view.
illustration.
ized
officeininwhich
whichinformation
information
is entirely.stored,
image
SeeSee
thethe
illustration.
ized office
is entirely
·stored,
manipulated,
andtransferred
transferredelectronically
electronically
rather
manipulated, and
rather
than
on
paper.
than
on
paper.
Displayed
Displayedportion
portion
\pa~Pdr-hwlt', pa~Pdr-wlf\
Of,Of,
paper-white \p~’par-hwTt’,
p~’par-wit’\adj.
adj.
of image
image
pertaining
beinga atype
typeofofmonochrome
monochrome
pertaining to,to,ororbeing
computer
operating
colors
computermonitor
monitorwhose
whosedefault
default
operating
colors
I
I
are black
black text
texton
onaawhite
whitebackground.
background.Paper-white
Paper-white
monitors
arepopular
popularinindesktop
desktop
publishing
monitors are
publishing
andand
J~
~J
word
processing
environments
because
the
moniword
processing
environments
because
the
moni<!f--+sheet
of of
paper
tor most
most closely
closelyresembles
resemblesa white
a white
sheet
paper
printed
with black
blackcharacters.
characters.
printed with
paper-white
paper-whitemonitor
monitor\pa~Pdr-hwlt
\p~’par-hwitmon'd-tdr,
mon’a-tar,
pa'Pdr-wlt\
in in
which
texttext
p~’par-wR\n.n.AAdisplay
displaymonitor
monitor
which
I
and
graphics
characters
are
displa3)ed
in
black
and
graphics
characters
are
displayed
in
black
Image
against
a
white
background
to
resemble
the
against a white background to resemble the·
in
in
appearance
appearance of
of aa printed
printed page.
page.Some
Somemanufacturmanufacturmemory
ers use
use the
the name
nametotorefer
refertotoa abackground
background
that
ers
that
is is
Panning.
Panning..
tinted
in aa manner
corresponding
bonded
tinted in
manner corresponding
to to
bonded
Pantone
\pan'ton
PantoneMatching
MatchingSystem
System
\pan’t6nmach~eng
mach~ng paper.
sf
stdm \ n.
and
printing,
a standard
\par~d-dlm'\ n.
examsi’st~m\
n.In
Ingraphic
graphicarts
arts
and
printing,
a standardparadigm
paradigm \p~r’a-d~m’\
n. An
Anarchetypical
archetypical
examsystemof
ofink
inkcolor
colorspecification
specification
consisting
ple or pattern
pattern that
thatprovides
providesa amodel
modelforfora aprocess
process
system
consisting
of a of a ple
swatch
colors
is is or system.
system.
swatch bObk
book in
inwhich
whicheach
eachofofabout
about500
500
colors
J
J
MTI0002552
paragraph \ \par'd-graf\
p~r’a-graf" \n.n.1.1.InInword
wordprocessing,
processing,
paragraph
any part
document preceded
any
part of
of aa document
precededbybyone
oneparaparagraph
mark
and
ending
with
another.
To
the
prograph mark and ending with another. To the program,
of of
information
gram, aaparagraph
paragraphrepresents
representsa unit
a unit
information
given
formatting
that can
can be
beselected
selectedasasa awhole
wholeoror
given.formatting
distinct
paragraphs.
2. On
distinctfrom
fromthe
thesurrounding
surrounding
paragraphs.
2. On
IBM
around
thethe
Intel
IBMand
andother
othercomputers
computersbuilt
built
around
Intel Parallel
Parallel circuit.
circuit.
8088 or
or 8086
8086microprocessor,
microprocessor,a a16-byte
16-bytesection
sectionofof
8088
parallelcomputer
computer\par'd-Iel
\pfir’a-lel
kam-py~’tar\
memory beginning
(address)
thatthat
can canparallel
bm-pyc5b'tdr\
n. An. A
memory
beginningatata alocation
location
(address)
computer that
that
divided evenly
10).
work
be divided
evenlyby
by16
16(hexadecimal
(hexadecimal
10).
computer
thatuses
usesseveral
severalprocessors
processors
that
work
parallel \\pfir’a-lel’\
par'd-Iel'\ adj.adj.
1. Of
or relating
to elec-to elecconcurrently. Software
forfor
parallel
computparatlel
1. Of
or relating
concurrently.
Softwarewritten
written
parallel
computcan increase
increasethe
theamount
amount
work
done
tronic circuits
ers can
thethe
corresponding
terminals
ofof
work
done
in in
a a
tronic
circuitsininwhich
which
corresponding
terminals ers
of two
InIn specific
byby
dividing
a computmg
two or
or more
morecomponents
componentsare
areconnected.
connected.2. 2.
specificamount
amountofoftime
time
dividing
a computing
functioning
geometry
of,of,
relating
to, to,
or or
being
geometryand
andgraphics,
graphics,
relating
being task
task among
among several
severalSimultaneously
simultaneously
functioning
linesthat
thatrun
mnside
sidebybyside
side
same
direction
also parallel
parallelprocessing.
processing.
lines
in in
thethe
same
direction
in in processors. See also
parallelcomputing
computing\par'd-Iel
\pfir’a-lel
kam-py~’t~ng\
,the
same plane
3. 3.
In In
data
bm-pYc5b'teng\
n. n.
the same
plane without
withoutintersecting.
intersecting.
data parallel
communications,
to, to,
or or
being
informaoror
processors
to to
communications,of,of,relating
relating
being
informa- The
The use
use of
of multiple
multiplecomputers
computers
processors
SeeSee
also
tion that
over
multiple
tion
that isissent
sentiningroups
groupsofofbits
bits
over
multiple solve
solve aa problem
problemororperform
performa afunction.
function.
also
array processor,
processor, maSSively
massivelyparaliel
parallelprocessing,
processing,
a group.
SeeSee
also
par-par- array
wires" one
wires,,
onewire
wirefor
foreach
eachbitbitinin
a group.
also
.pipeline processing,
processing,SMP.
SMP.
allel
Compare
serial.
4. 4.
InIn
data
allelinterface.
’interface.
Compare
serial.
datahandling,
handling, ,pipeline
\par'd-lel da'td-bas\
dq.t~r­ t~of
more
than
oneone
event
at atparallel database \pgtr’a-lel
of or
or relating
relatingtotohandling
handling
more
than
event
d~’ta-bgts\n.n.A Ada,
thethe
concurrent
use use
of two
a time,
witheach
eachevent
eventhaving
having
.own
portion
base system
systeminvolving
involving
concurrent
of two
time, with
its its
.own
portion
of of base
or more
the system's
system’sresources.
resources.See
Seealso
alsoparallel
parallelprocessing.
processing.
more processors
processorsororoperating
operatingsystem
systemprocesses
processes
to service
servicedatabase
databasemanagement
management
requests
such
requests
parallel access
The
ability
to to to
such
as as
paraRel
access \par'd-Iel
\pgtr’a-lelak'ses\
ak’ses\n.n.
The
ability
logging,
I/OI/O
'
store or
composing
a single
store
or retrieve
retrieveallallofofthe
thebits
bits
composing
a single SQL
SQLqueries
queriesand
andupdates,
updates,transaction
transaction
logging,
a byte
or or
a word
(usuA parallel
database
is is
unit of
of information,
information,such
suchasas
a byte
a word
(usu- handling,
handling,and
anddata
databuffering.
buffering.
A parallel
database
number
of of
simultaally
twobytes),
bytes),atatthe
thesame
sametime.
time.
Also
called
simul- capable
capable of
ofperforming
performinga alarge
large
number
simultaally two
Also
called
simulneous
tasks
across
multiple
processors
and
storage
neous tasks across multiple processors and storage
access.
taneous access.
conpat'allel adder
\par'd-Iel ad'dr\
logic
device
parallel
adder \pgtr’a-lel
ad’ar\n.n.A A
logic
device devices,
devices,providing
providingquick
quickaccess
accesstotodatabases
databases
conthat processes
(typically
4, 4, taining
ofof
data.
that
processesthe
theaddition
additionofofseveral
several
(typically
tainingmany
manygigabytes
gigabytes
data.
da'td
struk'chur\
ParallelData
DataStructure
Structure\par'd-Iel
\pfir’a-lel
d~’ta
stmk’chur\
8, or
rather
thanthanParallel
8,
or 16)
16)binary
binaryinputs
inputssimultaneously
simultaneously
rather
n.
See
PDS
(definition
2).
sequentially,
as
is
the
case
with
half
adders
and
full
sequentially, as is the case with half adders and full n. See PDS (definition 2).
parallelexecution
execution \par'd-Iel
\p~r’a-lel
eks-a-ky~’shan\
eks-d-kyc5b'shdn\
n. n.
adders.
adders. Parallel
Paralleladders
addersspeed
speedprocessing
processingbecause
because parallel
they
requirefewer
fewersteps
steps
produce
result.
Seeconcurrent
concurrentexecution.
execution.
they require
to to
produce
the the
result.
Com-Com- See
parallel
interface \par'd-Iel
in'tdr-fiis\
n. The
paralldinterface
\pgtr’a-lel
in’tar-ffis\
n. The
pare ful!
full adder,
pare
adder,half
halfadder.
adder.
specificationofofa adata
datatransmission
transmission
scheme
scheme
thatthat
parallel
al'gdr-idh-dm\
n. n.specification
parallelalgorithm
algorithm\par'd-Iel
\pfir’~-le!
al’gar-idh-am\
sends multiple
multipledata
dataand
andcontrol
control
bits
simultabits
simultaAn algorithm
algorithm
which
more
portion
An
in in
which
more
thanthan
oneone
portion
of of sends
in in
parallel.
TheThe
neouslyover
overwires
wiresconnected
connected
parallel.
the
at at
one
time.
Parallel
the algorithm
algorithmcan
canbebefollowed
followed
one
time.
Parallel neously
most common
commonparallel
parallelinterface
interface
is the
Centronics
is the
Centronics
algorithms
used
in in
multiprocessing
algorithmsare
areusually
usually
used
multiprocessingmost
interface.
environments.
algorithm.
environments.Compare
Compare sequential algorithm.
interface.See
Seealso
alsoCentronics
Centronicsparallel
parallelinterface.
interface.
Compare
serial
interface.
parallel
circuit
\par'd-Iel
sdr'kdt\
n.
A
circuit
in
Compare
serial
interface.
parallel circuit \pgtr’a-lel. sar’kat\ n. A circuit in
which
'leads
of of
twotwo
or or
more
of ofparallel port
input/output
port \\par'd-Iel
pfir’a-lelp6rt'\
p6rt"n.\ The
n. The
input/output
whichthe
thecorresponding
corresponding
leads
more
connectorfor
fora aparallel
parallelinterface
interface
device.
device.
SeeSee
alsoalso
the
In In
a parallel
the circuit
circuitcomponents
componentsare
areconnected.
connected.
a parallel connector
output port.
circuit,
circuit,there
thereare
aretwo
twoorormore
moreseparate
separatepathways
pathways input!
input/output
port.
par'd-Iel prin'tdr\
n. An.printer
betweenpoints.
points.The
Theindividual
individual
components
parallelprinter
printer\ \pfir’a-lel
prin’tar\
A printer
between
components
in a in aparallel
that isis connected
connectedtotothe
thecomputer
computer
a parallel
viavia
a parallel
parallel
receive
thethe
same
voltage
but but that
parallelcircuit
circuitallal!
receive
same
voltage
interface.InIngeneral,
general,a aparallel
parallel
connection
connection
cancan
share
SeeSee
thethe
illustration.
Com-Com- interface.
sharethe
thecurrent
currentload.
load.
illustration.
movedata
databetween
betweendevices
devicesfaster
faster
than
a serial
conmove
than
a serial
conpare
series circuit.
pare series
circuit.
MTI0002553
\p;;lr-am';;l-t;;lr pas',eng\
n. n.
In In
nectian
is preferred
in inparameter passing
nection can.
can.The
Theparallel
parallelinterface
interface
is preferred
passing \par-am’a-tar
pas’.fing\
programming, the
is mare
stanthe IBM
IBMPC
PCwarld
worldbecause
becauseitsitscabling
cabling
is more
stan- programming,
the substitutian
substitution.ofofananactual
actualparameparamedardized than
andand ter value
dardized
thanthat
that.ofofthe
theserial
serialinterface
interface
value far
foraafarmal
formalparameter
parameterwhen
whena aprocedure
procedure
.or function
functian call is
is pracessed.
processed.
assumes
that
because the MS-DOS
MS-DOS.operating
operatingsystem
system
assumes
that or
RAM \par-am’a-tar
\pdr-am';Hdr ram',
n. A
parameter RAM
ram’,R-A-M'\
R-A-M’\
n. A
the
ta to
thethe
parallel
port.
the system
systemprinter
printerisisattached
attached
parallel
port. parameter
bytes of
.of battery-backed
battery-backed CMOS
See
Compare
serial
printer.
See also
also parallel
parallelinterface.
interface.
Compare
serial
printer. few
few bytes
CMOSRAM
RAManonthethe
matherbaards .of
parallel
pros'es-eng\
n. An. A motherboards
Apple Macintosh
Macintash computers.
camputers.
parallelprocessing
processing\par';;l-lel
\p~r’a-lel
pros’es-~ng\
of Apple
method .of
ofprocessing
processingthat
thatcan
can
run
only
a com- Infarmatian
Information abaut
about the
the canfiguratian
configuration.of
ofthe
the system
system
methad
mn
.only
anon
a camis stored
stared in
parameter RAM.
Acronym:
puter
mnputer that
that cantains
containstwa
two.orormare
moreprocessars
processors
run- is
in parameter
RAM.
Acronym:PRAM
PRAM
(P'ram,
P'R-A-M',
pram).,
See
also
CMOS
RAM.
ning
simultaneausly.
Parallel
pracessing
differs
ning simultaneously. Parallel processing differs(P’ram, P’R-A-M’, pram).. See also CMOS RAM.
CMOS (definition
(definitian 2).
2).
from
in in
thethe
way
a task
is distribCompare CMOS
from multiprocessing
multiprocessing
way
a task
is distrib- Compare
Xerox PARe.
PAR(; \park,
\p~rk,P'A-R-C\
P’A-R-C’\n. n.SeeSeeXerox
PARC.
uted
uted aver
over the
the available
availableprocessars.
processors.InInmultipromultipro- PARe
\par';;lnt-chlld'\ adj.
ta to
cessing,
be be
divided
up up
inta
ceSsing,a aprocess
processmight
might
divided
into parent/child
parent/cl-tild \pfir’ant-chgld’\
adj.1.1.Pertaining
Pertaining
.or
canstituting
a
relatianship
between
pracesses
inin
sequential
blacks,
with
.one
process
.or
managing
or
constituting
a
relationship
between
processes
sequential blocks, with one processor managing
a
multitasking
environment
in
which
the
parent
a
multitasking
environment
in
which
the
parent
access
thethe
data,
access tato aa database,
database,anather
anotheranalyzing
analyzing
data,
mast .often
and
third handling
handling graphical
.output
ta the
and aa third
graphica!
output
to the process calls
calls the
the child pracess
process and most
often sussuspends its
its own
awn operation
aperatian until
until the
screen. Programmers
with
systems
thatthat pends
screen.
Programmerswarking
working
with
systems
the child
child process
process
campleted. 2.
2. Pertaining
Pertaining to
ta or consticanstiperfarm
must
findfind
ways
ta to abarts
aborts .or
or is completed.
performparallel
parallelpracessing
processing
must
ways
divide
tasksasothat
thatititisismare
more.ororless
less
evenly
relationshipbetween
betweennades
nodesinina atree
treedata
data
tuting aa relatianship
divide aa task
evenly
dis-dis- tuting
structure in
tributed amang
available.
Compare
tributed
amongthe
theprocessars
processors
available.
Compare structure
in which
which the
the parent
parent isis .one
one step
step claser
closer ta
to
roat (that is,
is, .one
coprocessor,multiprocessing.
multiprocessing.
the root
one level higher)
higher) than
than the
the child.
child.
caprocessar,
\par';;l-lel s;;lr'v;;lr\
n. n.
AA
camputer
\ par';;l-te' \ n.
.oror
parallel server
server \p~r’a-lel
sar’va~\
computerparity \p~r’a-tfi’\
n. The
The quality
quality.ofofsameness
sameness
in the
the case
case of
usually rereequivalence, in
.of computers
camputers usually
system that
farm
.of parallel
pro-pro- equivalence,
system
thatimplements
implementssame
some
form
of parallel
cessing ta
as as
a server.
See See ferring
cessing
toimprove
improveitsitsperformance
performance
a server.
ferring ta
to an
an elTor-checking
error-checking procedure
procedure in
inwhich
whichthe
the
number .of
of Is
ls must
mustalways
alwaysbebethe
thesame--either
same--eithereven
even
also
also SMP
SMPserver.
server.
or add-for
odd for each
without
parallel
;;l-lel tranz-mish';;ln
\
.or
'eachgroup
graupof
.ofbits
bits transmitted
transmitted withaut
paralleltransmission
transmission\ par'
\pgtr’a-lel
tranz-mish’an\
error. If parity
·n.
The simultaneaus
.of aofgroup
.of of error.
n. The
simultaneoustransmissian
transmission
a group
parity isis checked
checked an
on aa per-character
per-character basis,
basis,
bits
separatewires.
wires.With
Withmicrocamputers,
microcomputers, the methad
method isis called
called vertical
verticalredundancy
redundancychecking,
checking,
bits ov&r
aver separate
paralleltransmissian
transmission
refers
to the
transmission
or VRC;
VRC;ifffchecked
checkedan
onaablack-by-black
block-by-b!ockbasis,
basis,the
the
parallel
refers
ta the
transmissian
.of of .or
called langitudinal
11 byte
farfor
paralbyte (8
(8bits).
bits).The
Thestandard
standardcannectian
connection
paral- methad
method isis called
longitudinalredundancy
redundancycheckchecklel
Centronics
interlel transmissian
transmissionisisknawn
knownasasthethe
Centronics
inter- ing,
ing, .or
or LRe.
LRC.InIntypical
typicalmadem-ta-madem
modem-to-modemcammucommunications, parity
parity isis.one
one.of
ofthe
theparameters
parametersthat
thatmust
must
nicatians,
face. See
See also
parallel interface.
face.
also Centronics
Centranics parallel
interface.
Compare serial
be agreed
upon by
by sending
sending and
and receiving
receivingparties
parties
Compare
serial transmission.
transmissian.
be
agreed upan
parameter
\p;;lr-am';;l-t;;lr'\ n.n.InInprogramming,
a a befare
parameter \par-am’a-tar’\
programming,
before transmissian
transmission can
can take
take place;
place: Types
Types.of
ofparity
parity
fallawing table. See
See also
also parity
parity bit,
either
at the
beginvalue that
thatisisgiven
giventatoa variable,
a variable,
either
at the
begin- are shawn
shown in the following
bit,
ning .of
of an
an aperatian
operation.ororbefare
before
expression
parity check,
check, parity
parity error.
error.
ning
anan
expressian
is is parity
evaluated
thethe
aperatian
is is
evaluatedby
byaa program.
program.Until
Until
operation
campleted,
treated
as as
a a Type
completed,aa parameter
parameterisiseffectively
effectively
treated
DeSCription
Description
constant value
valueby
bythe
thepragram.
program.AAparameter
parameter
canstant
cancan Even
number of
.of ls
Is in
in each
each successfully
successfully
Even parity
parity The number
transmitted set .of
of bits
bits must
must be an
transmitted
be text,
name
assigned
text, aa number,
number,.ororananargument
argument
name
assigned
even number.
to a value
that isis passed
passedfrom
from.one
oneroutine
routine
ta
value that
ta to
The
number
number of
.of ls
Is in
in each
each successfully
successfully
Odd
parity
anather.
another. Parameters
Parametersare
areused
usedasasa ameans
means.ofofcuscus- Odd parity
transmitted set of
must be an odd
.of bits must
add
tamizing
SeeSee
also
argument,
tomizingprogram
programaperatian.
operation.
also
argument,
number.
pass
pass by
by address,
address,pass
passby
byvalue,
value,routine.
routine.
Na parity bit is used.
Na
No parity
parity
No
parameter-driven \par-am’a-tar-driv’an\
\p;;lr-am';;l-t;;lr-driv';;ln\ ad}.
Of,Of, Space parity
adj.
A parity bit is
Space parity A
is used and is always set
pertainingta,
to,.ororbeing
beinga aprogram
program
operation
.or or
an an
aperatian
pertaining
ta
O.
to 0.
whose character
character.oror.outcome
outcomeis isdetermined
determined
whase
byby
thethe Mark
Mark parity
parity AA parity
parity bit is
is used and is always set
values
.of
the
parameters
that
are
assigned
ta
it.
ta 1.
1.
values of the parameters that are assigned to it.
to
MTI0002554
parity bit \pgtr’a-t~
\ par';;,-te bin
extra
bit bit
used
in in subroutine.
Thecalling
callingroutine
routine
passes
address
thethe
address
subroutine. The
passes
paritybit
bit’\n.n.AnAn
extra
used
checking for
(memory location)
to to
thethe
called
location)ofofthe
theparameter
parameter
called
checking
for errors
errorsiningroups
groupsofofdata
databits
bitstranstrans- (memory
ferred within
With
routine, which
toto
retrieve
which can
canthen
thenuse
usethe
theaddress
address
retrieve
ferred
within or
orbetween
betweencomputer
computersystems.
systems.
With routine,
microcomputers, the
encounor modify
modify the
Also
called
thevalue
valueofofthe
theparameter.
parameter.
Also
called
microcomputers,
theterm
termis isfrequently
frequently
encoun- or
~.
tered
in
modem-to-modem
communications,
in
pass
by
reference.
See
also
argument,
ca!l
Compass
reference.
See
also
argument,
callI.
Comtered in modem-to-modem communications, in
which aa parity
thethe
accuparepass
pass by
by value.
value.
which
paritybit
bitisisoften
oftenused
usedtotocheck
check
accu- pare
ref’ar-ans,
ref’rans\
racy with
transmitted,
andandpass
pass by reference \pas"
\pas' b~
bI ref';;,r-;;,ns,
ref'r;;,ns\
n. n.
racy
with which
whicheach
eachcharacter
characteris is
transmitted,
in RAM,
RAM, where
often
used
to to
check
See pass by address.
in
wherea aparity
paritybitbitis is
often
used
check See
pass
byvahm\pas'
\pas"bIb~val'ycm\
val’y~\n.n.AAmeans
means
the accuracy
accuracy with
pass byvaliue
of of
the
withwhich
whicheach
eachbyte
byteis isstored.
stored.
parity
check
\par';;,-te
chek'\
n.
The
use
of
parity
passing
an
argument
or
a
parameter
to
a
subroupassing
an
argument
or
a
parameter
to
a
subrouparity check \ p~r’a-t~ chek" \ n. The use of parity
to check
check the accur~tcy
accuracy ofoftransmitted
also
A copy
copyof
ofthe
thevalue
valueofofthetheargument
argument
is cretine. A
is creto
transmitteddata.
data.SeeSee
also tine.
ated
and passed
passed to
to the
thecalled
calledroutine.
routine.
When
parity, parity
ated and
When
thisthis
parity,
paritybit.
bit.
parity error \pfir’a-t~
\par';;,-te ar';;,r\
error
in parity
metl10d isisused,
cancan
modify
the the
used,the
thecalled
calledroutine
routine
modify
parity
fir’ar\n.n.AnAn
error
in parity method
that
indicates
an
error
in
transmitted
data
or
in
copy
of
the
argument,
but
it
cannot
modify
copy
of
the
argument,
but
it
cannot
modify
the the
that indicates an error in transmitted data or in
~.
original
argument.
See
also
argument,
call
Comdata
stored
in
memory.
If
a
parity
error
occurs
in
original
argument.
See
also
argument,
callI.
Comdata stored in memory. If a parity error occurs in
communications, allalloror
part
ofof
a message
must
be be pare
parepass.
pass by address.
address.
communications,
part
a message
must
retransmitted; ifffaaparity
the thepassive-matrix display
\pas'iv-m::'i'triks dis-pli'i'\
display \pas’iv-mR’triks
dis-plY" \
retransmitted;
parityerror
erroroccurs
occursininRAM,
RAM,
n.
An
inexpensive,
low-resolution
liquid
crystal
computer
usually
halts.
See
also
parity,
parity
bit.
n.
An
inexpensive,
low-resolution
liqUid
crystal
computer usually halts. See also parity, parity bit.
display
(LCD)
made
from
a
large
array
of
liquid
display
park \p~irk\
\park\ vb.
To
position
the
read/write
head
(LCD)
made
from
a
large
array
of
liquid
vb. To position the read/write head
over
a
portion
of
a
disk
that
stores
no
data
(and
crystal
cells
that
are
controlled
hy
transistors
outover a. portion of a disk that stores no data (and crystal ceils that are controlled b~r transistors outtherefore
thethe side
of the
the display
displayscreen.
screen.One
Onetransistor
transistor
controlsside of
controls
thereforecan
cannever
neverbebedamaged)
damaged)ororbeyond
beyond
surface
to toshutting
down
thethe an entire
row or
or column
columnofofpixels.
pixels..Passive-mat~ix
entire row
Passive'-j:natrix
surfaceof
ofthe
.thedisk,
disk,prior
prior
shutting
down
arecommonly
commonlyused
usedin in
portable
computdrive,
for for
moving
it. it. displays
portable
computdisplays are
drive, especially
especiallyininpreparation
preparagion
moving
ers,
such
as
laptops
and
notebooks,
because
ers,
such
as
laptops
Parking
can
be
performed
manually,
automatiand
notebooks,
because
ofof
Parking can be performed manually, automatically,
or,
most
typically,
by
a
disk
utility
program.
their
thin
width.
While
these
displays
have
good
cally, or, most typically, by a disk utility program. their thin width. While these displays have good
contrastfor
formonochrome
monochromescreens,
screens,
resolution
parse
\pars\ vb.
thethe
resolution
is is
parse \p~irs\
vb.To
To break
breakinput
inputinto
intosmaller
smaller contrast
weaker for
for color
colorscreens.
screens.These
Thesedisplays
displays
also
chunks
upon
inforareare
also
chunks so
sothat
thataaprogram
programcan
canactact
uponthethe
infor- weaker
difficulttotoview
view
from
angle
other
straight
mation.
difficult
from
anyany
angle
other
thanthan
straight
mation.
However,
compartition
n. n.
1. 1.
A logically
distinct
on, unlike
unlike active-matrix
active-matrixdisplays.
displays.
However,
compartition \par-ti'sh;;,n'\
\p~ir-ti’shan’\
a logically
distincton,
puters
with
passive-matrix
displays
are
considerportion
device
thatthat
funcportion of
ofmemory
memoryorora astorage
storage
device
func- puters with passive-matrix displays are considertions
separate
unit.unit. ably
ably cheaper
cheaper than
than those
those with
with active-matrix
active-matrix
tions as
asthough
thoughititwere
werea aphysically
physically
separate
2.
ofof
a adataon on
thethe
nextnext
page.
AlsoAlso
screens.See
Seethe
theillustration
illustration
page.
2. In
In database
databaseprogramming,
programming,a asubset
subset
data- screens.
base
table
or
file.
called
dual-scan
display.
See
also
liquid
crystal
discalled
dual-scan
display.
See
also
liquid
crystal
disbase table or file.
play,
transistor.
Compare
active-matrix
display.
play,
transistor.
Pascal
\pa-::;kan
n.
A
concise
procedural
lanCompare
active-matrix
display.
Pascal \pa-s.kal’\ n. A concise procedural lanpassword \pas’ward\
securitymeasure
measure
used
\pas'w;;,rd\ n.
n. A
A security
used
guage
guage designed
designedbetween
between1967
1967and
and1971
1971byby password
Niklaus
a' compiled,
structured
lan-lan- to
and
sensito re.strict
re.strictaccess
accesstotocomputer
computersystems
systems
and
sensiNiklausWirth.
Wirth.Pascal,
Pascal,
a compiled,
structured
is aisunique
string
of characguage
simplifies
syntax
while
tivefiles.
files.AApassword
password
a unique
string
of characguage built
builtupon
uponALGOL,
ALGOL,
simp!ifies
syntax
while. tive
tersthat
thataauser
usertypes
typesininasasananidentification
identification
code.
code.
adding
such
as as
subaddingdata
datatypes
typesand
andstructures
structures
such
sub- ters
The
system
compares
the
code
against
a
stored
list
ranges,
enumerated
data
types,
files,
records,
and
.. ranges, enumerated data types, files, records, and The system compares the code against a stored list
and
users.
If ilie
code
is is
of authorized
authorizedpasswords
passwords
and
users.
If the
code
sets.
also
ALGOL,
compiled
language.
Com-Com-of
sets.See
See
also
ALGOL,
compiled
language.
pareC.
legitimate,thethesystem
system
allows
access
legitimate,
allows
the the
useruser
access
at at
pare C.
whateversecurity
securitylevel
level
been
approved
hashas
been
approved
for for
the the
pass
\pas\n,.
'fl. In
In programming,
programming, the
outout
of of whatever
pass1l \pas\
thecarrying
carrying
one
complete
sequence
of
events.
owner
of
the
password.
owner
of
the
password.
one complete sequence of events.
Authentication Protocol
'w;;,rd a- ~tPassword Authentication
Protocol \\pas
pas’ward
pass
vb. To
To forward
forward aa piece
pass22 \pas\ vb.
pieceofofdata
datafrom
from Password
n. n.
o-then-t;;,-k::'i'sh;;,n\
then-ta-k~’sh~npro't;;,-kol,
pr6"ta-kol,
6-then-ta-k~’shan\
one
also
pass
by by then-t;;,-k::'i'sh;;,n
one part
pal~ofofa aprogram
programtotoanother.
another.SeeSee
also
pass
address,
See
SeePAP
PAP(definition
(definition1).1).
address,pass
passby
byvalue.
value.
password protection.
pr6-tek’shan~,
pass
\pas' bI
'dres , ;;,-dres'\
protection.\ \pas’ward
pas'w;;,rd pro-tek'
sh;;,n \ n. n.
pass by
by address
address \pas"
b~ aa’dres,
a-dres’\n. n.A A password
Theuse
useofofpasswords
passwords
a means
of allowing
means
an an
argument
or parameter
to ato a The
as as
a means
of allowing
onlyonly
meansofofpassing
pas.sing
argument
or parameter
MTI0002555
of of
instructions
a a
authorized
system
or or 3.
authorizedusers
usersaccess
accesstotoa acomputer
computer
system
3. In
In programming,
programming,the
thesequence
sequence
instructions
computer
a routine.
4. In
computercarries
carriesout
outininexecuting
executing
a routine.
4. In
its
its files.
files.
as as
thethe
theory
underpaste \p~st\
\past\vb.
vb. To
To insert
that
hashas information
inserttext
textorora agraphic
graphic
that
informationprocessing,
processing,such
such
theory
undera logical
course
been cut
into
a difcut or
or copied
copiedfrom
fromone
onedocument
document
into
a dif- lying
lyingexpert
expert(deductive)
(deductive)systems,
systems,
a logical
course
leadferent location
docuferent
locationininthe
thesame
sameorora adifferent
different
docu- through
through the
the branches
branchesofofa atree
treeofofinferences
irfferences
leadment. See
ing
to
a
conclusion.
See also cut,
cut
and
paste.
5.
In
file
storage,
the
route
foling
to
a
conclusion.
5.
In
file
storage,
~he
route
folcut, cut and paste.
l
1
patch
code that
that isis
lowed
operating system
thethe
patch \pach\
\pach\ n.n.AApiece
piece of
of object
object code
lowed by
by the
the operating
systemthrough
through
sorting,
andand
retrieving
files files
inserted
as as
a temporary
insertedin
inan
anexecutable
executableprogram
program
a temporary directories
directoriesininfinding,
finding,
sorting,
retrieving
on
bf line
.
fix of
of aabug.
bug. .
on aa disk.
disk. 6.6.InIngraphics,
graphics,ananaccumulation
accumulation
of line
fix
2
patch2
\pach\vb.
repair
segmentsororcurves
curvestotobebefilled
filled
drawn.
oror
drawn.
SeeSee
thethe
\pach\ vb. In
In programming,
programming, totorepair
a a segments
deficiency ininthe
of an
existing
rou- rou- illustration.
deficiency
thefunctionality
functionality
of an
exdsting
illustration.
\path'men'yoo\
envitine ..or
or program,
in in
response
to an
tine
program,generally
generally
response
to anpath menu
menu \path"
men’y~\ n.
n.In
Inwindows
windows
environments, the
unforeseen
thethe
unforeseenneed
needororset
set of
of operating
operatingcircumcircum- ronments,
themenu
menuorordrop
dropbox
boxused
usedtotoenter
enter
namingconvention
convention
path
a shared
stances. Patching
universal naming
path
to atoshared
net-netmeans
of of
adding
a a universal
stances.
Patchingisisa acommon
common
means
adding
feature
until
the the
nextnext work resource.
featureor
oraafunction
functiontotoa aprogram
program
until
resource.
\path'nam\ n.n.InInaahierarchical
filing
version
is released.
C01npare
hack
versionofofthe
thesoftware
software
is released.
Compare
hackpathname
pathname \path’n~m\
hierarchical
fil!ng
system,
listingofofthe
thedirectories
directories
folders
(definition 2),
system, aalisting
2). 2).
or or
folders
thatthat
(definition
2),kludge
Nudge(definition
(definition
lead from
fromthe
thecurrent
currentdirectory
directory
a file.
called
to to
a file.
AlsoAlso
called
path
path \ n.
n. 1.
1. In
In communications,
communications, a link
path \\path\
a link lead
between two
directory path.
between
twonodes
nodesininaa network.
network.2.2.AAroute
route directory
path.
n. n.
through
of of
information,
as aspattern
through aa structured
structuredcollection
collection
information,
pattern recognition
recognition \pat'dffi
\pat’~rnrek-dg-nish'dn\
rek-~g-nish’~n\
1. A
A broad
broadtechnology
technologydescribing
describing
ability
th.ethe
ability
of aof a
database, aa program,
in a database,
program,ororfiles
filesstored
storedonondisk.
disk. 1.
LCD
LCDpanel
panel
matrix
matrix
ITO
ITO electrodes
electrodesinin
columns
on
columns on
opposite
side
of
opposite side of
LCD panel
the LCD
panel
l
IndiumTin
Tin
Indium
Oxide
Oxide (ITO)
(ITO)
electrodes in
rows on
rows
on one
one
LCD
side of the LCD
panel
Pixel
element
Passive-matrix display.
MTI0002556
into aa PCMCIA
slot.Release
Release 11of
ofthe
thePCMCIA
PCMCLA
speciPCMCIA slot.
specification, introduced
specified
a Type
fication,
introducedininJune
June1990,
1990,
specified
a Type
Path
card that
thick
andand
is intended
I card
that isis3.3
3.3millimeters
millimeters
thick
is intended
primarily asasaamemory-related
periphto be used primarily
memory-related
peripheral. Release
Release 2 of
of the
thePCMCLA
PCMCIA specification,
eral.
specification,
introduced in
both
introduced
in September
September1991,
1991,specifies
specifies
botha a5-5millimeter-thick
TypeII IIcard
card
and
a 10.5-millimetermillimeter-thick Type
and
a 10.5-millimeterthick Type
thick
Type III
III card.
card.Type
TypeIIIIcards
cardsaccommodate
accommodate
devices
such
as
modem,
fax,
and
network
devices such as modem, fax, and networkcards.
cards.
% ~ ~ot
Type III
that
require
Type
III cards
cards accommodate
accommodatedevices
devices
that
require
more space,
wireless communications
more
space, such
such as
as wireless
communications
Path.
Path.
devices and
(such
as as
hard
devices
androtating
rotatingstorage
storagemedia
media
(such
hard
computer
to
identify
patterns.
The
term
usually
disks).
See
also
PCMCIA,
PCMCIA
slot.
disks).
See
also
PCMCIA,
PCMCIA
slot.
computer to identify patterns. The term usually
Cardslot
slot\P-C
\P-C"kard'
k~trd"
slot’\
PCMCIA
PC Card
slof\
n. n.
SeeSee
PCMCIA
refers to
visual
images
or orPC
refers
to computer
computerrecognition
recognitionofof
visual
images
sound patterns
to to
arrays
slot.
sound
patternsthat
thathave
havebeen
beenconverted
converted
arrays slot.
ofof
purely
mathePC-compatible \P-C"
\P-C k;dm-pat';d-bl\
kam-pat’a-bl\ad}.
adj.1.1.ConConof numbers.
numbers.2.2.The
Therecognition
recognition
purely
mathe-PC-compatible
forming to
to IBM
IBMPC/XT
PC/XTand
andPC/AT
PC/AT
hardware
matical or
forming
hardware
andand
matical
or textual
textualpatterns.
patterns.
softwarespecifications,
specifications,
which
have
been
Pause key \p~tz"
\paz' ke,
poz'\
which
have
been
the the
de de
k@,
p6z’\n.n.1.1.AAkey
keyonona akeykey- software
board that
of of
a a facto
industry
for for
per-perfacto standard
standardininthe
thecomputing
computing
industry
board
that temporarily
temporarilystops
stopsthetheoperation
operation
SOxs6
family
or or
progq.m orora acommand.
key
is used,
forfor sonal
sonal computers
computersthat
thatuse
usethe
theIntel
Intel
80x86
family
progra.m
command.The
ThePause
Pause
key
is used,
example, totohalt
so so
that
a multiscreen
list- list- compatible
compatible chips.
example,
haltscrolling
scrolling
that
a multiscreen
chips. Most
Most PC-compatible
PC-compatiblecomputers
compute.rstoday are
are developed
developedoutside
outsideofofIBM;
IBM;
they
they
"areare
stillstill
ing
that
creing or
or document
documentcan
canbe
beread.
read.2.2.Any
Anykey
key
that
cre- today
sometimes
referred
to
as
clones.
Also
called
IBM
sometimes
referred
to
as
clones.
ates
a
pause
in
an
operation.
For
example,
many
Also
called
IBM
ates a pause in an operation. For example, many
game
often
simply
the the Pc.
See also
IBM
game programs
programshave
havea aPause
Pausekey,
key,
often
simply
PC. See
also SOS6,
8086,clone,
clone,dedefacto
factostandard,
standard,
IBM
key, that
AT. 2.
P key,
that temporarily
temporarilysuspends
suspendsthethegame.
game.
AT.
2. See Wintel.
Wintel.
\P'B-X'\ n.
n. Acronym
Acronym for
PC-DOS \P-Cdos',
PBX \P’B-X’\
forPrivate
PrivateBranch
BranchPC-DOS
\P-C’dos’,-D-O-S'\
-D-O-S’\n.n.Acronym
AcronymforforPerPerExchange.
An
automatic
telephone
switching
syssonal
Computer
Disk
Operating
System.
The
sonal
Computer
Disk
Operating
System.
The
Exchange. An automatic telephone switching sysversion
MS-DOS
sold
by
IBM.
MS-DOS
and
tem
that
enables
users
within
an
organization
to
version
of
MS-DOS
sold
by
IBM.
MS-DOS
and
tem that enables users .within an organization to
although
file-fileplace
going
through
place calls
callstotoeach
eachother
otherwithout
without
going
through PC-DOS
PC-DOSare
arevirtually
virtuallyidentical,
identical,
although
sometimes
differdiffer
in in
the
public telephone
cancan
also
names of
of utility
utilityprograms
programs
sometimes
the public
telephonenetwork.
network.Users
Users
also names
the
place calls
also
MS-DOS.
the two
twoversions.
versions.SeeSee
also
MS-DOS.
place
callstotooutside
outsidenumbers.
numbers.
MOS \P-chan';dl
\P-chan’almos',
mos’,M-O-S'\
M-O-S’\n. n.See
See
PC
\P-C\ n.
n. 1.
1. A
A microcomputer
to to P-channel MOS
PC \P-C’\
microcomputerthat
thatconforms
conforms
standard developed
the standard
developedby
byIBM
IBMfor
forpersonal
personalcomcom- PMOS.
\P'C-I'\ n. See
See PCI
puters, which
in in
thethe
Intel
PCI \P’C-I’\
PCIlocal
localbus.
bus.
puters,
whichuses
usesa amicroprocessor
microprocessor
Intel PCI
local bus \P'C-I
bus'\
n. n.
Short
forfor
PCIlocalbus
\P’C-I16'k;d1
16"kal
bus’\
Short
SOxS6
andand
cancan
execute
the the PCI
80x86family
family(or(orcompatible)
compatible)
execute
Peripheral
Component
Interconnect
local
bus.
Peripheral
BIOS.
See
also
SOS6,
BIOS,
clone,
IBM
Pc.
2.
A
Component
Interconnect
local
bus.
A A
BIOS. See also 8086, BIOS, clone, IBM PC. 2. A
computer
in
IBM's
Personal
Computer
line.
specification
introduced
Also
by
Intel
Corporation
that
specification
introduced
by
Intel
Corporation
that
computer in IBM’s Personal Computer line. Also
defines
that
allows
up up
to 10
definesaalocal
localbus
bussystem
system
that
allows
to 10
called
See also
alsoPC-compatible
PC-compatible(definition
(definition
calledIBM
IBMPC.
PC. See
PCI-compliant
expansion
cards
to be
installed
PCI-compliant
expansion
cards
to be
1).
installed
in in
1).3.3.See
Seepersonal
personalcomputer.
computer.
PCB \P’C-B’\
the
\P'C-B'\n.n.See
Seeprinted
printed circuit
circuit board.
requires
thethe
the computer.
computer.AAPCI
PCIlocal
localbus
bussystem
system
requires
board.
presence
card,
which
must
be be
PC
n. See
See printed
printed circuit
circuit
PCboard
board \P-C
\P-C" b6rd'\
b6rd’\ n.
presenceof
ofaaPCI
PCIcontroller
controller
card,
which
must
installedininone
oneofofthe
thePCI
PCI-compliant
slots.
Optionboard.
installed
-compliant slots.
OptionPC
forfor
thethe
system's
ally,an
anexpansion
expansionbus
buscontroller
controller
system’s
PC Card
Card \P-C
\P-C"kard'\
Mird’\n.n.AAtrademark
trademarkofofthe
thePerPer- ally,
Channel
Architecture
slotsslots
cancan
sonal
AssoISA,EISA,
EISA,ororMicro
Micro
Channel
Architecture
sonal Computer
ComputerMemory
MemoryCard
CardInternational
International
Asso- ISA,
be installed
installedasaswell,
well,providing
providing
increased
synchrociation
that
is is
used
to to
describe
add-in
increased
synchrociation(PCMCIA)
(PCMCIA)
that
used
describe
add-in be
nizationover
overall
all the
the system’s-bus-installed
cards
system's bus-installed
specification.
A A nization
cards that
that conform
conformtotothe
thePCMCIA
PCMCIA
specification.
resources.
The
PCI
controller
can
exchange
data
resources.
The
PC
Card
is
a
removable
device,
approximately
the
PCI
controller
can
exchange
data
PC Card is a removable device, approximately the
same
that
is is
designed
to plug
either
32 32
bitsbits
or 64
at aat a
with the
thesystem's
system’sCPU
CPU
either
or bits
64 bits
same size
sizeasasa acredit
creditcard,
card,
that
designed
to plug with
\
MTI0002557
cardconsists
consists of
ofconventional
conventional static
static RAM
RAM
time, depending
and and
it it such aa card
time,
dependingononthe
theimplementation,
implementation,
chips
powered
by
a
small
bat*ery
and
is
designed
chips
powered
by
a
small
battery
and
is
designed
allows intelligent,
adapters
to perallows
intelligent,PCI-compliant
PCI-compliant
adapters
to pertothe
the system.
system. See
Seealso
also
provide additional
additional RAM
RAM to
form tasks
using
a techform
tasks concurrently
concurrentlywith
withthe
theCPU
CPU
using
a tech- to provide
Card. Compare
Compare flash
memory.
PC Card.
flash memory.
nique called
called bus
specification
nique
bus mastering.
mastering.The
ThePCI
PCI
specification PC
p-code
p-code \P’k6d\
\P'k6d\ n.
n. See
See pseudocode.
pseudocode.
allows for
a technique
thatthat
permits
allows
formultiplexing,
multiplexing,
a technique
permits
PCT
\P’C-T’\
n..Acronym
for program
programcomprecomprePCT
\P'C-T'\
n.·
Acronym
for
more
than
one
electrical
signal
to
be
present
on
more than one electrical signal to be present on
hension
tool.
A
software
engineering
tool
that
the bus
bus at
local
bus.bus.
Compare
the
at one
onetime.
time.See
Seealso
also
local
Compare hension tool. A software engineering tool that
facilitates
the process
process of
of understanding
understanding the
the strucfacilitates the
strucVL bus.
ture and/or
programs. .
and/or functionality
functionality of computer programs.
\P'C-L'\ n.
n. See
See Printer
PCL \P’C-L’\
PrinterControl
CdntrolLanguage.
Language.
.pcx
extensionthat
thatidentiidenti.pcx \dot-P’C-X’\
\dot-P'C-X~\ n.
n. The
The file
file extension
PCM\P’C-M’\
\P'C-M'\n.n.See
See pulse
PCM
pulse code
codemodulation.
modulation.
fies
bitmapped
images
in
the
PC
Paintbrush
file
fies
bitmapped
images
in
PC
Paintbrush
file
n.
Acronym
for
Personal
PCMCIA
\P'C-M'C-I-A'\
PCMClA \P’C-M’C-I-A’\ n. Acronym for Personal
format.
Computer Memory
MemoryCard
CardInternational
~ternationalAssociation.
Association. format.
IBMPersonal
Personal
PC/XT \P’C-X-T’\
\P'C-X-T'\ n.
n. The
The original
original IBM
formed
to to PC/XT
A group
group of
of manufacturers
manufacturersand
andvendors
vendors
formed
introducedinin 1981,
1981,which
whichused
usedthe
the
Computer, introduced
promote a common
common standard
promote
standard for
for PC
PCCard-based
Card-based Computer,
alsoIBM
IBMpc.
PC.
Cpu. See
See also
peripherals and
to to
hold
them,
peripherals
andthe
theslot
slotdesigned
designed
hold
them, Intel 8088 CPU.
k~’b6rd\n.n.The
TheorigorigPC/XTkeyboard
keyboard\P’C-X-T"
\P'C-X-T' ke'b6rd\
primarily on
portable
primarily
onlaptop,
laptop,palmtop,
palmtop,and
andother
other
portable PC/XT
inal keyboard
keyboard for the
the IBM
IBM Personal
Personal Computer.
Computer.
computers, asaswell
electronic
computers,
wellasasfor
forintelligent
intelligent
electronic inal
reliable,and
andeqUipped
equippedwith
with8383keys,
keys,the
the
Strong, reliable,
devices. PCMCIA
also
thethe
name
ofof
thethe
standard
devices.
PCMCIAis is
also
name
standard Strong,
PC/XT
keyboard
offers
a
typist
an
audible
click.
PC/XT
keyboard
offers
a
typist
an
audible
click.
for PC
PC Cards,
first
introduced
in
1990
as
release
l.
Cards, first introduced in 1990 as release 1.
Seethe
theillustration.
illustration.SeeSee
also
IBM
PC/XT.
See
also
IBM
PC,PC,
PC/XT.
See also
See
alsoPC
PCCard,
Card, PCMCIA
PCMCIA slot.
slot.
PDA
\P’D-A’\
n.
Acronym
for
Personal
Digital
PDA
\P'D-A'\
n.
Acronym
for
Personal
Digital
PCMCIA card \P'C-M'C-I-A'
PCMCIAcard
\P’C-M’C-I-A"kard'\
k~trd’\n.n.See
SeePCPC
Assistant.
A
lightweight
palmtop
computer
Assistant. A lightweight palmtop computer
card.
provide specific
specificfunctions
functionslike
likepersonal
personal
kd-nek'tdr\
n. n. designed to provide
PCMCIA connector
PCMClA
connector \P'C-M'C-I-A'
\P’C-M’C-I-A"
ka-nek’tar\
organization(calendar,
(calendar,note
notetaking,
taking,database,
database,calcalThe 68-pin
slotslot organization
68-pin female
femaleconnector
connectorinside
insideaaPCMCIA
PCMCIA
culator,
and
so
on)
as
well
as
.communications.
culator,
and
so
as
well
as
.communications.
. designed
designed to
hold
the
68-pin
male
connector
on
a
to hold the 68-pin male connector on a
More advanced
advanced models
models also
also offer
offer multimedia
multimediafeafeaMore
. "PC
'PC Card.
See also
slot.
Card. See
alsoPC
PCCard,
Card,PCMCIA
PCMCIA
slot.
tures. Many
ManyPDA
PDAdevices
devicesrely
relyonona apen.or
pen .orother
other
slot'\
n. An
opening
'PCMCIA slot \P'C-M'C-I-A'
’PCMClAslot
\P’C-M’C-I-A"
slot’\
n. An
opening tures.
pointing device
devicefor
forinput
inputinstead
insteadofofa akeyboard
keyboardoror
in
peripheral,
or other
in the
the housing
housingofofa acomputer,
computer,
peripheral,
or other pointing
mouse, although
although some
some offer
offeraakeyboard
keyboardtoo
toosmall
small
intelligent electronic
designed
to hold
a PCa PC mouse,
intelligent
electronicdevice
device
designed
to hold
for
touch
typing
to
use
in
conjunction
with
apen
pen
for
touch
typing
to
us.e
in
conjunction
with
a
Card.
Also
called
PC
Card
slot.
See
also
PC
Card,
Card. Also called PC Card slot. See also PC Card,
or
pointing
device.
For
data
storage,
a
PDA
relies
pointing device. For data storage, a PDA relies
PCMCIA
PCMCIAconnector.
connector.
on flash
memory instead
instead of
of power-hungry
power-hungrydisk
disk
PC
\P-C' mem'dr-e
kard'\
n. n.
1. An
flash memory
PC memory
memory card
card \P-C"
mem’ar-fi
k~rd’\
1. An on
drives.See
Seealso
alsofirmware,
firmware,flash
flashmemory,
memory,
Card,
PCPC
Card,
add-in
thethe
amount
of of drives.
add-incircuit
circuitcard
cardthat
thatincreases
increases
amount
computer.
RAM
also
memory
card.
2. A
RAMinina asystem.
system.See
See
also
memory
card.
2.Type
A Type pen computer.
PDC
\P’D-C’\
n.
PrimaryDomain
Domain
Controller.
PDC
\P'D-C\
n. See
See Primary
Controller.
II PC
Card
as
specified
by
PCMCIA.
In
this
context,
PC Card as specified by PCMCIA. In this context,
PC/XTkeyboard.
keyboard
PC!XT
MTI0002558
Anyof
ofthe
the devices
devices on
\ per\n.n.Any
PD-CD
drIv\
forfor
phase
PD-CDdrive
drive\P'D-C-D'
\P’D-C-D"
driv\n.n.Short
Short
phase peel·
peer \pEr\
on aalayered
layeredcomcomchange rewritable
discdisc
drive.
A A munications
change
rewritabledisc-compact
disc-compact
drive.
municationsnetwork
networkthat
thatoperate
operateononthe
thesame
same
storage
protocol level.
drive
and
storage device
device that
that combines
combinesaaCD-ROM
CD-ROM
drive
and protocol
level. See
See also
alsonetwork
network architecture.
architecture.
peer-to-peerarchitecture
architecture\ per"
\per't8-per'
ar'k8-teka phase
change rewritable
rewritabledisc
disc(PD)
(PD)
drive,
which peer-to-peer
to-pEr" ~ir’ka-tekphase change
drive,
which
can store
650 megabytes
n. A
A network of two
can
store up
up to
to 650
megabytesofofdata
dataononcarcar- chur\ n.
two or
ormore
morecomputers
computersthat
that
tridges of
discs.
SeeSee
alsoalso
phasetridges
ofrewritable
rewritableoptical
optical
discs.
phase- use the same program
program or
or type
type of
of program
programtotocomcomchange
recording.
municate and
and share
share data.
data. Each
Eachcomputer,
computer,ororpeer,
peer,
change recording.
municate
PDD
\P'D-D'\
n.
Acronym
for
Portable
Digital
is
considered
equal
in
terms
of
responsibilities
PDD \P’D-D’\ n. Acronym for Portable Digital
of. responsibilitiesand
and
Document.
created
from
a docuDocument.AAgraphics
graphicsfilefile
created
from
a docu- each acts
acts as
as aa server
server to
to the
the others
others inin the
the network.
network.
ment by QuickDraw
areare Unlike
QuickDrawGX
GXunder
underMac
MacOS.
OS.PDDs
PDDs
Unlike aa client/server
client/server architecture,
architecture, aa dedicated
dedicated file
file
required. However,
stored
of of
printer
storedinin aa form
formthat
thatisisindependent
independent
printer server
server isis not
not required.
However, network
network perforperforresolution;
at at
thethehighest
resolution
resolution;they
theyprint
print
highest
resolution mance
mance isis generally
gene~allynot
notasasgood
goodasasunder
underclient/
client/
server,
especially
under
heavy
loads.
Also
called
availableon
onthe
theprinter
printer
used;
and
they
contain server, especially under heavy loads. Also called_
available
used;
and
they
cancan
contain
the original
originalfonts
fontsused
usedininthethedocument.
document.
There- peer-to-peer network. See
See also peer, peer-to-peer
peer-to-peer
the
Thereclient/server'
fore,
fore, aa PDD
PDDcan
canbe
beprinted
printedbybya acomputer
computerother
other communications,
communications, server.
server. Compare
Compare client/server
than
architecture.
than the
the one
one on
on which
whichititwas
wascreated.
created.
.pdf \dot’P-D-F’\
\doCP-D-F'\ n.
thatthat
identipeer-to-peer communications \pEt’-to-pEr"
\ per' -t8-per' k8n.The
Thefile
fileextension
extension
identi-peer-to-peercom_munications
kon. Interaction
Interactionbetween
betweendedemyoo-n8-ka'sh8nz\ n.
fies documents
Document
fies
documentsencoded
encodedininthe
thePortable
Portable
Document my~-no-k~’shonz\
Format
developedby
byAdobe
AdobeSystems.
Systems.InInorder
order
Format developed
to to vices
vices that
operate on the
the same
same communications
communications
that operate
display
file,
thethe
user
should
obtain
network based
displgyororprint
printa a.pdf
.pdf
file,
user
should
obtain level
level on
on aa network
based on
on aa layered
layered architecarchitec-the freeware Adobe Acrobat Reader.
Reader. See
Seealso
alsoAcroAcro- ture.
ture.See
Seealso
alsonetwork
networkarchitecture.
architecture.
\ per't8-per' net'w8rk\·.
peer-to-peer network \pEr’to-pEr"
net’work\’n..n.
bat, Portable
Portable Document
DocumentFormat.
Format.
PDlL
page-deSCription language.
See peer-to-peer
architecture.
PDIL\P'D-L'\
\P’D-L’\n.n.See
Seepage-description
language.
peer-to-peer architecture.
PDM \P’D-M’\
\P'D-M'\n.n.See
See pulse
pulse duration
pel \pel\
\ pel \ n.n.Short
Short for
for picture
picture element.
See pixel.
pixel.
durationmodulation.
modulation. pc1
dement. See
PEM \P’E-M’\
Privacy-Enhanced
Mail.
PD~
\P'D-O'\n. n.
SeePortable
Portable Distributed
Distributed Objects.
\P'E-M'\ n.
n. See
See Privacy-Enhanced
Mail.
PDO \P’D-O’\
See
Objects. PEM
PDS
\P'D-S'\ n. 1. Acronym
Acronym for
pen
\ penn.
\ n.
Seelight
lightpen,
pen, stylus.
stylUS.
PD8 \P’D-S’\
forProcessor
ProcessorDirect
Direct pe
See
n \pen\
pen-based
computing
\pen'basd
Slot. An
An expansion
expansionslot
slotininMacintosh
Macintosh
computers pen-based computing \pen’b~sdk8m-pyoo'kom-py~’Slot.
computers
is connected
connecteddirectly
directlytotothe
theCPU
CPU
signals.
There tEng\
that is
signals.
There
teng\ n. The
The process
process of
of entering
entering handwritten
handwritten
symbols into
are several
with
different
numare
severalkinds
kindsofofPDS
PDSslots
slots
with
different
num- symbols
intoaa computer
computervia
viaaastylus
stylusand
andprespressure-sensitive pad.
bers
signals,
dependbers of
of pins
pinsand
anddifferent
differentsets
setsofof
signals,
depend- sure-sensitive
pad.See
Seealso
alsopen
pencomputer.
computer.
ing on
on which
whichCPU
CPUis is
used
a particular
computer.pen computer
computer \pen"
kom-py(~’tar\n.n.Any
Any
ing
used
in in
a particular
computer.
\pen' k8m-pyoo't8r\
of of
a a
2. Acronym
Acronymfor
forParallel
ParallelData
DataStructure.
Structure.
A
hidden
class
A hidden
class of
of computers
computers whose
whose primary
primaryinput
inputdevice
deviceisis
(stylus) instead
file,
of of
a disk
thatthat
is is a pen (stylus)
file,located
locatedininthe
theroot
rootdirectory
directory
a disk
instead of
of aa keyboard.
keyboard.AApen
pencomcomshared
shared ul)der
u.nder AppleShare,
AppleShare,that
thatcontains
containsaccess
access puter is
is usually
usuallyaasmaller,
smaller,handheld
handhelddevice
deviceand
andhashas
privilegeinformation
information
folders.
flat semiconductor-based
semiconductor-based display
displaysuch
suchasasan
anLCD
LCD
privilege
forfor
folders
.
a flat
Internet,-the
.themajor
major
geo- display.
..pc
pe \dot’P-E’\
\dofP-E'\ n. On
On the
the Internet,
geoIt
requires
either
a
special
operating
sysdisplay. It requires either a special operating sysgraphic
thatthat
an an
address
is is tem
graphicdomain
domainspecifying
specifying
address
tem designed
designedtotowork
workwith
withthe
thepen
peninput
inputdevice
device
located in
in Peru.
Peru.
located
or a proprietary
proprietary operating
operatingsystem
systemdesigned
designedtotowork
work
.pc.ca \dot-P-E’dot-C-A’\
Onthe
theInternet,
Internet,thethe with a specific-purpose
.pe.ca
\dot-P-E'dot-C-A'\ n.n.On
specific-purposedevice.
device.The
Thepen
pencomputer
computer
major
thatthat
an address
majorgeographic
geographicdomain
domainspecifying
specifying
an address is
is the
the primary
primary model
model for
for an
an emerging
emerging class
classofofcomcomputers known as personal digital
is
is located
locatedon
onPrince
PrinceEdward
EdwardIsland,
Island,Canada.
Canada.
digital assistants
assistants(PDAs).
(PDAs).
peek \pEk\
\pek\vb.
vb.1.1.To
To read
read a byte
peek
bytefrom
fromananabsolute
absolute See
alsoclipboard
clipboard computer,
computer, PC
PC Card,
Card, PDA.
PDA.
See also
memorylocation.
location.Peek
Peekcommands
commands
often
found pen plotter
memory
areare
often
found
plotter \pen"
\pen'piot’or\
plof8r\ n.
n. A
A traditional
traditional graphgraphin programming
such
as as
Basic
thatthat
do do ics
in
programminglanguages
languages
such
Basic
ics plotter
plotterthat
thatuses
usespens
penstotodraw
drawon
onpaper.
paper.Pen
Pen
plotters use
not
n01mally allow
to tospecific
memory
or more
more colored
colored pens,
pens, either
either
not noiinally
allowaccess
access
specific
memory plotters
use one or
locations.2.2.ToTolook
lookatatthe
thenext
nextcharacter
character
fiber-tipped pens
pens or,
output,
locations.
in ain a fiber-tipped
or, for
for highest-quality
highest-quality output,
bufferassociated
associated
with
input
device
without drafting
buffer
with
anan
input
device
without
electrodraftingpens.
pens.See
Seealso
alsoplotter.
plotter. Compare electroactually
from
the the
buffer.
actuallyremoving
removingthethecharacter
character
from
buffer. static plotter.
MTI0002559
Pentium \pen’tfi-um\
\ pen'te-um \ n.
introPentiu~n
n. A
A microprocessor
microprocessor
introIntel Corporation
as as
thethe
duced by Intel
CorporationininMarch
March1993
1993
1
a superscalar,
successor to
to the
the i486.
i486.The
ThePentium
Pentiumis is
a superscalar,
period
period
CISC-based
containing
3.33.3
million
CISC-basedmicroprocessor
microprocessor
containing
million
transistors. The
bus,
transistors.
ThePentium
Pentiumhas
hasa a32-bit
32-bitaddress
address
bus,
64-bit data
floating-point
unitunit
andand
a 64-bit
databus,
bus,aabuilt-in
built-in
floating-point
~----~~----~-----+------~--~~
memory management
8-KB
L1 L1
memory
managementunit,
unit,two
twobuilt-in
built-in
8-KB
Time
caches,
System Management
,
caches, and a System
ManagementMode
Mode(SMM)
(SMM),
which provides
with
the rite
ability
which
providesthe
themicroprocessor
microprocessor
with
abiliW
slow or
components
when
thethe
to slow
or halt
haltsome
somesystem
system
components
when
system is
idle or performing
performing non-CPU-int~nsive
system
is idle
non-CPU-int~nsive
tasks, thereby
TheThe
tasks,
therebylessening
lesseningpower
powerconsumption.
consumption.
Pentium
also
employs
branch
p1'ediction,
resulting
Pentium also employs brancbprediction, resulting
addition,
thethe
Penin faster
faster system
systemperformance.
performance.InIn
addition,
Pen- Period.
Period. The
Theperiod
periodofofan
anoscillating
oscillatingsignal
signal
tium has
to to
ensure
datadata
tium
has some
some built-in
built-infeatures
features
ensure
integrity,
andititsupports
supportsfunctional
functional
redundancyperipheral
peripheral \pdr-if'dr-dl\
\p~r-ff’~r-~l\
computing,
integrity, and
redundancy
n. n.
In Incomputing,
a a
suchasasaadisk
diskdrive,
drive,printer,
printer,
modem,
(FRC). See
See also
device, such
modem,
or or
checking (FRC).
alsobranch
branchprediction,
prediction, CISC,
CISC, device,
functional redundancy
L1 L1 joystick,
joystick, that
to to
a acomputer
andand
is is
functional
redundancychecking,
checldng,i486DX,
i486DX,
thatisisconnected
connected
computer
cache, microprocessor,
superscalar.
Compm'e
controlled by
Also
bythe
thecomputer's
computer’smicroprocessor.
microprocessor.
Also
cache,
microprocessor,P5,P5,
superscalar.
Compare controlled
called
peripheraldevice.
device.See
Seealso
alsoconsole.
console.
called peripheral
Pentium Pro
Pentium
Pro(definition
(definition1).1).
ComponentInterconnect
Interconnect \\pdr-irdrp~r-if’~rPentium Pro \pen’t~-um
\pen'te-um pro'\
150PentiumPro
pr6"\n.n.1.1.Intel's
Intel’s
150-Peripheral Component
200
released.in
PCI
local
200 MHz
MHzfamily
familyofof32-bit
32-bitprocessors,
processors,
released .in dl
~1kdm-po'ndnt
kom-p6"nontin'tdr-kd-nekt'\
in’tor-ko-nekt’\n. n.See
See
PCI
local
bus.
November 1995.
November
1995.The
ThePentium
PentiumPro
Prois isconsidered
considered
dfi-v~s’\
fam\pdr-if'dr-dl de-vls'\
n. n.
SeeSee
the next generation
generationof
ofprocessors
processorsininthe
the8086
8086
fam- peripheral device \p~r-ff’~r-~l
ily, following
andand
is designed
for runily,
followingthe
thePentium,
Pentium,
is designed
for run- peripheral.
peripheral.
ning 32-bit
andand
applications.
See Seeperipheral
powersupply
supply\par-ff’ar-al
\pdr-if'dr-dl pou'dr
su-suning
32-bitoperating
operatingsystems
systems
applications.
peripheral power
pou’ar
"'. also
also 32-bit
application,.32-bit
32-bitoperating
operatingsystem,
system, pl1'
plF\\ n.
auxiliarysource
sourceofof
electricity
32-bit application,·
n. An
An auxiliary
electricity
usedused
Oy by
a
computer
or
a
device
as
a
backup
in
case
8086, microprocessor,
has
a a
computer or a device as a backup in case ofof
a a
8086,
microprocessor,Pentium.
Pentium.2.2.AAPCPCthat
that
has
Pentium Pro
power failure.
Acronym:
.power
failure.
Acronym:PPS
PPS(P'P-S').
(P’P-S’).
Pentium
Pro processor.
processor.
Pentdmn upgradalble
upgradable \pen'te-um
\pen’t~-um up-gra'dd-bl\
up-gr~’d~-bl\ Perl \pad\
for Practical
PracticalExtraction
]Extraction
Pentium
\ Pdrl \n.n.Acronym
Acronym for
andand
Report Language.
Language.An
Aninterpreted
interpreted
language,
based
n.
1. An
An i486
i486 motherboard
motherboard capable
language,
based
n. 1.
capableof
of’being
being Report
adapted to run a Pentium-class
PerlPerl
hashas
powerful
Pentium-classprocessor.
processor.See
Seealso
also on C
C and
and several
severalUNIX
UNIXutilities.
utilities.
powerful
i486DX,
i486DX,microprocessor,
microprocessor,motherboard,
motherboard,Pentium.
Pentium. string-handling
string-handlingfeatures
features
extracting
information
forfor
extracting
information
2. A
A 486
486 PC
PCthat
thatcan
canbe
be upgraded
upgradedtotoPentium
Pentium from
fromtext
textfiles.
files.Perl
Perl
can
assemble
a string
2.
can
assemble
a string
andand
sendsend
class
SeeSee
also
hence,
it isitoften
usedused
class by
by adding
addingaa Pentium
Pentiumprocessor.
processor.
also itit to
tothe
theshell
shellasasa acommand;
command;
hence,
is often
i486DX.
i486DX.
for system
systemadministration
administration
tasks.
A program
in Perl
for
tasks.
A program
in Perl
perfboard \pdrf'bord\
\p~rf’b6rd\n.n.Short
Shortfor
forperforated
perforated is
is known
known as
as aa script.
script.Perl
Perlwas
wasdevised
devisedbybyLarry
Larry
perflboaJl."d
Wall at
at NASA"s
NASA"s
PropulsionLaboratory.
Laboratory.
fiber
Wall
JetJet
PropulSion
fiberboard.
board.See
Seebreadboard.
breadboard.
performance
monitor \p~r-f6r’mons
\pdr-for'mdns mon'd-tdr\
\pdr'md-ndnt stor'dj\
n. n.
AA
performance monitor
mon’~-t~r\ permanent storage
storage \p~r’m~-n~nt
st6r’~j~
n.
rz. A
A process
process or
or program
programthat
thatappraises
appraisesand
and recording
recordingmedium
mediumthat
thatretains
retains
data
recorded
thethe
data
recorded
recordsstatus
statusinformation
information
about
various
system on
on itit for
forlong
longperiods
periodsofoftime
time
without
power.
records
about
various
system
without
power.
Ink Ink
devices
on paper
Widely
used
permanent
devicesand
and other
otherprocesses.
processes.
paper isisby
byfar
farthe
themost
most
widely
used
permanent
period \p~r’~-~d’\
\per'e-dd'\ n.
time
required
n. The
Thelength
lengthofof
time
required storage,
storage,but
butdata
datacan
canbe
betransfelTed
transferredfrom
from
paper
paper
to to
for an
an osciilation
oscillationtotocomplete
complete
one
cycle.
onlywith
withdifficulty.
difficulty.
Typically,
for
one
fullfull
cycle.
For For
an an aa computer
computer only
Typically,
somesome
formof
ofmagnetic
magneticmedium,
medium,
such
as floppy
oscillating
signal,
the the
period
is theistime
oscillatingelectrical
electrical
signal,
period
the timeform
such
as floppy
diskdisk
or or
between
repetitions.
If f Ifis f the
fre-fre- tape,
betweenwaveform
waveform
repetitions.
is the
tape, isis preferable.
preferable.Magnetic
Magnetic
media
generally
media
areare
generally
quencyof
ofoscillation
oscillation
hertz,
is the
period accepted
accepted as
as permanent,
permanent,,.even
thoughthe
them~gnetic
ma, gnetic
quency
in in
hertz,
andand
t is tthe
period
,even though
in
f See
fields
media
tend
to fade
in.seconds,
seconds,then
thentt==1/1/f
Seethe
the illustration.
illustration.
fieldsthat
thatencode
encodedata
dataininthethe
media
tend
to fade
MTI0002560
eventually
(infive
five
years
more).
Mtrdin-tdr-nash'd-ndl
in-tar-nash’a-nal
a-s6"sfi-~’shan\
eventually (in
years
or or
more).
SeeSee
alsoalso
non-non-mem’ar-fi
mem'dr-e kard
d-so'se-a'shdn\
n.
PCMCLA.
volatile memory.
n. See
See PCMCIA.
volatile
memory.
permanent
file
sw~tp"
\ par"
sa-nal dij'i-tdl
.dij’i-tald- apermanentswap
swap
rue\par’ma-nant
\pdr'md-n~mt swap'
fil\ ffl\
n. n.personal
personaldigital
digitalassistant
assistant
\pdr'sd-ndl
In Windows,
Windows, aafile
disk
si'stdnt\ n.n.See
PDA.
See
PDA.
In
filecomposed
composedofofcontiguous
contiguous
disk si’stant\
sa-nalIT'if’hans
personalf’mance
f'mance manager
manager\ \par"
pdr' sd-ndl
nans
sectors used
operations.
SeeSeepersonal
sectors
used for
for virtual
virtualmemory
memory
operations.
man’o-jar\
n. AAsoftware
softwareapplication
application
designed
also swap
man'd-jdr\ n.
designed
to to
also
swap file,
file,virtual
virtualmemory.
memory.
assist the
financial
permanentvirtual
virtual circuit
vdr'permanent
circuit \\pdr'md-ndnt
par" ma-nant
var’- assist
the user
user in
in performing
performingsimple
simple
financial
accounting
tasks,such
suchasasbalancing
balancing
checkbooks
accounting tasks,
ChOb-dl sar’kat\
sdr'bt\ n.
checkbooks
ch~-al
n. See
SeePVC.
PVC.
permission \par-mish’an\
\pdr-mish'dn \ n.
or or and paying
permission
n. In
In aa networked
networked
payingbills.
bills.
information manager
manager \pdr'sd-ndl
\par’sa-nalin-ininformation
multiuser computer
environment,
the the
ability
0f a of personal
multiuser
computer
environment,
ability
a
man’o-jar\n.n.See
See
PIM.
fdr-ma'shdn man'd-jdr\
particular user
byby far-m~’shan
PIM.
particular
usertotoaccess
accessa aparticular
particularresource
resource
vy~’\
comview \par-spek’tiv
\ Pdr-spek'tiv vyOb'
\ n.n.InIn
commeans of
areare perspective view
means
of his
hisor
orher
heruser
useraccount.
account.Permissions
Permissions
granted by
system administrator
or or
other
puter graphics,
graphics,a a display
displaymethod
methodthat
thatshows
shows
granted
by the
the system
administrator
other puter
authorized person;
areare
stored
in in objects
objects in
(height,
width,
andand
in three
threedimensions
dimensions
(height,
width,
authorized
person;these
thesepermissions
permissions
stored
the system
(often
in
a
file
called
a
permissions
log)
depth),
with
the
depth
aspect
rendered
according'
system (often in a file called a permissions log) depth), with the depth aspect rendered according
desired perspective.
perspective.An
Anadvantage
advantageofofperperand are
are checked
checked when
whenaa user
userattempts
attemptstotoaccess
accessa a to the desired
resource.
spective view
spective
viewisisthat
thatititpresents
presentsa amore
moreaccurate
accurate
resource.
representation ofofwhat
perceives.
representation
whatthe
thehuman
humaneye
eye
perceives.
recording \ \pdr-Pdn-dik'yd-Idr
rdperpendicular recording
par-pan-dik’ya-lar
kor'deng\
n.
A
method
of
increasing
storage
Compare
isometric
view.
k6r’dfing\ n. A method of increasing storage ComPare isometric view.
prefixAbbreviated
AbbreviatedP.P.Denotes
Denotes
1 qua\pet'd\ prefix
1 qua-·
capacity on
media
byby
aligning
the the
magcapagity
onmagnetic
magnetic
media
aligning
mag-peta- \pet’o\
15
(1015).
computing,
which
is based
drillion (10
). InIn
computing,
which
is based
on on
netic dipoles,
determines
bit bit. drillion
netic
dipoles,whose
whoseorientation
orientation
determines
petahashas
a a
binary (base-2)
(base-2)numbering
numberingsystem,
system,
petavalues,
is is
perpendicular
to· the
values,ininaadirection
directionthat
that
perpendicular
to.the the binary
literal value
which
is the
recording surface.
recording
surface.Also
Alsocalled
calledvertical
verticalrecording.
recording.
literal
value of
of 1,125,899,906,842,624,
1,125,899,906,842,624,
which
is the
(25°)closest
closesttoto1 1quadrillion.
quadrillion.
persistence \par-si’stans\
\pdr-si'stdns\ n.
A characteristic
characteristic of of power of 2 (250)
persistence
n. A
petabyte
\per’o-bit’\
n.
Abbreviated
PB.Either
Either
petabyte
\pet'd-blf\
n.
Abbreviated
PB.
1.1
some light-emitting
materials,
such
as the
phossome
light-emitting
materials,
such
as the
phosquadrillion bytes
bytes or
or 1,125,899,906,842,624
1,125,899;906,842,624bytes.
bytes.
phors used
anan
image
to to
be be quadrillion
phors
used in
in CRTs,
CRTs,that
thatcauses
causes
image
.pg \dot’P-G’\
n. On
On the
the.Internet,
themajor
major
geo\dot'P-G'\ n.
Internet, the
georetained for
being
irradiated,
as as .pg
retained
foraashort
shortwhile
whileafter
after
being
irradiated,
graphic
domain
specifying
that
an
address
is is
by an electron
beam
in
a
CRT.
The
decay
in
pergraphic
domain
specifying
that
an
address
electron beam in a CRT. The decay in perlocated
in
Papua
New
Guinea.
located
in
Papua
New
Guinea.
sistence
is
sometimes
called
luminance
decay.
sistence is sometimes called luminance decay.
Professional
\P'G-A'\ n.n.See
See pin
pin grid
grid array,
array, Professional
PGA \P’G-A’\
persistent data
data \par-si’stant
\pdr-si'stdnt da'td,
persistent
d~’ta,dat'd\
dat’a\n.n.Data
Data PGA
Graphics Adapter.
Adapter.
that is
it is
that
is stored
storedininaadatabase
databaseororonontape
tapesosothat
that
it is Graphics
PgDn
\paj-doun' ke'\
Page
Down
key.key.
retained by
PgDn key
key \p~j-doun"
k~’\n.n.See
See
Page
Down
retained
bythe
thecomputer
computerbetween
betweensessions.
sessions.
PGP
\P'G-P'\
n.
Acronym
for
Pretty
Good
Pri\P’G-P’\
n.
Acronym
for
Pretty
Good
Pripersistent
link
\pdr-si'stdnt
lenk'\
n.
See
hot
link
persistent link \par-si’stant l~nk’\ n. See hot link
vacy.
A
program
for
public
key
encryption,
using
vacy.
A
program
for
public
key
encryption,
using
(definitioq
1).
(definition. 1).
the RSA
RSAalgorithm,
algorithm,
developed
Philip
Zimmerdeveloped
by by
Philip
Zirnmerpersistent storage
storage\par-si’stant
\pdr-si'stdnt st6r’aj\,
stor'dj\ n.n.Mempersistent
Mem- the
is is
available
in unsupported
ory
when
thethe
power
to atodevice
man.n.PGP
PGPsoftware
software
available
in unsupported
ory that
thatremains
remainsintact
intact
when
power
a device ma1)1l.
versions.
free versions
versionsand
andsupported
supportedcommercial
commercial
versions.
is
SeeSee
alsoalso
memory.
is turned
turnedoff,
off,such
suchasasROM.
ROM.
memory. free
See also
also privacy,
privacy,public
publickey
keyencryption,
encryption,RSA
RSA
personal computer \par’sa-nal
\pdr'sd-ndl kdm-pyOb'tdr\
n. n. See
kam-py~’tar\
encryption.
A
person
at at
a a encryption.
A computer
computerdesigned
designedforforuse
usebybyone
one
person
key \p~j-up"
\ paj-up' ke'
\ n.n.
SeeSee
Page Page
Up key.
time.
need
to to
share
thethe PgUp
PgUp key
kfi’\
Up key.
time. Personal
Personalcomputers
computersdodonot
not
need
share
\dot'P-H'\ n.
major
geo-geo.ph \dot’P-H’\
n. On
On the
theInternet,
Internet,thetile
major
processing,
of of
another
processing,disk,
disk,and
andprinter
printerresources
resources
another .ph
graphicdomain
domainspecifying
specifying
address
thatthat
an an
address
is is
computer.
and
computer. IBM
IBMPC-compatible
PC-compatiblecomputers
computers
and graphic
located
in
the
Philippines.
located
in
the
Philippines.
Apple
Macintoshes
are
both
examples
of
personal
Apple Macintoshes are both examples of personal
phase
\faz\ n.
n. AA relative
relative measurement
measurement thatthat
phase \f~z\
computers.
computers.Acronym:
Acronym: PC
PC (P-C).
(P-C’).
describes
the
temporal
relationship
between
twotwo
Personal
Personal Computer
Computer \pdr'sd-ndl
\par’sa-nalkdm-pyOb'tdr\
kam-py~’tar\ describes the temporal relationship between
signalsthat
thathave
havethe
thesame
samefrequency.
frequency.
Phase
signals
Phase
is is
n.
n. See
SeeIBM
IBMpc.
PC.
with
one
fullfull
oscillation
Personal
Personal Computer
ComputerMemory
MemoryCard
CardInternaInterna- measured
measuredinindegrees,
degrees,
with
one
oscillation
cyclehaving
having360
360degrees.
degrees.
The
phase
of one
signal
The
phase
of one
signal
tional
pdr'sdn-dl
kdm-pyOb-tdr
tional Association
Association \\par’san-al
kam-py(~-tar cycle
MTI0002561
See See
alsoalso
Manchester
densityofofthe
thetransmission.
transmission.
Manchester
can
180180 density
can lead
lead or
or follow
followthe
theother
otherbyby0 0through
through
degrees.See
Seethe
theillustration.
illustration.
coding,phase.
phase.2.2.AA recording
recordingtechnique
technique
used
coding,
used
degrees.
with
magnetic
storage
devices
in
which
each
datawith magnetic storage devices in which each dataholding unit
into
two
parts,
each
of of
holding
unitisisdivided
divided
into
two
parts,
each
Phase
which
is
magnetized
so
that
it
is
opposite
in
polarwhich
is
magnetized
so
that
it
is
opposite
in
polarSignal
Signal
Signal
Signal
difference
ity
to the
the ot.lJer.
other.
ity to
phase-locked
\fiiz'lokd\ adj.
adj. Of,
Of, pertaining
phase-locked \f~z’lokd\
pertainingto,to,oror
characteristic
between
twotwo
sig-sigcharacteristicofofthe
therelationship
relationship
between
,,
nals whose
other
areare
kept
'
nals
whose phases
phasesrelative
relativetotoeach
each
other
kept
constant
mechanism,
suchsuch
as an
constantby
byaacontrolling
controlling
mechanism,
as an
T4ue
electronic device.
Time
electronic
device.
phase modulation
\faz' moj-d-la'shdn,
modulation \f~z"
moj-a-l~’shan,mo-dYdmo-dyala'
shdn \ n.
l$’shan\
n. A
A method
methodof
of imposing.
imposinginformation
.information
onto
waveformsignal
signal
shifting
phase
onto aa waveform
byby
shifting
the the
phase
of of
the
such
as as
thethe
the wave
wave to
to represent
representinformation,
information,
such
i+---a--Ol>i
binary
See See
alsoalso
binary digits
digits00and
and1.1.See
Seethetheillustration.
i!lustration.
phase-shift
keying.
phase-shift
keying.
Theratio
ratioofofato
the phase
Phase. The
a to bbis
is the
phase difference,
phase-shiftkeying
keying\fiiz'shift
\f~z’shfft
k~’fing\
A comphase-shift
ke'eng\
n. An.comexpressed
in degrees.
degrees.
expressed in
municationsmethod
methodused
usedbyby
modems
encode
munications
modems
to to
encode
data
in in
a carrier
wave
to to
data that
that relies
relieson
onphase
phaseshifts
shifts
a carrier
wave
phase-change
\ fiiz' chiinj rd-k6r'
deng \
phase-change recording
recording \f~z’ch~nj
ro-kSr’dEng\
represent
digital
information.
In
its
simplest
form,
represent
digital
information.
In
its
simplest
form,
n.
In
optical
media,
a
recording
technique
.that
n. In optical media, a recording technique .that
phase-shift
keying
allows
the
phase
of
the
carrier
phase-shift
keying
allows
the
phase
of
the
carrier
uses
uses a laser
laser beam
beam focused
focusedon
onaamicroscopic
microscopicporporshifted
0 degrees
tion of
of metallic
metalliccrystal
crystal
alter
reflectiveness
wave to
to be
beinineither
eitherofoftwo
twostates:
states:
shifted
0 degrees
to to
alter
thethe
reflectiveness
of ofwave
or shifted
180degrees,
degrees,effectively
effectively
reversing
shifted 180
reversing
the the
its structure
thethe
change
cancan
be be or
its
structureininsuch
sucha away
waythat
that
change
phase-shift
whether
thethe phase
read as
as aa 00 bit
bitor
or11bit,
bit,depending
dependingonon
whether
phase of
of the
thewave.
wave.This
Thisstraightforward
straightforward
phase-shift
r~sulting
structurereflects
reflects
absorbs
laser keying,
only
when
each
phase
resulting structure
or or
absorbs
thethe
laser
keying,however,
however,is isuseful
useful
only
when
each
phase
can
be
measured
against
an
unchanging
reference
"
light.
PD-CD
drive.
can be measured against an unchanging reference
"light.
SeeSee
alsoalso
PD-CD
drive.
value,so
soaamore
moresophisticated
sophisticated
technique
called
technique
called
difphase encoding \f~z"
\faz' en-k6'deng\
proen-kS’d~ng\n.n.1.1.The
The
pro- value,
keying,ororDPSK,
DPSK,
used
ferential phase-shift keying,
is is
used
in in
cess of
information
on an
cess
of placing
placingdigital
digital
information
on analog
an analogferentialphase-shifi
phase-shift
keying,
carrier
wavewhile
whileperiodically
periodically
changing
many modems.
modems.InIndifferential
differential
phase-shift
keying,
carrier wave
changing
the the many
shifted
to represent
phase
of the
the carrier,
carrier,ininorder
ordertotoincrease
increase
phase of
ofthe
thecarrier
carrierwave
waveis is
sl~fted
to represent
phase of
thethe
bit bit the phase
:_/2
Phase
180°0 phase shift
shift
180
I
I
II
II
90°
~ 360~ I
180°
,
,
\~/
,
Baseline
Baseline
’,J
¯ ,\
~/
/,
~ \l
, Time
ime,I
I
270°
Phase modulation.
A phase
phase shift
shiftof
of180
180 degrees.
degrees.
modulation. A
MTI0002562
and scanned
scanned images
imagestotobebestored
storedonona acomcommore than
is is slides,
slides, and
more
than two
two possible
possiblestates,
states,and
andeach
eachstate
state
Imagesare
arestored
storedinina afile
fileformat
format
called
interpreted as
state
prepact disc.
disc. Images
called
interpreted
as aa relative
relativechange
changefrom
fromthethe
state
pre- pact
ceding it.
considerKodak PhotoCD
Photo CD IMAGE
IMAGE PAC
ceding
it, No
Noreference
referencevalues
valuesorortiming
timing
consider- Kodak
PACFile
FileFormat,
Format,ororPCD.
PCD.
ations are
two
photographyororfilm
filmdevelopment
development
busiMany photography
busiations
are required,
required,and
andbecause
becausemore
morethan
than
two Many
this service.
sel-vice.Images
Images
stored
a Phostates are
one
binary
digit
can
nesses offer
offer this
stored
onon
a Phostates
arepossible,
possible,more
morethan
than
one
binary
digit
can nesses
canusually
usuallybebeviewed
viewed
computer
represent each
See SeetoCD
toCD can
byby
anyany
computer
withwith
represent
eachstate.
state.Acronym:
Acronym:PSK
PSK(P'S-K').
(P’S-K’).
also phase
CD-ROM capabilities
required
to to
also
phase modulation.
modulation.
CD-ROM
capabilitiesand
andthethesoftware
software
required
phoenix
mo§
\fe'niks
bI'os,
B-I-O-S'\
n.
An
read
PCD.
Such
images
can
also
be
viewed
using
PCD.
Such
images
can
also
be
viewed
using
PhoenixBIO8 \f~’niks b~’6s, B-I-O-S’\ n. An
of players
playersdesigned
designed
display
IBM-compatible ROM
BIOS
one of a variety
variety of
to to
display
IBM-compatible
ROM
BItSmanufactured
manufacturedbyby one
stored on
on CDs.
CDs.
Phoenix Technologies,
BIOS
images stored
Phoenix
Technologies,Ltd.
Ltd.AApopular
popularROM
ROM
BItS images
sel’\n.n.
photoelectric
many so-called
so-called PC
thethe photo
photocell
celll \f6"t6
\fo'to sen
SeeSee
photoelectric
device. device.
in many
PC "clone"
"clone"computers,
computers,
photocomposition\f6"t6-kom-pa-zish’an\
\fo'to-kom-p8-zish'8n\ n. n.
In In
Phoenix BIOS
BItS was
was an
an early
earlyleader
leaderamong
amongthe
theIBMIBM- photocomposition
traditional typesetting,
thethe
useuse
compatible computers
after
they
began
to to traditional
of of
photographic
compatible
computersshortly
shortly
after
they
began
typesetting,
photographic
appear in
also
BIOS,
ROM ROM
and electronic
in in
laying
outout
andand
pro-proappear
in the
the marketplace.
marketplace.See
See
also
BITS,
and
electronicequipment
equipment
laying
ducing aa printed
BIOS. Compare
ducing
printed page.
page.InIndesktop
desktoppublishing,
publishing,
BITS.
Compare AMI
AMI BIOS.
BITS.
areused
usedtotoaccomplish
accomplish
same
phoneconnector
connecto:r\f6n"
\fon'ka-nek’tar\
k8-nek't8r\ n.
phototypesetters are
thethe
same
phone
n. An
Anattachattach- phototypesetters
ment,
usually
an
RJ-ll
connector,
used
to
join
a
ends.
See
also
phototypesetter.
Compare
imageends.
See
also
phototypesetter.
Compare
imagement, usually an RJ-11 connector, used to join a
telephone line
SeeSee setter.
telephone
linetotoaadevice
devicesuch
suchasasa amodem.
modem.
photoconductor \f6"~6-kan-duk’tar\
mateillustration.
photoconducto:r
\fo'i:o-k8n-duk't8r\ n. n.A A
matethe illustration.
rial
thatexhibits
exhibitsincreased
increased
conductivity
when
rial that
conductivity
when
it is it is
exposed
to aa source
sourceof
oflight.
light.Photoconductors
Photoconductdrs
exposed to
areare
used in
in photodetectors,
photodetectors,which
which
used
fiber
used
areare
used
in in
fiber
optics
toregister
registerlight
light
and
convert
it into
electrical
optics to
and
convert
it into
electrical
pulses.
See also
also fiber
fiber optics.
optics.
pulses. See
photo
edito:r \f6"t6
\fo'to ed’a-tar\
ed'8-t8r\ n.
appliphoto editor
n. AAgraphics
graphics
appliPhone connector.
cation
usedtotomanipulate
manipulate
image,
such
cation used
anan
image,
such
as aas a
scanned
photograph,digitally.
digitally.
phoneme
\fo'nem\n. n.
linguistics, the
the smallest
smallest
scanned photograph,
phoneme
\f6"n~m\
InInlinguistics,
photoelectric
device
\f6"tS-i-lek’trik
da-v~s’\
photoelectric
device
\fo'to-i-Iek'trik
dd-vIs'\
n. n.
unit
of
speech
that
distinguishes
one
word
sound
unit of speech that distinguishes one word sound
A
to to
create
or or
modulate
an an
from
elements· on
A device
devicethat
thatuses
useslight
light
create
modulate
from another.
another. Phonemes
Phonemesare
are the
the elements
on
electric signal.
device
uses
semielectric
signal.AAphotoelectric
photoelectric
device
uses
semiwhich computer
computer speech
speech isis based.
based.
materialand
andfalls
falls
one
two
categoconductor material
in in
one
of of
two
categophono connecto:r
connector \fo'no
\f6"n6 k8-nek't8r\
ka-nek’tar\n.n. An
An conductor
light
falling
on the
attachment
ries. In
In one
onetype
type(photocell),
(photocell),
light
failing
on the
attachmentused
usedtotoconn~ct
connecta adevice,
device,such
suchasasa a ries.
microphone
or
a
pair
of
headphones,
to
a
piece
of.
semiconductor
generates
an
electrical
current.
In In
microphone or a pair of headphones, to a piece of. semiconductor generates an electrical current.
another type
type of
of device
light
device (photosensor),
(photosensor), light
audio
audio equipment
equipmentor
or toto aa computer
computer peripheral
peripheraloror another
changes the
theresistance
resistanceofofthe
thesemiconductor
semiconductor
matechanges
mateadapter with
with audio
audio capability.
capability. See
Seethe
theillustration.
illustration.
rial,
voltage.
rial,.modulating
modulatingananapplied
applied
voltage.
photolithography
\fo'to-li-tho'gr8-fe\ n. n.
AA
techphotolithography \f6"t6-1i-tho’gra-f~\
technique used
used in
inthe
thefabrication
fabricationofo}
integrated
circuits.
nique
integrated
circuits.
The
andand
The circuit
circuitpattern
patternisisdrawn,
drawn,photographed,
photographed,
reduced to
toaanegative
negativehaving
having
desired
reduced
thethe
desired
finalfinal
size.size.
Phono connector.
connector.
This
is is
called
the the
photomask.
Light
is is
Thisnegative
negative
called
photomask.
Light
passed
through
the
photomask
onto
a
wafer
made
passed
through
the
photomask
onto
a
wafer
made
phosphor
\fos'for\
n.
Any
substance
capable
of
phosphor \fos’f6r\ n. Any substance capable of
thatthat
hashas
been
coated
emitting
struck
by by
radiation.
The The
inside
emittinglight
lightwhen
when
struck
radiation.
inside of
of semiconductor
semiconductormaterial
material
been
coated
Where
light
strikes
with aa photoresistive
photoresistivematerial.
material.
Where
light
strike~
surface
is is
coated
with
a phosphor
surfaceof
ofaaCRT
CRTscreen
screen
coated
with
a phosphor with
photoresistive material,
its its
composition
is is
the photoresistive
material,
composition
that,
beam,
displays
that,when
whenexcited
excitedbybyananelectron
electron
beam,
displays the
changed.
matean
an image
imageon
onthe
thescreen.
screen.See
Seealso
alsopersistence.
persistence.
changed.In
Inthe
thenext
nextstep,
step,the
thephotoresistive
photoresistive
materialnot
notaffected
affectedbybylight
light
is washed
Finally,
is washed
off. off.
Finally,
the the
PhotoeD
\fo'to-C-D'\ n. A
system
fromfrom rial
PhotoCD \f6"t6-C-D’\
A digitizing
digitizing
system
semiconductor
material
is
exposed
to
an
etching
Kodak
.allows 35mm
film
pictures,
negatives,
Kodakthat
that.allows
35ram
film
pictures,
negatives, semiconductor material is exposed to an etching
MTI0002563
location. In
solution
notnot
protected
solution that
thateats
eatsaway
awaythe
thesurface
surface
protected location.
In simple
simpleprocessors
processorssuch
suchasasthethe8088
8088
the photoresistive
ph0toresistivematerial,
material,
creating
desired and the 68000,
68000,every
everyaddress
addressisisa aphysical
physicaladdress.
address.
by the
creating
the the
desired
In processors
supportingvirtual
virtualmemory,
memory,
procircuit pattern
processors supporting
proofof
thethe
wafer.
SeeSee
alsoalso In
circuit
patternon
onthe
thesurface
surface
wafer.
grams
reference
virtua!
addresses,
which
are
then
grams reference virtual addresses, which are then
photomask,
photomask, photoresist.
photoresist.
hardware
onto
photomask
fo 'to-mask' \ \n.n.AA
photognlphic
negaphotomask \ \f6"t6-mask"
photogrgphic
nega- mapped
mapped by
by memory
memorymanagement
management
hardware
onto
SeeSee
alsoalso
memory
management
tive image
imageofofa acircuit
circuit
pattern
used
in fabrication physical
physicaladdresses.
addresses.
memory
management
tive
pattern
used
in fabrication
unit, paging,
paging,virtual
virtual
memory.
memory.
of integrated
circuits.
See See
alsoalso
photolithography.
of.
integrated
circuits.
photolithography. unit,
physical-image
file
\fiz’i-kal-im’ajffl\
A hard
file
\fiz'i-k;;ll-im';;lj
fil\ n. A n.
hard
\fo'to-re';;l-liz';;lm\ n. n.
The
process
photorealism \f6"t6-r~’a-liz’am\
The
processphysical-image
of creating
imagesthat
thatareareasasclose
close
photo- disk
disk copy
copyof
ofthe
thematerial
materialtotobeberecorded
recorded
onto
of
creating images
to to
photoonto
a a
’. graphic
graphicoror"real-life"
"reaMife"
quality
possible.
In com- CD-ROM.
quality
as as
possible.
In coma acomplete
CD-ROM.Creating
Creat.ing
completecopy
copyprecludes
precludes
puter graphics,
photorealismrequires
requirespowerful
powerfial problems
because
of of
puter
graphics, photorealism
problemsinin writing
writingthe
the CD-ROM
CD-ROM
because
computers
software
andand delays
from
a scattered
computersand
andhighly
highlysophisticated
sophisticated
software
delaysininassembling
assemblingthethematerial
material
from
a scattered
group
SeeSee
alsoalso
CD-ROM.
CompareCompare
virtualis heavily
heavilymathematical.
mathematical.See
See
also
tracing.
groupofoffiles.
files.
CD-ROM.
virtu
is
also
rayray
tracing.
photoresist
f6"t6-rfi-zist’\n.n.A A
compound
imagefile.
file.
photoresist \ \fo'to-re-zisf\
compound
thatthat
is is image
physical layer
lfir’,
l~’ar\
n. The
or
layer\fiz’i-kal
\fiz'i-k;;llI3.r',
Hi';;lr\
n. The
first, first,
or
of integrated
used in
in photolithographic
photolithographicfabrication
fabrication
of integratedphysical
circuits
boards.
When
exposed
circuitsand
andprinted
printedcircuit
circuit
boards.
When
exposed lowest,
lowest,ofofthe
theseven
sevenlayers
layersininthetheInternational
International
to ultraviolet
ultravioletlight
lightthrough
through
a photomask,
Organizationfor
forStandardization's
Standardization’s
Open
Systems
Open
Systems
to
a photomask,
the the
pho-pho- Organization
Interconnection
(OSI)
model
for
standardizing
Interconnection
(OSI)
model
for
standardizing
toresistive
material
exposed
to
the
light
polymertoresistive material exposed to the light polymercommunications.
The
izes
can
bebe computer-to-computer
izes (hardens);
(hardens);the
theareas
areasnot
notexposed
exposed
can
computer-to-computer,
communications.
The
andand
washed
away,leaving
leavingthe
thepattern
pattern
traces
physicallayer
layerisistotally
totallyhardware-oriented
hardware-oriented
washed away,
ofof
traces
on on
thethe physical
substrate.Subsequent
Subsequentetching
etchingremoves
removes
areas
dealswith
withallallaspects
aspects
establishing
maintainsubstrate.
areas
notnot deals
ofof
establishing
andand
maintaining aa physical
physicallink
linkbetween
between
communicating
ing
protected
communicating
com-comprotected by
bythe
thepolymerized
polymerizedphotoresist.
photoresist.
puters.
Among
specifications
covered
photosensor \f6"t6-sen’sar\
\fo'to-sen's;;lr\ n.n. See
photoelectric
thethe
See photoelectric puters. Among specifications covered on on
device.
physicallayer
layerare
arecabling,
cabling,
electrical
signals,
device.
physical
electrical
signals,
and and
phototypesetter
\f6"t6-tip’set-ar\
printer mechanical
mechanicalconnections.
connections.SeeSee
also
ISO/OSI
model.
phototypesetter \fo'to-tlp'set-;;lr\
n. n.
A Aprinter
also
ISO/OSI
model.
memory \fiz’i-kal
mem’ar-~\
n. Memory
\fiz'i-k;;ll mem';;lr-e\
n. Memory
. similar
butbut
capable
of resolutions
s̄imilartotoaalaser
laserprinter
printer
capable
of resolutionsphysical memory
¯ over
dots per
per inch.
inch. Phototypesetters
Phototypesettersapply
apply actually
actuallypresent
presentininthe
thesystem,
system,
opposed
to virtual
as as
over 2;000
2,000 dots
opposed
to virtual
light
directly
to
a
photographic
film
or
photosensimemory.
A
computer
might
have
only
4
megabytes
light directly to a photographic film or photosensimemory. A computer might have only 4 megabytes
physical RAM
a a
virtual
memory
tive
also
photocomposition.
Compare
tivepaper.
paper.See
See
also
photocomposition.
Compareof
of physical
RAMbut
butSUppOlt
suppo**
virtual
memory
capacity
memOly.
imagesetter.
imagesetter.
capacityofof20
20MB.
MB.Compare
Compare virtual
virtual memory.
ph0tovoltaic
sel’\
photovoltaiccell
cell\fS’t6-v61-t~’il~
\fo'to-vol-tii'il<: sen
n. n.
SeeSeesolar
solar
physical storage
stor';;lj\
n. See
real stor-storphysical
storage \fiz'i-k;;ll
\fiz’i-kal
st6r’aj\
n. Seereal
cell.
age.
cell.
age.
phreak11 \fr~k\
into,oror PIC
PIC \P'I-C\
\P’I-C’\ n.n. See
Seeprogrammable
programmable
interrupt
conphreak
\frek\ n.n.AA person
person who
who breaks
breaks into,
interrupt
concmcles, telephone
cracles,
telephonenetworks
networksororother
othersecured
securedsyssys- troller.
troller.
tems.
In the
the1970s,
1970s,the
thetelephone
telephone
system
used
audi- pica \pg’ka\
referencetototypewriters,
typewriters,
tems. In
system
used
audi\pI'k;;l\ n.
n. 1.
1. With
With reference
a a
ble
tonesasasswitching
switching
signals,
and phonephreaks
fixed-widthtype
typefont
fontthat
thatfitsfits
characters
to the
ble tones
signals,
and phone
phreaks
fixed-width
1010
characters
to the
linear inch.
inch.See
Seealso
alsopitch
pitch
(definition
1).As2.used
As used
thethe
tones
and
(definition
1). 2.
used homebrew
homebrewhardware
hardwaretotomatch
match
tones
and linear
steal long-distance
service.
See See
alsoalso
homebrew.
steal
long-distance
service.
homebrew.by.
by.typographers,
unitofofmeasure
measure
equal
typographers, a aunit
equal
to to
12 12
1 1
Compare cracker,
(definition2).2).
points or
or approximately
approximately1/6
1/6inch.
inch.SeeSee
also
point
Compare
cracker, hacker
hacker (definition
points
also
point
2
2
phrea]k \fr~k\
Tobreak
breakinto,
into,ororcrack,
crack,phone
phreak
\frek\ vb.
vb. To
phone
(definition
(definition1).
1).
networks or
also
homenetworks
or computer
cdmputersystems.
systems.See
See
also
home- picopico- \pe'ko\
\p~’k6\ prefix
prefixAbbreviated
Abbreviated
Denotes
p. p.
Denotes
oneone
12
trillionth
(10-12),
or,
in
the
British
numbering
brew.
Compare
hack.
brew. Compm'e hack.
trillionth (10- ), or, in the British numbering sys- sysphysical \fiz'i-k;;ln
\fiz’i-kal’\
In computing,
of, pertainphysical
adj.adj.
In computing,
of, pertaintem,
tem, one
onemillion
millionmillionth.
millionth.
ing
as as
opposed
to to
a a picoJava
\pe'ko-ja'v;;l\ n.
develing to,
to, or
or characteristic
characteristicofofa areal,
rea!,
opposed
picoJava \p~’k6-j~i’va\
n. AAmicroprocessor
microprocessor
develoror
frame
of of
refer. conceptual,
conceptual,piece
pieceofofequipment
equipment
frame
refer- oped by Sun
Sun Microsystems,
Microsystems,Inc.,
Inc.,that
thatexecutes
executes
Java
Java
ence. Compal'e
Compare logical
2).
ence.
logical (definition
(definition 2).
code. See
See also
also Java.
physical
address \fiz'i-k;;ll
\fiz’i-kala'dres,
a’dres,
a-dres’\
n. Anpicosecond
picosecond \ pWk6-sek’and\
psec.
physical address
;;l-dres'\
n. An
\pe'ko-sek';;lnd\ n.
n. Abbreviate.d
Abbreviat~d psec.
address
address that
that corresponds.
corresponds,totoa ahardware
hardwarememory
memory One
One trillionth
triliionthofofa asecond.
second.
MTI0002564
PICS \piks,
\piks, P’I-C-S’\
P'I-C-S'\ n.
tion, such as
as notes,
notes, appointments,
appointments,and
andnames,
names,inin
PICS
n. Acronym
Acronymfor
forPlatform
Platformforfor tion,
Internet Content
Content Selection.
Selection. A
aa useffil
useful way.
Internet
A standard
standard for
for enencommonly
abling users
users to filter
filter their
their Web
Web access
access automatiautomati- pin
pin\pink
\ pin \n.n.AAslender
slenderprong.
prong. Pins
Pins are
are c;ommonly
abling
encountered
as the contacts
from aa
encountered as
contacts protruding
protruding from
cally using software
software (such
(such as
as Internet Explorer 3.0)
3.0)
male
connector.
Connectors
are
often
identified
by
that
detects
codes
for
ratings
in
the
sites'
HTML
that detects codes for ratings in the sites’ HTML
files. In addition
pins they
they have.
have.Other
Othertypes
typesofofpins
pins
files.
addition to
to filtering
filteringout
outundesirable
undesirable matemate- the number of pins
spidery, leglike
leglikemetal
metalappendages
appendagesthat
thatconconare the spidery,
rial, PICS
rial,
PICScan
canbe
beused
used toto screen
screen sites
sites according
accordingtoto are
nect computer chips to sockets
on aa circuit
board
whether they
they contain
contain material
material of
of interest.
interest. Several
Several
sockets on
circuit board
whether
o~
directly to
to the
the circuit board.
board. See the illustration.
rating systems,
systems, emphasizing different sets of critecriteor directly
illustration.
ria, are
are in use.
use .
ria,
.pict \dot-pikt’\
\dot-pikt'\ n.
n. The
The file
file extension
extension that
.pier
that identiidentiMacintosh PICT
fies graphic images
images in
in the Macintosh
PICTformat.
format.
See also PICT.
Pin
PICT
file-format standard
PICT \\pikt\
pikt\ n.n. AA file-format
standardfor
forencoding
encoding
graphical images,
graphical
images, both
both object-oriented
object-orientedand
and bitbitmapped. The
mapped.
The PICT
PICTfile
fileformat
formatwas
wasfirst
firstused
usedinin
Apple Macintosh
Apple
Macintoshapplications,
applications,but
butmany
manyIBM
IBMPCPCcompatible
applications
can
read
the
format
too.
compatible applications can read the format too.
See also
also bitmapped
bitmapped graphics,
graphics, object-oriented
object-oriented
See
Pin
Pin
graphics.
picture element
picture
dement\pik'chur
\pik’churel';;>-m;;mt\
el’a-mant\n. n.See
See
pixel.
pie chart \pT"ch~rt\
\pI'chart\ n.
n.AAtype
typeofofgraph
graphthat
thatprepresents
values
as
percentages
(slices)
of
a
whole
sents values as percentages (slices) of a whole(a(a Pin.
14-pinDIP
DIP(top)
(top)and
andaa S-pin
5-pin
Pi~ AA14-pin
pie).
DIN (bottom).
piezoelectric\p~-~’z6-~-lek’trik,
\ pe-a' zo-;;>-lek'trik, pe-af
so-;;>-lek'trik\
piezoelectric
p~-~t’s6-a-lek’trik\
PIN
identification
PIN \pin\
\pink n.
n. Acronym
Acronymfor
forpersonal
personal
identification
adj.
characteristic of
of crystals
crystals
adj. Of,
Of, pertaining
pertaining to,
to, or characteristic
number.
A
unique
code
number
assigned,
as with
number.
A
unique
code
number
assigned,
as with
that
can
convert
between
mechanical
and
electrithai can convert between mechanical and electriautomatic
teller
machine
cards,
to
the
authorized
cal
energy. An
cal energy.
An electric
electricpotential
potentialapplied
appliedtotoaa automatic teller machine cards, to the authorized
user.
piezoelectric
user.
piezoelectriccrystal
crystalcauses
causesaasmall
smallchange
changeininthe
the
roller\pinch"
\pinch'r6"lar\
ro'l;;>r\ n.n.AA small
small cylindrical
pinch roller
cylindrical
shape
the crystal.
crystal. Lil¢ewise,
Likewise, physical
shape of the
physicalpressure
pressure pinch
pulley that
that presses
presses magnetiC
magnetictape
tapeagainst
againstthe
the
.¯ applied
pulley
applied to
to the
the crystal
crystalcreates
createsan
anelectrical
electricalpotential
potential
drive’s
capstan
to
move
the
tape
over
the
tape
difference
between
the
surfaces
of
the
crystal.
drive's
capstan
to
move
the
tape
over
the
tape
difference between the surfaces
crystal.
piggyback
board \pig’~-bak
\pig'e-bak bord'\
machine’sheads.
heads.See
Seethe
theillustration.
illustration.See
Seealso
alsocapcappiggyback board
b6rd’\n.n.AAprinted
printed machine's
stan.
circuit
circuitboard
boardthat
thatplugs
plugsinto
intoanother
anothercircuit
circuitboard
board stan.
to
to enhance
enhance its
its capabilities.
capabilities.AApiggyback
piggybackboard
boardis is
Capstan
Capstan
sometimes
used
to
replace
a
single
chip,
in
sometimes used to replace a single chip, inwhich
which
case
the
chip
is
removed
and
the
piggyback
board
case the chip is removed and the piggyback board
isis inserted
insertedinto
intothe
theempty
emptysocket.
socket.See
Seealso
alsodaughdaughPinchroller
roller
Pinch
terboard.
terboard.
PILOT
n. n.
Acronym
for for
ProPILOT\pI'l;;>t,
\pT"lat,P'IL'O-T'\
P’iL’O-T’\
Acronym
Programmed
AA
programmedInquiry,
Inquiry,Learning
LearningororTeaching.
Teaching.
programming
John
A. A.
gramminglanguage
languagedeveloped
developedinin1976
1976byby
John
Starkweather
Starkweatherand
anddesigned
designedprimarily
primarilyforforcreating
creating
applications
applicationsfor
forcomputer-aided
computer-aided instruction.
instruction.
Pinch roller.
roller.
PIM
PIM \P'I-M'\
\P’I-M’\ n.
n. Acronym
Acronymfor
forpersonal
personalinformation
information Pinch
pinch-roller plotter
plotter \pinch'ro-l;;>r
\pinch’r6-1arplof;;>r\
plot’ark
n. n.AA
manager.
anan pinch-roner
manager.An
Anapplication
applicationthat
thatusually
usuallyincludes
includes
type
of
plotter,
intermediate
between
drum
and
type
of
plotter,
intermediate
between
drum
and
address
book
and
organizes
unrelated
informaaddress book and organizes unrelated informa-
MTI0002565
\ ping\ vb.
ping22 \ping\
vb.1.
1. To
To test
test whether
is is
flatbed types,
whethera acomputer
computer
flatbed
types, that
that uses
uses hard
hard rubber
rubber or
or metal
metal ping
thethe
ping
utility.
2. 2.
connectedtotothe
theInternet
Internetusing
using
ping
utility.
wheels
wheels to
to hold
hold the
the paper
paper against
against the
the main
mainroller.
roller. connected
To test
listlist
are are
current
by by
See
plotter. Compare
See also
also plotter.
Comparedrum
drumplotter,
plotter,flatbed
flatbed To
testwhich
whichusers
usersonona amailing
mailing
current
sending
asking
forfor
a response.
sendinge-mail
e-mailtotothe
thelistlist
asking
a response.
plotter.
\peng' dV
ofInterDeath \p~ng"
avdeth'\
deth’\n.n.AAform
form
of Interpin-compatible \pin'kdm-pafd-bl\
ad}.
Having
pin-compatible
\pin’kam-pat’a-bl\
adj.
Having Ping of Death
pins that
sending
a packet
thatthat
is is
pins
that are
are equivalent
equivalenttotothe
thepins
pinson
onanother
another net vandalism
vandalismthat
thatentails
entails
sending
a packet
substantially larger
than
thethe
usual
64 64
bytes
overover
chip
device. A
chip or device.
A chip,
chip,for
forexample,
example,might
mighthave
have substantially
larger
than
usual
bytes
different
to to
a remote
com-.
different internal
internalcircuitry
circuitryfrom
fromthat
thatused
used inin the Internet
Internetvia
viathe
theping
pingprotocol
protocol
a remote
computer. The
thethe
computer
another
another chip,
chip, but
but ifif the
the two
two chips
chipsuse
use the
thesame
same puter.
Thesize
sizeofofthe
thepacket
packetcauses
causes
computer
also packet
packet (definition
(definition 2),
2),
reboot. See also
pins for
for input
input and
and output
output of
of identical
identicalsignals,
signals,they
they to crash or reboot.
1 (definition 1).
ping1
ping
(definition 1).
are
are pin-compatible.
pin-compatible.Compa1'e
Compare plug-compatible.
plug-compatible.
ping pong
pong \peng'
\p~ng"pong\
pong\n.n.1.1.InIn communicacommunicapine \pTn\
\ pIn \ n.n.Acronym
Acronym for
pine
for pine
pine is
is not
not elm,
elm,ororfor
for ping
thethe
direction
of of
Program
Program for
forInternet
Intemet News
Newsand
andE-mail.
E-mail.One
Oneofofthe
the tions,
tions, aa technique
techniquethat
thatchanges
changes
direction
most
transmission
sosothat
thethe
most commonly
commonly encountered
encountered programs
programs for
for readreadtransmission
thatthe
thesender
senderbecomes
becomes
receiver
processreceiverand
andvice
viceversa.
versa.2.2.Intninformation
information
processing
and composing
composing e-mail
e-mail on character-based
character-based
ing and
ing and
and transfer,
transfer,the
thetechnique
technique
using
UNIX
of of
using
twotwo
tem-temUNIXsystems.
systems.The
Thepine
pineprogram
programwas
wasdeveloped
developed ing
porary
storage
areas
(buffers)
rather
than
one
to to
as
an
improved
version
of
elm
at
the
University
of
as improved version of elm at the University of porary storage areas (buffers) rather than one
hold
hold both
bothinput
inputand
andoutput.
output.
Washington. Compare
Wasl-tington.
Compare elm.
elm.
ping-pongbtfffer
\p~ng’pong
buFar\
doupin feed
feed \ \pin'
buffer \peng'pong
bufdr\
n. n.
AA
doupin
pin" fed\
f{d\ n. A
A method
methodofoffeeding
feedingpaper
paper ping-pong
part
is is
alternately
filledfilled
through
through aa printer
printerininwhich
whichsmall
smallpins,
pins,mounted
mountedonon ble
ble buffer
bufferininwhich
whicheach
each
part
alternately
rollers
pl;:;tten, engage
inin
a more
or less
continuous
rollers on
on the
the ends
ends of
of the
the platen,
engage holes
holes and
and flushed,
flushed,resulting
resulting
a more
or less
continuous
stream
of
input
and
output
data.
See
also
ping
near the edges of continuous-form
stream of input and output data. See also
continuous-form paper.
ping
paper.See
Seethe
the
illustration.
also
continuous-form
paper,
paper
illustration.SeeSee
also
continuous-form
paper,
paper pong
pong (definition
(definition2).2).
pin grid
gridarray
array \pin'
\pin"grid
griddr-a'\
ar-~’\
method
n. n.
AA
method
of of
feed. Compare
tractorfeed.
feed.
feed.
Compare tractor
ping!1 \ping\
for Packet
PacketInternet
Internet mounting
mountingchips
chipsononboards,
boards,preferred
preferred
chips
ping
\ping\ n.n.1.1.Acronym
Acronym for
forfor
chips
protocolfor
fortesting
testingwhether
whetheraa particuparticu- with
with aave
of pins.
pins.Pin
Pingrid
gridarray
array
very
large number
number of
'Groper. AAprotocol
.. ’Groper.
W large
lar
computer isis connected
packages have
thethe
bottom
lar computer
connectedtoto the
the Internet
Interact by
by packages
havepins
pinsprotruding
protrudingfrom
from
bottom
surface of
sendin'g aa packet
packet to its
its IP
send~g
IP address
addressand
andwaiting
waitingforfor surface
ofthe
thechip,
chip,asasopposed
opposedtotodual
dualin-line
in-line
a response.
comesfrom
fromsubsub- packages
and leaderless
leaderlesschip
chip carrier
carrierpackages,
packages,
response. The
packages and
The name
name actually,
actually comes
marine
activesonar,
sonar,where
wherea a sound
soundsignalsigna!--. which
which have
thethe
edges.
SeeSee
marine active
havepins
pinsprotruding
protrudingfrom
from
edges.
the illustration.
Acronym:
PGAPGA
(P'G-A').
Compare
called aa "ping"--is
"ping"-is broadcast,
called
broadcast,and
and surrounding
surrounding the
illustration.
Acronym:
(P’G-A’).
Compare
objects are
revealed by
their reflections
reflections of
DIP, leadless
objects
are revealed
by their
of the
the
DIP,
leadlesschip
chipcarrier.
carrier.
pinout \pin’out\
n. A
A description
description
diagram
\ pin'out\ n.
or or
diagram
of of
sound. 2. A UNIX
UNIXutility
utilitythat
thatimplements
implementsthe
theping
ping pinout
the pins
pins of
of aa chip
chipor
orconnector.
connector.See
Seealso
alsopin.
pin.
protocol.
Pin feeders
Pin feed.
Pin feeders
feed. Pi~z
feederson
onaadot-matrix
dot-matrixprinter.
printer.
MTI0002566
piracy \pgr’a-s~\
1.The
Thetheft
theftofofa acomputer
computer
\pIr'd-se\ n.n. 1.
design or
distriblltion
design
or program.
program.2.2.Unauthorized
Unauthorized
distribution
.
and use
use of aa computer
computerprogram
program.
.pit
dot’P-I-T’\n.n.AA
extension
for an
.pit \dot-pit’,
\dot-pit', dot'P-I-T'\
filefile
extension
for an
archive
file
compressed
with
PackIT.
See
also
archive file compressed with PackIT. See also
PackIT.
PacMT.
measure,generally
generally
used
pitch \pich\
\ pich \ n.
n. 1.
1. A
A measure,
used
withwith
monospace
fonts,that
thatdescribes
describes
number
monospace fonts,
thethe
number
of of
characters that
fit fit
in in
a a
horizontal
inch.inch.
See See
alsoalso
characters
that
horizontal
1 (definition 1).
characters
perinch.
inch.Compare
Compare point1
characters per
(definition 1).
2. See
screen pitch.
pitch.
See screen
Pin grid
Thepin
pingrid
grid array
array on
on the
the
grid array.
array. The
pixd
\piks'dl\
n.
(pix)
element.
pixel
\piks’al\
n. Short
Shortfor
forpicture
picture
(pix)
element.
back
of
a
Pentium
chip.
back of a Pentium chip.
of of
thousands
of such
One spot
spot in
inaarectilinear
rectilineargrid
grid
thousands
of such
spots
that
are
individually
"painted"
to
form
spots
that
.are
individually
"painted"
to
form
an an
pipe \pip\
\pIp\n.n.t.1.AAportion
portion of
memory
that
can
be
of memory that can be
image
pro~tuced
on
the
screen
by
a
computer
used
along
to to image produced on the screen by a computer or or
used by
by one
one process
processtotopass
passinformation
information
along
paper by
thethe
smallest
ele-eleby aa printer.
printer.AApixel
pixelis is
smallest
another.
a pipe
works
likelike
its its
nameanother.Essentially,
Essentially,
a pipe
works
name- on paper
ment that
and
software
that display
displayororprint
printhardware
hardware
and
software
sake:
soso
that
thethe
output
sake: ititconnects
connectstwo
twoprocesses
processes
that
output ment
creating
letters,
numbers,
can manipulate
manipulate inincreating
letters,
numbers,
or or
of.
to to
thethe
other.
SeeSee can
of.one
onecan
canbebeused
usedasasthe
theinput
input
other.
graphics.
See
the
illustrations.
Also
called
pel.
also
input
stream,
output
stream.
2.
The
vertical
also input stream, output stream. 2. The vertical graphics. See the illustrations. Also called pel.
line character
line
character(I)'
(I) that
that appears
appearson
onaaPC
PCkeyboard
keyboard
as
the'shift
(\) (\)
key.
as the
shift character
characteronon'the
thebackslash
backslash
key.
3.
In
UNIX,
a
command
function
that
transfers
the
3. In UNIX, a command function that transfers the
output
input
of of
a second
output of
ofone
onecommand
commandtotothethe
input
a second
command.
command.
pipeline
n. An. A
pipeline processing
processing \pIp'lIn
\p~p’l~npros'es-eng\
pros’es-@ng\
method of
allows
method
of processing
processingonona acomputer
computerthat
that
allows
fast parallel
is is
accomfast
parallelprocessing
processingofofdata.
data.This
This
accomplished
using
a pipe,
or or
plished by
byoverlapping
overlappingoperations
operation~
using
a pipe,
aa portion
information
fromfrom
portionof
ofmemory
memorythat
thatpasses
passes
information
one process
process to
another. See
See also
to another.
also parallel
parallelprocessprocessing,pipe
pipe (definition
(definition I),
ing,
I), pipelining
pipelining(definition
(definition3).3).
pipelinin.g
\pIp'lI'neng\
method
of fetchpipelining \pip’iFn~ng\
n. n.
I. 1.A A
method
of fetching and
decodinginstructions
instructions (preprocessing)in
(preprocessing) in
and decoding
Pixel
Pixel
which,
any given
giventime,
time,several
severalprogram
program
instrucwhich, atat any
instructions are ih
in various stages
stages of
of being
beingfetched
fetchedoror
tions
PixeL
Theletter
letterAA (top)
(top) is
is actually
actually made up of
PixeL The
of
decoded.
decoded. Ideally,
Ideally,pipelining
pipeliningspeeds
speedsexecution
execution aa pattern
pattern of
of pixels
pixels in
in aagrid,
gri~ as is the cat's
cat’seye
eye
time
byensuring
ensuringthat
thatthe
themicroprocessor
microprocessor
does
time by
does
notnot
(bottom).
(~uo~O.
have
to
wait
for
instructions;
when
it
completes
have to wait for instructions; when it completes
image\piks’al
\piles'dlim’aj\
im'dj\ n.
n. The
The representation
executionofofone
oneinstruction,
instruction,
next
is ready
pixel image
representation
execution
thethe
next
is ready
and andpixel
waiting.
2. 2.InInparallel
waiting.See
Seealso
alsosuperpipelining.
superpipelining.
parallel of aa color
color graphic
graphic ininaacomputer's
computer’smemory.
memory.AApixel
pixe!
image isis similar
similartoto aa bit
which also
also
bit image,
image, which
processing,
are are image
processing,a amethod
methodininwhich
whichinstructions
instructions
describes aa screen
screengraphic,
graphic,but
butaapixel
pixelimage
imagehas
has
passed
unit
to to
another,
as on
passed from
fromone
oneprocessing
processing
unit
another,
as on describes
an
added
dimension,
sometimes
called
depth,
that
dimension,
sometimes
called
depth,
that
an
each
unit
is specialized
for for
an assembly
assemblyline,
line,and
and
each
unit
is specialized
performing
ofof
operation.
3. The
performinga aparticular
particulartype
type
operation.
3. The describes
describes the
the number
number of
of bits
bitsininmemory
memoryassigned
assigned
to each on-screen pixel.
use
of of
one
task
as as to
use of
of pipes
pipesininpassing
passingthetheoutput
output
one
task
thatthat
map \\piks'dl
piks’almap'\
map’\n.n.AAdata
datastructure
structure
input
sequence
of of
tasks
input to
to another
anotheruntil
untila adesired
desired
sequence
taskspixel map
describes the
the pixel
pixel image
imageofofaagraphic,
graphic,including
including
has
canied out.
has been can’ied
out.See
Seealso
alsopipe
pipe(definition
(definition1),1), describes
such features
features as
as color,
color, image,
image, resolution,
resolution,dimendimensuch
pour.
pour.
MTI0002567
that control
control the
the flow
flow of current are
are diffused
into
that
diffused into
sions, storage
sions,
storage format,
format,and
andnumber
numberof
ofbits
bitsused
usedtoto
(and
pixel, pixel
describe each pixel. See also pixel,
pixel image.
image.
(and beneath)
beneath) the
the surface.
surface.
\ pla'ndr tran-zis'tdr\
PJ/NF
\P'J-N-F'\ n.
Acronym for
PJ/NF \P’J-N-F’\
n. Acronym
for projection-join
projection-join planar transistor \pl~’nar
tran-zis’tar\n.n.AAspespecial
normal
cial form
form of
of transistor
transistor that
that isis fabricated
fabricatedwith
withall
all
normal form.
form. See
Seenormal
normal form
form (definition
(definition 1).
1).
.pk \dot’P-K’\
\dot'P-K'\ n. On the
the Internet,
Intemet,the
themajor
majorgeogeo- three
three elements
elements (collector,
(collector, emitter,
emitter,and
andbase)
base)on
on aa
single layer of semiconductor material.
The strucstrucgraphic
material. The
graphic domain
domain specifying
specifyingthat
thatananaddress
addressisis single
ture of aa planar
planar transistor
transistor permits
permits itit to
dissipate
ture
to dissipate
located in Pakistan.
Pakistan.
relatively large
PKVNZIP \P’K-un-zip’\
utility
pro- relatively
largeamounts
amountsofofheat,
heat, making
makingthis
this
PKUNZIP
\P'K-un-zip'\n.n.A
A shareware
shareware utility
prodesign suitable
suitable for
for power
power transistors.
transistors. See
See the
the illus.:.
illusgram
uncompresses files
design
gram that uncompresses
files compressed
compressed by
by the
the
PKZIP
PKZIPshareware
shareware utility
utilityprogram.
program.PKUNZIP
PKUNZIPisisgengen- tration.
erally
made available
availablewith
with PKZIP;
PKZIP;distribution
distributionofof
erally made
PKUNZIPfor
forcommercial
commercialpurposes
purposes isis not
not 'permitpermitPKUNZIP
Insulating
Insulating layer
layer
ted
without obtaining
obtaining permission
ted without
permissionfrom
fromitsitspubpublisher,
lisher, PKware,
PKware,Inc.
Inc.See
Seealso
alsoPKZIP.
PKZIP.
PKZIP\P’K-zip’\
\P'K-zip'\ n.n.A
A widely
widely used
PKZIP
usedshareware
sharewareutilutilI===!-- Emitter
Emitter
ity
ity program
program for
for compressing
compressingfiles.
fries.Developed
Developedby
by
PKware, Inc.,
PKware,
Inc.,inin 1989
1989and
andavailable
availablefrom
froma awide
wide
~----I-- Base
variety of sources,
sources, PKZIP
PKZIPcan
cancombine
combineone
oneorormore
more
files
files into
into aacompressed
compressedoutput
outputfile
filehaving
havingthe
theextenextenCollector
Collector
sion .zip. A companion
utility
program,
PKUNZIP,
companion utility program, PKUNZIP,
s. See
is required to uncompress the compressed
compressedfile
files.
Planar transistor.
see
also PKUNZIP,
also
PKUNZIP,shareware,
shareware,utility
utilityprogram
program..
dis-pl~’\n.n.See
Seegasgas.pl \dot’P-L’\
\dot'P-L'\ n.
\plaz'md dis-pla'\
.pl
n. On
On the
the Internet,
Intemet, the
the major
majorgeogeo- plasma display \plaz’ma
graphic
graphic domain
domainspecifying
specifyingthat
thatananaddress
addressisis discharge
discharge display.
display.
plastic leadless chip
\plas'tik led'-lds
Poland.
d’tip carrier
carrier \plas’tik
lfid’qaschip'
chip"
located in Poland.
PEA
\P’L-A’\ n.
n. Acronym
Acronymfor
forprogrammable
programmablelogic
logic kar-e-dr\
kfir-~-ar\n.n.See
SeePLCC.
PLCC.
JI:;lLA \P'L-K\
ptaten \plat’an\
in most
mostimpact
impact
" array.
array. See
platen
\plat'dn\ n.
n. The
The cylinder
cylinder in
Seefield-programmable
field-programmable logic
!ogic array.
array.
printers
and typewriters,
typewriters,around
aroundwhich
whichthe
~hepaper
paper
Plain
OldTelephone
TelephoneService
Service\plan"
\ plan' old
old tel’a-f6n
tel' d-fon
printers and
Plain Old
wraps
against which
sar-vas\ n.n.See
SeePOTS.
POTS.
wraps and
and against
whichthe
the print
print mechanism
mechanism
sdr-vds\
pIaintext \\pl[n’tekst\
the paper.
paper. The
The paper
paper bail,
bail,aaspring-loaded
spring-loaded
plaintext
plan'tekst\ n.n. 1.
1. Nonencrypted
Nonencrypted oror strikes
strikes the
ro!lers,holds
holdsthe
the paper
paper smoothly
smoothly
small rollers,
decrypted text.
See also
also decryption,
decryption, encryption.
decrypted
text. See
encryption. bar with small
2. A file
against the
file that
that isis stored
stored as
as plain
plain ASCII
ASCIIdata.
data.
against
the platen
platen just
justabove
abovethe
theprint
printmechanism.
mechanism.
plain
plan , vd-ni1'd\
adj.adj.
Ordinary;
the theSee the illustration.
plain vanilla
vanilla\ \pl[n"
va-nil’a\
Ordinary;
standard version
version of
ofhardware
hardwareororsoftware
sbftwarewithout
without platform
platform \plat’f6rm\
tech\ plat 'form \ n.
n. 1.
1. The
The foundation
foundation technology
of
a
computer
system.
Because
computers
~nhancements. For
system. Because computers
any .enhancements.
Forexample,
example,a aplain
plainvanilla
vanilla
modem might have
have dati
datfftransfer
transfercapability
capabilitybut
butnono are
composed of
of aa chip-level
are layered
layered devices
devices composed
chip-level
hardware layer,
layer, aa firmware
firmwareand
andoperating-system
operating-system
hardware
features.
fax or voice features.
\dot-plan'\ n.
n. A
A file
file in
home
.plan \dot-plan"\
in aa UNIX
UNIXuser's
user’s
home layer,
layer, and
and an
an applications
applicationsprogram
programlayer,
layer,the
thebotbottommost
directory that
that isis displayed
displayedwhen
when other
other users
users finger
finger
tommost layer
layer of
of aa machine
machine isis often
often called
called aa platplatthat
into
form. 2.2. In
In everyday
everydayusage,
usage,the
thetype
typeofofcomputer
computer
form.
that account.
account. Users
Users can
can enter
enter information
information into
.plan
discretion to
provide informainformaor operating
.plan files
files at
at their discretion
to provide
operating system
system being
beingused.
used.
addition to
InternetContent
ContentSelection
Selection\ plat’\ plat'tion in addition
to that
that normally
normallydisplayed
displayedbybythethe Platform for Internet
finger command.
f6rm fdr
far in'tdr-net
in’tar-netkon'tent
kon’te~tsd-Iek'shdn\
sa-lek’shan\
See
command.See
form
Seealso
also finger.
finger.
n. n.See
planar \pla'ndr\
5pl[’nar\adj.
adj.1.1.InIncomputer
computer
graphics,
PICS.
planar
graphics,
PICS.
lying
withinaa plane.
plane. 2.2. In
In the
the fabrication
fabricationofofsemisemi- platter
platter \plat'dr\
\plat’ar\ n. One
metal
lying within
One of
of the
the individual
individual metal
materials, maintaining
conductor materials,
maintainingthe
theoriginal
originalflat
fiat data
data storage
storage disks
diskswithin
withinaahard
harddisk
diskdrive.
drive.Most
Most
surface of the silicon
silicon wafer
waferthroughout
throughout processing,
processing,
disks have
have from
from two
twototo eight
eightplatters.
platters.See
Seethe
the
hard disks
while the
the chemicals
thatmake
makeup
upthe
the elements
elements illustration.
illustration.See
Seealso
alsohard
hard disk.
disk.
while
chemicals that
'
MTI0002568
and ALGOL
whileintroducing
introducingsuch
suchnew
newconcepts
concepts
ALGOL while
as condition-based
error handling
handlingand
and multitaskmultitaskcondition-based error
ing. The result of this
this effort
effortwas
wasaacompiled,
compiled,stmcsmactured
language that
thatwas
wasso
socomplex
complexthat
thatititnever
never
tured language
gained widespread acceptance.
acceptance. Nevertheless,
Nevertheless,PL/I
PL/I
still used
is still
used in
in some
some academic
academic and
and research
researchenvienvironments.
See
also
ALGOL,
COBOL,
compiled
lanronments.
See
also
ALGOL,
COBOL,
compiled
lanPlatter. Two platters
mounted on a hub.
hub..
platters mounted
guage, FORTRAN.
FORTRAN.
PL/M
for Programming
ProgrammingLanLanPL/M \P’L-M’\
\P'L-M'\ n.
n. Acronym
Acronym for
PJL!C \P’L-C’\
\P'L-C\ n.n.AAversion
of of
thethe
PL/IPL/I
programPL/C
version
programming
language
developed
at
Cornell
University
guage
for
Microcomputers.
A
programming
lanming language developed at Comell University guage
Microcomputers. A programming language derived
mainframe computers.
guage
derived from
fromPL/I
PL/Iand
anddeveloped
developedininthe
the
and used on mainframe
computers. See
Seealso
alsoPL/r.
PL/I.
PLCC\P’L-C-C’\
\P'L-C-C\ n.
leadless
1970s by Intel Corporation for microprocesPLCC
n. Acronym
Acronymforforplastic
plastic
leadless early 1970s
variation
sors. PL/M
of the
leadchip carrier.
carrier.An
Aninexpensive
inexpensive
variation
of the
lead- sors.
PL/Mwas
wasused
used primarily
primarilyfor
forthe
thecreation
creationofof
less chip
method
of of
mounting
chips
systems. See
See also
also PL/I.
PL/r.
less
chip carrier
carrier(LCC)
(LCC)
method
mounting
chips operating systems.
To create
createa agraphic
graphic
a diagram
\plot\ vb.
vb. To
or or
a diagram
by by
areare
similar
in inplot \plot\
on boards.
boards.Although
Althoughthe
thetwo
twocarriers
carriers
similar
appearance, PLCCs
appearance,
PLCCsare
arephysically
physicallyincompatible
incompatible connecting
connecting points
points representing
representingvariables
variables(values)
(values)
with leadless
which
areare
defined by
made
from
a a that are
with
leadlesschip
chipcarriers,
carriers,
which
made
from
are defined
by their
their positions
positionsininrelation
relationtotoaa
(x)axis
axisand
andaavertical
vertical(y)(y)axis
axis(and
(and
horizontal (x)
ceramic material.
thethe
illustration.
SeeSee
alsoalso
leadceramic
material.See
See
illustration.
lead- horizontal
sometimes
a
depth,
or
z,
axis).
sometimes
a
depth,
or
z,
axis).
less
chip
carrier.
less chip carrier.
plotter
\pl0t’ar\ n.
n. Any
deviceused
usedtotodraw
draw
plotter \plot'dr\
Any device
charts,
...
charts, diagrams,
diagrams, and
and other
other line-based
line-based graphics
graphics...
Leadless
Plastic
leadless
Leadless
Plastic leadless
Plotters
either
pens
or
electrostatic
charge.s
Plotters
use
either
pens
or
electrostatic
charges
chip
chip
chip carrier
chip
carrier
and toner.
toner. Pen
Pen plotters
plotters draw
drawon
on paper
paper or
or transtrans~
and
parencies
with one
one or more
parencies with
more colored
colored pens. ElecElectrostatic
a a pattern
trostaticplotters
plotters"draw"
"draw"
patternon
on
electrostatically
dots
ononthe
electrostaticallycharged
gharged
dots
thepaper
paperand
and
then apply toner and fuse
fuse itit in
in place.
place. Plotters
P!ottersuse
use
three basic
basic types
flatbed,
three
types of
of paper
paper handling:
handling: flatbed,
drum,
dram, and
and pinch
pinch roller.
roller. Flatbed
Flatbedplotters
plottershold
holdthe
the
PLCC.
paper still
y y
paper
stilland
andmove
movethe
thepen
penalong
alongboth
bothx xand
and
axes. Dmm
Drum plotters
plottersroll
rollthe
thepaper
paper over
overaa cylincylinaxes.
PID
\P'L-D'\ n.
n. See
device.
PLD \P’L-D’\
Seeprogrammable
programmablelogic
logic
device.
der. The
The pen
pen moves
movesalong
alongone
oneaxis
axiswhile
whilethe
the
PL/I
PL/I \P'L-w;:m'\
\P’L-wan’\n.n. Acronym
AcronymforforProgramming.
Programming.der.
Language
programming language
drum,with
withthe
thepaper
paperattached,
attached,moves
movesalong
alongthethe
Language Ilr (One).
(One). A
A programming
language dmm,
other. Pinch-roller
Pinch-rollerplotters
plottersare
area ahybrid
hybridofofthe
the
developed by IBM
IBM0964-1969),
(1964-1969),designed
designedtotobring
bring ’ other.
two, in
in which
which the
the pen
pen moves
movesonly
onlyalong
alongone
oneaxis
axis
together
features of
of FORTRAN,
FORTRAN, COBOL,
together the
th~ key features
COBOL, two,
Platters
Platters
i
Platen
Platen
Platen.
Platen.
MTI0002569
while the
byby p-machine
p-macWne \P'md-shen'\
n. n.
SeeSee
pseudomachine.
while
the paper
paperisis moved
movedback
backand
andforth
forth
\P’ma-shfin’\
pseudomachine.
PMMU \P’M-M-U’\
\P'M-M-U'\ n.
n. See
See paged
managesmall
small rollers.
rollers.
pagedmemory
memory
management unit.
Plug
setset
of specifiPlug and
and Play
Piay\\plug'
plug" dnd
andpHi'\
plY’\tz.n.A A
of specifi- ment
unit.
PMOS \P’mos\
forP-channel
P-channel
metalcations
to to
con\P'mos\ n.n.Acronym
Acronym for
metalcations developed
developed by
byIntel
Intelthat
thatallows
allowsa PC
a PC
con- PMOS
figure
to work
withwith
peripherals
semiconductor. A
figureitself
itselfautomatically
automatically
to work
peripheralsoxide
oxide semiconductor.
A MOSFET
MOSFETsemiconductor
semiconductor
such
conduction
channel
AA
user
is is
such as
as monitors,
monitors,modems,
modems,and
andprinters.
printers.
user technology
technologyininwhich
whichthethe
conduction
channel
formedby
by the
the movement
movementofofholes
holes(electron
(electron
can "plug"
and
"play"
it without
can
"plug"inina aperipheral
peripheral
and
"play"
it withoutformed
manually
configuring
system.
A Plug
"vacancies"created
createdasaselectrons
electrons
move
from
atom
move
from
manually configuring
thethe
system.
A Plug
and and
PlayPlay "vacancies"
atom
to
atom)
rather
than
electrons.
Because
holeg
PC
reqUires
both
a
BIOS
that
supports
Plug
and
PC requires both a BIOS that supports Plug and to atom) rather than electrons. Because holes
Play
card.
SeeSee
also
is is
Play and
and aa Plug
Plugand
andPlay
Playexpansion
expansion
card.
also move
move more
more slowly
slowlythan
thanelectrons
electronsdo,do,PMOS
PMOS
slower
BIOS, expansion
butbut
it it
is is
also
easier
and
less
BIOS,
expansionboard,
board,peripheral.
peripheral.
slower than
than NMOS,
NI~IOS,
also
easier
and
less
plugboard
expensivetotofabricate.
fabricate.
MOSFET,
PSee See
alsoalso
MOS,MOS,
MOSFET,
Pplugboard \plug'bard\
\plug’b6rd\n.n.AAboard
boardthat
thatpermits
permits expensive
semiconductor.
Compare
byby
plugCMOS,
NMOS.
users to
users
to control
controlthe
theoperation
operationofofa device
a device
plug- "¯ type
type semiconductor. Compare CMOS, NMOS.
PMS
\P'M-S'\ n.
n. See
See Pantone
System.
ging
ging cables
cablesinto
intosockets.
sockets.
PMS \P’M-S’\
PantoneMatchi"ng
Matching
System.
plug-compatible
ad).
Equip\dofP-N'\ n. On
On the
geoplug-compatible \plug'kdm-pat'd-bl\
\plug’kam-pat’a-bl\
adj.
Equip- .pn \dot’P-N’\
the Internet,
Internet,the
themajor
major
geographicdomain
domainspecifying
specifying
address
thatthat
an an
address
ped with
with connectors
both
in in graphic
is is
ped
connectorsthat
thatareareequivalent
equivalent
both
structureand
andinin usage.
usage.For
For example,
example,most
most located
located in
in Pitcairn
PitcairnIsland.
Island.
structure
PNG \P’N-G’\
PortableNetwork
NetworkGraphics.
Graphics.
modems having
onon
their
rear
\P'N-G'\ n.n.See
See Portable
modems
havingDB-25
DB-25connectors
connectors
their
rear PNG
\P’N-P’\
n.
See
Plug
and
Play,
PNP
transistor.
PNP
\P'N-P'\
n.
See
Plug
and
Play,
PNP
transistor.
panels
are
plug-compatible;
that
is,
one
can
be
. panels are plug-compatible; that is, one can be
PN-Ptransistor
transistor\P'N-P'
\P’N-P"tranz-i'stdr\
tranz-i’star\
A type
replaced by
thethe
cable
having
to toPNP
n. n.
A type
of of
replaced
byanother
anotherwithout
without
cable
having
be
rewired.Compare
Compare pin-compatible.
bipolar transistor
transistorininwhich
whicha abase
baseofofN-type
N-type
matebe rewired.
pin-compatible.
bipolar
matesandwichedbetween
betweenananemitter
emitter
a colrial isis sandwiched
plug-in
\ plug'in \ n.
software
program
andand
a colplug-in \plug’ink
n. 1.1.AAsmall
small
software
program rial
that plugs
to to
provide
lector of
base,
emitter,
andand
that
plugs into
into aa larger
largerapplication
application
provide lector
of P-type
P-typematerial.
material.The
The
base,
emitter,
added functionality.
functionality.2.2.AA
software
component
collectorare
arethe
thethree
threeterminals
terminals
transistor
software
component
thatthat collector
of of
thethe
transistor
through which
whichcurrent
currentflows.
flows.InIna aPNP
PNP
transistor,
transistor,
plugs into
Plug-ins
permit
plugs
into the
theNetscape
NetscapeNavigator.
Navigator.
Plug-ins
permit through
holes (electron
areare
thethe
majority
of the
""¯the
the"Web
.Webbrowser
browsertotoaccess
accessand
andexecute
executefiles
files holes
(electron"vacancies")
"vacancies")
majority
of the
chargecarriers,
carriers,and
andthey
theyflow
flow
from
emitter
that
areare
in in
formats
from
thethe
emitter
to to
embedded in
in HTML
HTMLdocuments
documents
that
formats charge
the
collector.
See
the
illustration.
See
aJso
N-type
the browser
normally
would
not
recognize,
such
as
the
collector.
See
the
illustration.
See
also
N-type
browser normally would not recognize, such as
semiconductor.
Compare
many animation,
files.
Most
plugmany
animation,video,
video,and
andaudio
audio
files.
Most
plug- semiconductor,
semiconductor,P-type
P-type
semiconductor.
Compare
ins are
are developed
by software
softwarecompanies
companies
who NPN
NPN transistor.
transistor.
ins
developed by
who
point1 \\point\
n. 1.
1. AAunit
unitofofmeasure
measure
used
have
proprietarysoftware
softwarein in
which
embedded pointl
point\ n.
used
in in
have proprietary
which
thethe
embedded
filesare
arecreated.
created.
Comparehelper
helper application.
application.
printing,
equaltotoapproximately
approximately1hz1/72
of inch.
an inch.
printing, equal
files
Compare
of an
.pm \dot’P-M’\
\dot'P-M'\ n. On the
geoofof
space
(lead.pro
the Internet,
Internet,the
themajor
major
geo- Character
Characterheight
heightand
andthe
theamount
amount
space
(leading) between
areare
usually
specified
in in
graphic,
domainspecifying
specifying
that
..an.
address
betweenlines
linesofoftext
text
usually
specified
graphic domain
that
..;m"
address
is is ing)
located in
in St.
St.Pierre
Pierreand
andMiquelon:
Miquelon:
points..
single
pixel
screen,
identified
located
points. 2.2.AAsingle
pixel
onon
thethe
screen,
identified
Ix~ternal
diagram
mternaJl diagram
Emitter
Emitter
00GJ0
00GJ0
00GJ0
0GJGJ0
00GJ0
eee 0GJ00
eee 0 0 0 0
eee GJ00GJ
eee 00GJGJ
eee 0GJGJ0
Schematic
Schematicdiagram
diagram
Emitter
Collector
Collector
Base
Base
IIBase
Collector
PNP transistor.
MTI0002570
by it~
its row
AA
location
in ain a connect
by
rowand
andcolumn
columnnumbers.
numbers.3.5.
location
withaalocal
localtelephone
telephonecall.
call.
point
connect with
2. 2.
AA
point
at at
geometric
form,
represented
by
two
or
more
numwhich
a
long
distance
telephone
carrier
connects
geometric form, represented by two or more num- which a-!ong distance telephone carrier connects
bers that constitute
local telephone
or or
to to
anan
individual
to a local
telephoneexchange
exchange
individual
bers
constituteits
itscoordinates.
coordinates.
point22 \point\
\point\vb.
vb. To
To move
other
such
user. Acronym:
point
movean
anarrow
arroworor
other
such user.
Acronym: POP
POP (pop).
(pop).
indicator to
point' ;::lVov
san
n. See
POS.POS.
indicator
to aa particular
particularitem
itemororposition
positionononthethe point of sale
sale \\point"
sRl’\
n. See
screen
by
using
direction
keys
or
by
maneuvering
point-to-point
configuration
\poinft;::l-poinf
point-to-point
contiguration
\
point"
to-point"
screen
using direction keys or by maneuvering
a
pointing
device
such
as
a
mouse.
k;::ln-fi'gyur-a'sh;::ln\ n. n.
AA
communications
link link
in in
kon-fi’gyur-~’shon\
communications
a pointing device such as a mouse.
point-and-dick \point';::lnd-klik'\
Enabling
a a which
which dedicated
individual
point-and-click
\point%nd-klik’\adj.
adj.
Enabling
dedicatedlinks
linksexist
existbetween
between
individua!
byby
using
origins and
user to
to select
select data
dataand
andactivate
activateprograms
programs
using origins
and destinations,
destinations,asasopposed
opposedtotoa point-toa point-tomove
a cursor
mouse or
multipoint configuration,
in which
the same
signalsignal
configuration,
in which
the same
a mouse
or other
otherpointing
pointingdevice
devicetoto
move
a cursor multipoint
to a desired
desired location
("point")
and
pressing
a
butgoes
many
destinations
(such
as
a
cable
TV
systo
many
destinations
(such
as
a
cable
TV
syslocation ("point") and pressing a buttem), or
ton on
on the
the mouse
mouse or
other pointing
switched configuration,
in which
the the
ton
or other
pointingdevice
device tem),
or aa switched
configuration,
in which
("click").
signal moves
thethe
origin
to to
a switch
thatthat
signal
movesfrom
from
origin
a switch
("click").
PointCast \\point’kast\
point'kast\ n.
service
thatthat routes
the signal
signaltotoone
oneofofseveral
several
possible
destiroutes the
possible
destiPointCast
n.An
AnInternet
Interact
service
delivers and
setset
of of
news
nations.
delivers
anddisplays
displaysa apersonalized
personalized
news nations.
articles to
users.
Unlike
the the
World
Point-to-Point Protocol
pro't;::lProtocol\poinftC5b:..point
\ point’t~=point
pr6
articles
to individual
individual,
users.
Unlike
WorldPoint-to-Point
Wide Web
and other
other Internet
Internet applications,
applications,
kol \ n. See
See PPP.
kol\
PPP.
Wide
Web and
PointCast is isa a
push
where
thethe
server
Point-to-Point'fuflneling
TunnelingProtocol
Protocol\ poinft;::l\ point’toPointCast
pushtechnology,
technology,
where
server Point-to-Point
automatically uploads
data
without
a a
specific
point' tun';::ll-eng
n. n.
A specification
for for
automatically
uploads
data
without
specific point"
tun%l-ringpro't;::l-kol\
pr6"to-kol\
A specification
virtual
private
networks
in
which
some
nodes
command
from
the
client.
See
also
server
(definivirtual
private
networks
in
which
some
nodes
of
aof a
command from the client. See also server (definition 2).
2).
local
area
network
are
connected
through
the
local area network are connected through the
\ point' chart\
scatter
diagram.
Internet. Acronym:
See also
alsovirvirpoint chart \point"
ch~trt\n.n.See
see
scatter
diagram. Internet.
Acronym: PPTP
PPTP (P'P-T-P').
(P’P-T-P’). See
tual network.
point diagram
diagram \point'
\point" dI';::l-gram\
dg’o-gram\n.n.See
Seescatter
scatter tual
network. "
Poisson
pwo-son' dis-tr;::l-byC5b'
sh;::ln \
diagram.
diagram.
Poisson distribution
distribution \\pwo-s6n"
dis-tro-by~’shon\
pointer
\poin't;::lr\
n.
1.
In
programming
and
n.
mathematical
curve
often
used
in
statistics
n.
A
mathematical
curve
often
used
in
statistics
pointer \poin’tor\ n. 1. In programming and
information
processing,
a
variable
that
contains
represent
thethe
likelihood
of some
information processing, a variable that contains and simulation
simulationtotO
represent
likelihood
of some
occurring,such
suchasasthethearrival
arrival
a customer
data
rather
event occurring,
of of
a customer
the memory
memorylocation
location(address)
(address)ofofsome
some
data
rafiaer event
1 1
than the
SeeSee
also
address
(definition
I), 1), in aa queue,
likelihood
is known.
queue,when
whenthe
theaverage
average
likelihood
is known.
than
thedata
dataitself.
itself.
also
address
(definition
1
. 2.1.See
handle (definition
mouse
after
thethe
French
matheThis distribution,
distribution,named
named
after
French
mathehandle
(definition1),1),reference
~eference
2. See
mouseThis
pointer.
matician
S.
D.
Poisson,
is
simpler
to
calculate
than
matician
S.
D.
Poisson,
is
simpler
to
calculate
than
pointer.
pointing
device
\poin'teng
d;::l-vls'\
n.
An
input
the normal
normal and
See See
alsoalso
pointing device \poin’teng do-vgs’\ n. An inputthe
and binomial
binomialdistributions.
distributions.
device
forfor binomial
normal
distribution.
binomialdistribution,
distribution,
normal
distribution.
deviceused
usedtoto control
controlan
anon-screen
on-screencursor
cursor
such
buttons
in inpoke \p6k\
\pok\vb.
vb.To
To store
store a
a byte
byte into
such actions
actionsasas "pressing"
"pressing"on-screen
on-screen
buttons
intoananabsolute
absolute
memory location.
location.PEEK
PEEK
(read
a byte
from
memdialog
menu
items,
andand
selecting
(read
a byte
from
memdialogboxes,
boxes,choosing
choosing
menu
items,
selecting memory
found
in in
proranges
oror
groups
of of
words
ranges of
ofcdls
c~llsininspreadsheets
spreadsheets
groups
words ory)
ory) and
and POKE
POKEcommands
commandsareareoften
often
found
prosuch
as as
Basic,
thatthat
in
device
is often
usedused
to to gramming
do not
gramminglanguages,
languages,
such
Basic,
do not
in aa document.
document.AApointing
pointing
device
is often
create
The
most
memory
locanormallyallow
allowaccess
accesstotospecific
specific
memory
locacreate drawings
drawingsororgraphical
graphicalshapes.
shapes.
The
most nomially
tions.
common
is is
thethe
mouse,
which
waswas tions.
commonpointing
pointingdevice
device
mouse,
which
\po'l;::lr ko-or'd;::l-n;::lts\
popularized
Macintosh.
popularizedby
byitsitsuse
usewith
withthe
theApple
Apple
Macintosh.polar coordinates
coordinates \p6"lor
k6-6r’do-nots\n. n.CoCo:
ordinates
Other
pointing
devices
include
graphics
tablets,
of
the
form
(r,
8)
used
to
locate
a
point
ordinates
of
the
form
(r,
0)
used
to
locate
a
point
Other pointing devices include graphics tablets,
The
polar
coordistyluses,
pucks,
andand
trackstyluses,light
lightpens,
pens,joysticks,
joysticks,
pucks,
track- in
in two
two dimensions
dimensions(on
(ona aplane).
plane).
The
polar
coordinate rr isisthe
thelength
lengthofofthe
theline
line
that
starts
at the
that
starts
at the
ori- oriballs.
joystick,
light
pen,pen, nate
balls.See
Seealso
alsographics
graphicstablet,
tablet,
joystick,
light
gin
theta)
is is
mouse,
gin and
and ends
endsatatthe
thepoint,
point,and
and8 0(Greek
(Greek
theta)
mouse, puck,
puck,stylus,
stylus,trackball.
trackball..
point
li'steng\
n. A
of ofthe
and
thethe
positive
x-axis.
the angle
anglebetween
betweenthat
thatline
line
and
positive
x-axis.
pointlisting
listing\point'
\point"
li’steng\
n. database
A database
Compare Cartesian
popular
byby
topics
of of
interest
Cartesian coordinates.
coordinates.
popular Web
Websites
sitescategorized
categorized
topics
interest Compare
polarity
\p6-1fir%-te,
po-!fir’o-te\
n. The
polarity \po-Hlr';::l-te, p;::l-liir';::l-te\
n. The
signsign
of of
and
and often
oftenrated
ratedby
bydesign
designand
andcontent.
content.
pointofpresence
;::lVov
prez';::lns\
n. 1.
potential (voltage)
between
twotwo
point of presence\poinf
\point"
prez’ons\
n. A
1. A the
the potential
(voltage)difference
difference
between
point
to to
which
a user
cancan points
difference
pointininaawide
widearea
areanetwork
network
which
a user
pointsinin aa circuit.
circuit.When
Whena apotential
potential
difference
MTI0002571
exists between
exists
between two
two points,
points,one
onepoint
pointhas
hasaaposipositive
polarity and
negative polarity.
tive polarity
and the
tlae other
other aa negative
polarity.
Electrons
Electrons flow
flow from
from negative
negativetotopositive;
positive;by
byconconvention,
vention, however,
however, "current"
"current"isisconsidered
consideredtotoflow
flow
from
positive
to
negative.
from positive to negative.
polarized component \p6"lar-~zd
\po'ldr-izd bm-po'nent\
kam-p6"nent\
n. A
A circuit
circuitcomponent
componentthat
thatmust
mustbebeinstalled
installedwith
with
its
its leads
leads in a particular
particular orientation
orientationwith
withrespect
respecttoto
the polarity of the
the circuit.
circuit. Diodes,
Diodes, rectifiers,
rectifiers, and
and
some
capacitors are
examples of polarized
polarized comsome capacitors
are examples
components.
ponents.
polarizing
fil’tar\n.n.AAtranstranspolarizing filter
f'tlter \p6"lar-7-zfing
\ po'l;:}r-i-zeng findr\
parent
glass or
plastic that
parent piece
piece of glass
or plastic
that polarizes
polarizesthe
the
light
light passing
passingthrough
throughit;it;that
thatis,is,itit allows
allowsonly
only
waves vibrating
waves
vibratingininaa certain
certain direction
directiontotopass
pass
through. Polarizing
Polarizing filters
filtersare
areoften
oftenused
usedtotoreduce
reduce
glare on
on monitor
monitorscreens.
screens.See
Seealso
alsoglare
glare
filter.
filter.
Polish
notation\ p6"lish
\ po 'lishn6-t~’shan\
no-tii' shdn \ n. See
See prefix
Polish notation
prefix
notation.
notation.
polling
polling \p6"l~ng\
\po'leng\ n.
n. See
See autopblling.
autopolling.
polling cycle
polling
cycle\po'leng
\p6"l~ngslkl\
sFkl\n.n.The
Thetime
timeand
and
for aa program
programtotopoll
polleach
eachof
its
sequence required for
of its
devices
See also autopolling.
devices or network nodes. See
polygon \pol’~-gon’\
\pol'e-gon'\ n.
n. Any
Any two-dimensional
two-dimensional
polygon
closed
closed shape composed of three or more line
line segseg.ments,such
suchas
asaahexagon,
hexagon~ananoctagon,
octagon,orora atriangle.
triangle.
.’ments,
. Computer
Computer users
users encounter
encounter polygons
polygons in
in graphics
graphics
programs.
polyline
polyline \ \pol'e-lTn'\
pol’G-1in’\ n.n. An
Anopen
openshape
shapeconsisting
consisting
of multiple
multiple connected
connected segments.
segments. Polylines
Polylines are
are
CAD and
used in CAD
and other
othergraphics
graphicsprograms.
programs.See
Seealso
also
CAD.
CAD.
polymorphism\pol'e-mor'fiz-dm\
\pol’a-m6r’fiz-am\
polymorphism
n. n.
In Inanan
object-oriented programming
programminglanguage,
language,the
theability
ability
to redefine a routine
routine in
in aa derived
derived class
class(a(aclass
classthat
that
inherited
its data
and routines
inherited its
data structures
structures and
routines from
from
another class). Polymorphism
Polymorphism allows
allowsthe
the programprogrammer
define a base
base class
class that
that includes
mer to define
includes routines
routines
that perform
perform standard
that
standard operations
operationson
ongroups
groupsofof
without regard
regardtotothe
theexact
exacttype
typeofof
related objects,
objects, without
each object.
The programmer
then redefines
redefinesthe
the
object. The
programmer then
routines in
routines
in the
the derived
derived class
classfor
foreach
eachtype,
type,taking
taking
characteristics of
into account the characteristics
ofthe
the object.
object. See
See
also cl.ass,
derived class,
class, derived
class, object
object (definition
(definition 2),
2),
also
programming.
object-oriented programming.
Pong \pong\
\pong\n.n.The
Thefirst
first commercial
commercial video
videogame,
game,
simulation, created
a table tennis simulation,
created by
by Nolan
NolanBushBushnell of
of Atari
Atari in 1972.
1972.
pop \pop\
\ pop \ vb.
vb. To
To fetch
fetch the
the top
top (most
(most recently
recently
added) element of aa stack,
stack, removing
removingthat
thatelement
element
from
process.
CompaTe
fi’omthe
thestack
stackininthethe
process.
Comparepush
push(defi(definition 1).
POP \pop\
\ pop n.
\ n.
Seepoint
pointofofpresence,
presence, Post
Post Office
Office
See
Protocot
Protocol.
POP3 \P’OrP-thr~’\
\P'O-:P-thre'\ n.
n. Acronym
Acronym for
for Post
PostOffice
Office
POP3
Protocol 3.
3. This
This isis the
the current
current version
versionofof tl1e
the Post
Post
Office
l
Office Protocol
Protocolstandard
standardinincommon
commonuse
useon
onTCP
TCP/
IP
networks.
See
also
Post
Office
Protocol,
TCP
lIP.
IP networks.
also Post Office Protocol, TCP/IP.
populate\pop’ya-l~t’\
\pop'Yd-liif\ vb.
vb. 1.
1. To.
To put
in in
thethe
populate
putchips
chips
sockets of
of aa circuit
circuitboard.
board. 2.2. To
To import
importprepared
prepared
sockets
data into
into aa database
from aa file
fileusing
usingaasoftware
software
data
database from
procedure ratl1er
rather than
thanby
byhaving
havinga ahuman
humanoperator
operator
enter individual
individual records.
records.
pop-up
pop-up Help
Help \pop'up
\pop’up help'\
help’\ n.
n. An
An online
onlinehelp
help
system whose
system
whose messages
messagesappear
appearasaspop-up
pop-upwinwindows when the user clicks
dicks on aa topic
topicor
orarea
areaofofthe
the
screen
about which
which help
help isis desired.
desired. Typically,
Typically,a a
screen about
~pecial
form of
of click,
click,.such
such as clicMng
the right
right
special form
clicking the
mouse button
button or
or Option-clicking,
Option-clicking, will
activate
mouse
will activate
pop-up Help,
pop-up
Help, ifif itit isis available.
available.See
Seealso
alsoballoon
balloon
help.
pop-up
pop-upmenu
menuororpopup
popupmenu
menu\pop'up
\pop’upmen'men’yoo\
graphical user
user interface,
interface, aamenu
y~\ n.n.InIna agraphical
menuthat
that
appears on-screen
when aa user selects
appears
on-screen when
selects aa certain
certain
item. Pop-up
item.
Pop-upmenus
menuscan
canappear
appearanywhere
anywhereononthethe
screen and
and generally
disappearwhen
whenthe
{heuser
user
screen
generally disappear
selects
an
item
in
the
menu.
See
the
illustration.
selects an item
menu. See the illustration.
Alsocalled
calledpopup.
popup.CompaTe
Compare
drop-down
menu,
Also
drop-down
menu,
pull-down
pull-down menu.
menu.
Pop-up menu.
pop-upmessages
messages\pop'up
\pop’upmes'd-jdZ\
mes’a-jaz\
The
pop-up
n. n.
The
messages
messagesthat
thatappear
appearwhen
whenpop-up
pop-upHelp
Helpis isused.
used.
pop-up window
window
pop-up
window\pop'up
\pop’upwin'do\
win’d6\n. n.A A
window
tl1at
that appears
appears when
when an
an option
option isis selected.
selected.Typically,
Typically,
the window remains
remainsvisible
visibleuntil
untilthe
themouse
mousebutton
button
is
illustration.
is released.
released. See the illustration.
port
See input/output
port11 \p6rt\
\port\ n. See
input/output port,
port, port
number.
number.
’
MTI0002572
Portable
\ p6r"
to-bl dij"
i-tol
do’PortableDigitalDoctmaent
Digital Document
\por't~-bl
diP-t~l
do~­
ky~-m~nt\ n.
kyo-mont\
n. See
SeePDD.
PDD.
Distributed Objects
Objects \p6r’to-bl
\por't~-bl dis-trib’dis-trib'Portable Distributed
y~-t~d
ob
~jekts
\
n.
Software
from
NeXT,
running
yo-tod ob’jekts\ n. Software from NEXT,
running
under UNIX,
ananobject
model
in in
under
UNIX,that
thatsupports
supports
object
model
which objects
various
locations'
on
which
objectstotobebestored
storedat at
various
locationson
network can
a network
can be
be accessed
accessedasasthough
thoughthey
theywere
wereatat
Acronym:
PDO
CP'D-O~).
a single
singlelocation.
location.
Acronym:
PDO
(P’D-O’).
Portable
Portable Document
Document Format
Format \por't~-bl
\p6r’to-bl do~ky~­
do’kyom~nt for'mat\
for for
mont
f6r’mat\n.n. The
The Adobe
Adobespecification
specification
Pop-up window.
window.
Pop-up
elec;troruc documents
electronic
documentsthat
thatuse
usethe
theAdobe
AdobeAcrobat
Acrobat
family ofofservers
and
readers.
Acronym:
PDF
family
servers
and
readers.
Acronym:
PDF
port22 \pSrt\
\port\ vb.
vb.1.
1.To
To change
change aa program
port
programininorder
order CP'D-F~).
(P’D-F’). See
Seealso
alsoAcrobat,
Acrobat,.pdf.
.pdf.
p011:able language
n. A
language \por't~-bllang~w~j\
\p6r’to-bl lang’woj\
n.lanA landifferent computer.
to be able to run it on a different
computer.2.2.To
To portable
guage that
way
onon
different
sys-sysmove documents,
documents, graphics,
move
graphics,and
and other
other files
files from
from guage
thatruns
runsininthe
thesame
same
way
different
tems and
another.
one computer to another.
tems
and therefore
thereforecan
canbebeused
usedforfordeveloping
developing
portable\pSr’ta-bl\
\ por~t~-bl \ adj.
ad}. 1.
of ruiming
on onsoftware for all
and
Ada
areare
potable
1.Capable
Capable
of ruhning
all of
of them.
them. C,
C,FORTRAN,
FORTRAN,
and
Ada
portable
languages
because
their
implementations
portable
languages
because
their
implementations
more
than
one
computer
system
or
under
more
more than one computer system or under more
areare
highly
uniform;
assembly
operating system.
system. Highly
than one operating
Highly portable
portablesoftsoft- on
on different
differentsystems
systems
highly
uniform;
assembly
language isisextremely
ware can
can be moved
moved to other
other systems
systems with
ware
with little
little language
extremelynonportable.
nonportable.
\por't~-bl nefw~r).<:
effort;
moderatelyportable
portable software
sol:twarecan
canbebemoved
moved Portable
PortableNetwork
NetworkGraphics
Graphics \pSr’to-b!
net’work
effort; moderately
n. A
A file
fileformat
formatfprforbitmapped
bitmapped
.graphi~
graf'iks\ n.
.graphic
only with
with substantial
substantialeffort,
effort,and
andnonportable
nonportablesoftsoft- graf’iks\
images,
designed
to
be
a
replacement
for
the
G~F
images,
designed
to
be
a
replacement
for
the
GiF
ware
can
be
moved
only
with
effort
similar
to
or
ware can moved only with effort similar to or
format,
associated
greater
effort of
greater than
than the
the effort
of writing
writing the
the original
originalproproformat,without
withoutthe
thelegal
legalrestrictions
restrictions
associated
with GIF.
GIF.Acrnnym:
Ac~’onym:PNG
PNGCP'N-G').
(P’N-G’). See
GIF.
Seealso
also
GIF.
gram.
gram. 2.
2. Light
Lightenough,
enough,rugged
ruggedenough,
enough,and
andfree
free with
enumerator \porf
\p~rt" ~-noo'm~r-a't~r\
o-n®’mor-~’tar\
n. n.
In In
enough of encumbering
ericumbering external
enough
external connections
connectionstoto port enumerator
Windows,part
partofOfthethePlug
Plug
andPlay
Play
system
Windows,
and
system
thatthat
be carried by
by aa user.
user.
portable computer \p6r’ta-bl
\por't~-bl k~m-pyoo~t~r\
kam-py~’tor\n.n. detects
detectsI/O
I/Oports
portsand
andreports
reportsthem
themtotothe
theconfiguconfiguration manager.
manager. See
Seealso
alsoPlug
Plugand
andPlay.
Play.
Any
designed totobe
Any computer.
computer.designed
bemoved
movedeasily.
easily.PorPor- ration
expander\p6rt"
\ port~eks-pan’dor\
eks-pan' d~r\ n.
table computers
table
computerscan
canbe
be characterized
characterizedbybysize
sizeand
and port expander
n.AAhardware
hardware
mechanism
usedfor
forconnecting
connecting
several
devices
mechanism used
several
devices
to to
weight
weight as
as ininthe
thetable
tablebelow.
below.
PORTABLE COMPUTERS
COMPUTERS
Type
Transportable
Transportable
Approximate
weight
Approximate weight
15-30 lb.
lb.
Power source
source
House current
Laptop
8-15
8-15 lb.
lb.
House
currentor
orbatteries
batteries
House current
Ultralight
Ultralight
2-8 lb.
lb.
Batteries
Batteriesorortransformer
transformer
pack
Handheld
Handheld
Less
Less than
than 2 lb.
Batteriesorortransformer
transformer
Batteries
pack
Comments
Sometimes called
calledluggable;
l~aggable;
Sometimes
usuallyhas
hasfloppy
floppyand
and
hard
usually
hard
drives;
drives; standard
standard CRT
CRTscreen.
screen.
Can be
be held
heldon
onthe
thelap;
lap;usuusuCan
allyhas
hasaafloppy
floppydrive;
drive;
uses
ally
uses
fiat LCD
LCDororplasma
plasmascreen.'
screen..
flat
Easytotocarry
carryinina abriefcase;
briefcase;
Easy
sometimes uses
usesRAM
RAMdrive
driveoror
sometimes
EPROMinstead
insteadofoffloppy
floppyoror
EPROM
hard
areare
hard drive;
drive;thinner
thinnermodels
models
known
known as
as notebook
notebook
computers.
computers.
Alsocalled
calledpalmtop;
palmtop;can
canbebe
Also
held
held ininone
onehand.
hand.
MTI0002573
aa single
single port.
devices
might
be be
port.Although
Althoughseveral
several
devices
might
connected,
port
at at
anyany
given
connected,only
onlyone
onecan
canuse
usethethe
port
given
moment.
moment.
port
port' num
'bdr\ n. n.
AA
number
thatthat
portnumber
number \\p6rt"
num’b~r\
number
enables IP
IP packets
packetstotobe
besent
senttotoa aparticular
particularprocess
process
on
computer connected
on a computer
connectedtotothe
theInternet.
Internet.Some
Some
port
numbers,
port numbers,
numbers, called
called"well-known"
"well-known"
port
numbers,
are permanently
e-mail
data
permanendyassigned;
assigned;for
forexample,
example,
e-mail
data
SMTP goes
under SMTP
goestotoport
portnumber
number25.
25.AAprocess
process
such as
telnet session
such
as aa telnet
sessionreceives
receivesanan"ephemeral".
"ephemeral".
port
that
session
port number
numberwhen
whenititstarts;
starts;data
dataforfor
that
session
goes to
to that
thatport
portnumber,
number,and
andthe
theport
port
number
goes
number
goes
out of use
when
the
session
ends.
A
total
of
65,535
use when the session ends. A total of 65,535 Portrait
Portrait monitor.
TCP,
andand
port numbers
numbers are
areavailable
availableforforuse
usewith
with
TCP,
puterized transaction
such
as as
those
in use
the same
number are
are available
availablefor
forUDP.
UDP.SeeSee
also puterized
transactionsystems,
systems,
such
those
in use
same number
also
automatedsupermarkets,
supermarkets,use
usescanners
scannersforfor
readreadIP, Simple
socket
(definiIP,
SimpleMail
MailTransfer
TransferProtocol,
Protocol,
socket
(defini- at automated
ing tags
tags and
and bar
bar codes,
codes,electronic
electroniccash
cashregisters,
registers,
ing
tion 1),
address.
1), TCP,
TCP,UDP.
UDP.Compare
Compare IP address.
portrait
mode
\
por'trdt
mod'
\
n.
A
vertical
print
and
otl1er
special
devices
to
record
purchases
at at
portrait mode \p~r’trat m6d’\ n. A vertical print and other special devices to record purchases
this
point.
orientation
whicha adocument
document
is printed
across this point.
orientation ininwhich
is printed
across
P’O-S-I-T’\
Acronym
Profiles
POSIT \poz’it,
\ poz'it, P'O-S-Ir \ n.n.Acronym
forfor
Profiles
tl1e
a rectangular
sheet
of ofPOSlT
the narrower
narrowerdimension
dinlensionofof
a rectangular
sheet
A A
paper.
of of
most
let- let- for Open Systems
paper. This
Thisisisthe
theprint
printmode
modetypical
typical
most
SystemsInternetworking
InternetworkingTechnology.
Technology.
nonmandatory standards
ters, reports,
reports,and
andother
othersuch
suchdocuments.
documents.
See
set of nonmandatow
standardsfor
forU.S.
U.S.governgovernters,
See
thethe set
ment
recogment network
network equipment.
equipment.POSIT,
POSIT,which
which
recogillustration.
Compare
landscape
mode.
illustration.
Compare
landscape
mode.
nizes
the prevalence
prevalenceof
ofTCP
TCP/IP,
successor
nizes the
lIP, is is
thethe
successor
to to
GOSIP. See
See also
lIP.
alsoGOSIP,
GOSIP,TCP
TCP/IP.
\pd-zish'd-ndl no-ta'shdn\
n. n.
positional notation \pa-zish’a-n~l
n6-t~’shan\
In mathematics,
mathematics, a aform
of
notation
whose
meanform of notation whose meanLorem ipsum
ipsum sobat somnus
Lorem
ing
location
bf the
ing relies
reliesininpart
partononthe
therelative
relative
location
Of elethe elecomplexus
complex"us est.
est. Ridicanus
ments
involved.For
Forexample,
example,
common
numeric
ments involved.
common
numeric
se
se ostendit
ostenditesesforma
formaquae
quae
notation isis positional
In In
thethe
decimal
notation
positionalnotation.
notation.
decimal
mihi
mihi imagine
imagineelus
elusquam
quamexex
number
34,the
theposition
positionofof
numeral
3 signifies
number 34,
thethe
numeral
3 signifies
isso erat
isso
erat notior.
notior. Quem
Quem ubi
ubi
three
lOsand
andfue
theposition
positionofof
numeral
4 signi- "
tl1ree lOs
thethe
numeral
4 signiagnovi,
agnovi, quidem cohorrui.
fies four
fies
fourIs.is.
Quaesivi
Quaesivi tamen vivertne
"1
POSlX
\p6"siks,
n.Acronym
Acronym
PortaPOSIK
\po'siks,P’O-S’I-X’\
P'O-S'I-X'\ n.
forfor
Portaipse et Paulus
pater
et
ali
Paulus pater et ali
j
ble Operating System
System Interface
Interfacefor
forUNIX.
UNIX.AnAnIEEE
IEEE
quos nos
nos extintos.
extintos.
I
:1
serstandard that
that defines
definesaaset
setofofoperating-system
operating-system
seri1
vices.
Programsthat
thatadhere
adheretotothe
thePOSIX
POSIX
standard
vices. Programs
standard
can be easily
ported from
fromone
onesyst~m
syst.em
another.
easily ported
to to
another.
~.""_._.._. '"_.,,_.."_. _. __"._. " '....,... ..__................ ':l
POSIX
was
based
on
UNIX
system
services,
but
POSIX
was
based
on
UNIX
system
services,
but
it it
Portrait
Portrait mode.
was created
it to
bebe
implewas
createdininaaway
waythat
thatallows
allows
it to
impleportrait
n. AAmonimoni- mented
by other
otheroperating
operatingsystems.
systems.
mented by
portrait monitor
monitor \p6r’trat
\por'trdt mon’i-tor\
mon'i-tdr\ n.
post
\p6st\
vb.
To
submit
article
a newstor with
\post\ vb. To submit ananarticle
in ainnewswith aa screen
screen shape
shapehigher
higherthan
thanititisiswide.
wide.The
The
proportions
necessarily the
group or
The
term
is is
proportions (but
(but not
not necessarily
the size)
size)of
of the
the
group
or other
other online
onlineconference.
conference.
The
term
screen are usually the same
same as
as for
for aasheet
sheetofof81A
81/2-derived
fromthe
the"posting"
"posting"
a notice
a physiderived from
of of
a notice
on on
a physiby-ll-~nchpaper.
paper.See
Seethe
theillustration.
illustration.
Compare cal
bulletinboard.
board.
newsgroup.
cal bulletin
by-ll-inch
Compa1'e
SeeSee
alsoalso
newsgroup.
POST
landscape monitor.
monitor.
\post\n.n.See
Seepower-on
power-onself
selftest.
test.
POST \p6st\
POS
\P'O-S'\ n.
n. Acronym
Acronym for
\po'stdr-d-za'shdn\ n.n.See
POS \P’O-S’\
forpoint
pointofofsale.
sale.The
The posterization \p6"star-a-z~’sh~n\
Seecontourcontour.place
inaastore
storeatatwhich
whichgoods
goodsare
arepaid
paidfor.
for.ComCorn- ing.
ing.
place in
I
.j
1
MTI0002574
postfci notation \p6st’fiks
\ post' fiks no-ta'
sh;;m \ n. n.
A form
PostScript
font dedePostScript font
font\p6st’skript
\post'skript font’\
font'\ n.
n. A
A font
postfix/notation
n6-t~’shan\
A form
of algebraic
aigebraic notation
in terms
terms of
of the
thePostScript
PostScript page-description
page-description
of
notationininwhich
whichthe
theoperators
operators fined in
rolesand
andintended
intendedtotobebeprinted
printedonona a
language rules
appear after
after the operands.
appear
operands. Also
Also called
calledreverse
reversePolPol- language
PostScript-compatible
printer.
PostScriptfonts
ish notation.
PostScript-compatible printer. PostScript fonts are
are
infix notation,
ish
notation.Compare
Compare infix
notation, prefix
prefixnotanotadistinguished
frombitmapped
bitmappedfonts
fontsbyby their
their
tion.
distinguished from
tion.
to standards
standards
smoothness, detail,
detail, and faithfulness
postmaster \p6st’ma’star\
\post'ma'stdr\ n.n.The
faithfulness to
postmaster
Thelogon
logonname
name smoothness,
therefore the
of quality
quality established
established in
in the
the typographic
typographicindustry.
industry.
(and therefore
the e-mail
e-mailaddress)
address)ofofananaccount
account of
See
also
PostScript.
Compare
screen
font.
that
is
responsible
for
maintaining
e-mail
services
PostScript.
Compare
screen
font.
that is responsible for maintaining e-mail services
potentiometer.
account
holder
is haVing
pot \pot\
\ pot\n.n. See
See potentiometer.
on a mail
mailserver.
server.When
Whenanan
account
holder
is havingpot
force.
trouble with
or or potential
potential\ pa-ten’shal"
\pd-ten'shdl'\\ n.
n. See
See electromotive
electromotive force.
trouble
with e-mail,
e-mail,a amessage
messagetoto"postmaster"
"postmaster"
\pa-ten’sh~-om’a-tar\
circuit
"postmaster@machine.org.domain.name" willwill
usu-usu-potentiometer
potentiometer
\pd-ten'she-om'd-tdr\ n. A circuit
"postmaster@machine.org.domain.name"
that can
can be
be adjusted
adjustedtoto provide
providevarying
varying
element' that
ally reach
thethe
problem.
ally
reachaahuman
humanwho
whocan
cansolve
solve
problem. element
amounts
of
resistance.
The
twist-knob
and
slide>
Post Office
Office Protocol.
Protocol \p6st"
\post' of-as
of-ds pro'td-kol\
Post
pr6"ta-kol\n.n.AA amounts resistance. The twist-knob and slidertype
volume
controls
on
many
radios
and
televivolume controls on many radios and televiprotocol for
protoco!
forservers
serversononthe
theInternet
Intemetthat
thatreceive,
receive,
store, and
are potentiometers.
potentiometers. See
See the
the illustration.
illustration.
clients
onon
comstore,
and transmit
transmite-mail
e-mailand
andforfor
clients
com- sion sets are
and
called pot.
pot.
puters that
that connect
connecttotothe
theservers
serverstotodownload
download
and Also called
POTS
forPlain
PlainOld
OldTeleTelePOTS\P’O-T-S’\
\P'O-T-S'\ n.
n. Acronym
Acronym for
upload e-mail.
Acronym:
(pop).
upload
e-mail.
Acronym:POP
POP
(pop).
postprocessor\p6st’pros’es-ar\
\post'pros'es-dr\ n. A
Service. Basic
Basic dial telephone .connections
connections
postprocessor
A device
deviceorora a phone Service.
network,without
withoutany
any
to the
the public
public switched
switched network,
software routine,
that
operates
on on to
software
routine,such
suchasasa alinker,
linker,
that
operates
A POTS
POTSline
lineisisnothnothfeatures or functions.
functions. A
data manipulated
SeeSee added features
data
manipulatedfirst
firstbybyanother
anotherprocessor.
processor.
but aa phone line connected
connected toto aa simple
simpledesk-,.
desk-.
also back-end
(definition
2). 2).
Compare
also
back-endprocessor
processor
(definition
Compare ing but
top telephone instrument.
instrument.
preprocessor.
pour \p6r\
or the
theoutput
outputfrom
from
\ por\vb.vb.To
Tosend
sendaa file
file or
a a
PostScript
lan-lan- pour
PostScript \ \post'skript\
p6st’skript\ n. A
Apage-description
page-description
fileor
ortotoaadevice
deviceusing
usinga apipe.
pipe.
guage from
that
offers
flexible
fontfont program to another file
guage
fromAdobe
AdobeSystems
Systems
that
offers
flexible
See also
also pipe (definition
(definition 1).
capability and
graphics.
TheThe
most
capability
andhigh-quality
high-quality
graphics.
most See
power \pou’ar\
thenumber
number
\pou'dr\n...1.
n.l.InInmathematics,
mathematics, the
well-known page-description
welI-known
page-descriptionlanguage,
language,PostScript
PostScript power
of
times
a
value
i’s
’multiplied
by
itself--for
examof
times
a
value
is
'mUltiplied
by
itself-for
examuses
English-like
commands
to
control
page
layuses English-like commands to control page laypie,
:tO
to
the
third
power
means
!0
times
:tO
times
Sysout and to
to load
loadand
andscale
scaleoutline
outlinefonts.
fonts.Adobe
Adobe
Sys- ple, 10 to the third power means 10 times 10 times
computing, the
!0. 2. In computing,
the electricity
electricityused
usedtotorun
runaa
tems isis also
a a 10.
tems
also responsible
responsiblefor
forDisplay
DisplayPostScript,
PostScript,
computer. 3.3.The
Thespeed
speedatatwhich
whicha acomputer
computerperpergraphics
displays
thatthat
gives
graphicslanguage
languageforforcomputer
computer
displays
gives computer.
forms
and
the
availability
Of
various
features.
See
forms
and
the
availability
of
various
features.
See
users
of
both
PostScript
and
Display
PostScript
users of both PostScript and Display PostScript
absolute
WYSIWYG
(what-you-see-is-what-youalso
computer
power.
absolute WYSIWYG (what-you-see-is-what-you- also computer power.
PowerBook \pou’ar-bc~k’\
n. Any
of several
several
PowerBook
\pou'dr-bdbk'\ n.
Any of
get),
when
different
methods
are are
get), which
whichisisdifficult
difficult
when
different
methods
computers in
in the
the family
family of portable
portable Macintosh
Macintosh
used
SeeSee
alsoalso
outline
used for
for displaying
displayingand
andprinting.
printing.
outline computers
computers made
made by
byApple.
Apple.
computers
font,
font, page-description
page-descriptionlanguage.
language.
Potentiometer. Four
slider.
Potentiometer.
Fourtypes
typesofofpotentiometer,
potentiometer,from
fromleft:
left: standard,
standard, trim,
trim, thumbwhee~
thumbwhee~ and slider.
MTI0002575
powerdown
down \pou’ar
\pou';;lr doun’\
doun'\ vb.
down
(a (a by sounding
a mespower
vb.To
Toshut
shut
down
soundingaaseries
seriesofofbeeps
beepsorordisplaying
displaying
a message, often
numeric
computer);
computer);tototurn
turnoff
offthe
thepower.
power.
sage,
oftenaccompanied
accompaniedbybya adiagnostic
diagnostic
numeric
power
Loss
of electric-value,
value, toto the
the standard
standardoutput
outputororstandard
standarderror
error
powerfailure
failure\pou’ar
\pou';;lr ffil’yur\
fa:l'yur\ n.n.Loss
of electricity, which
whichcauses
causesa aloss
lossofofunsaved
unsaved
data
a com- device
device (usually
(usuallythe
thescreen).
screen).If If
power-on
ity,
thethe
power-on
selfself
data
in aincomtest isis successful,
successful,it itpasses
passescontrol
control
system’s
to to
thethe
system's
puter's random
if no
puter’s
randomaccess
accessmemory
memory(RAM)
(RAM)
ff backup
no backup test
bootstrap
supply is
power supply
is connected
connected to
to the
the machine.
machine.ComCombootstraploader.
loader.Acronym:
Acronym: POST
POST(post).
(p6st).See
Seealso
also
bootstrap
pare
bootstrap loader.
loader.
pare surge.
surge.
n. A
Power
Mac \pou’ar
\pou'dr mak'\
\pou';;lr-P-C\ n.
A microprocessor
microprocessor
Power Mac
mak’\n.n. See
SeePower
PowerMacinMacin-PowerPC \pou’ar-P-C’\
architecture
and
tosh.
architecturedeveloped
developedinin1992
1992bybyMotorola
Motorola
and
Power Macintosh
\pou';;lr mak';;ln-tosh\
n. n.
AnAn IBM,
AA
PowerMacintosh \pou’ar
mak’an-tosh\
IBM,with
withsome
someparticipation
participationbybyApple.
Apple.
PowerPC microprocessor
microprocessorisisRISC-based
RISC-basedand
andsuperscalar,
superscalar,
Apple Macintosh
Apple
Macintoshcomputer
computerbased
basedon
onthe
thePowerPC
PowerPC PC
processor. The
with aa 64-bit
processor.
The first
firstPower
PowerMacintoshes,
Macintoshes,6100/60,
6i00/60, with
64-bitdata
databus
busand
andaa32-bit
32-bitaddress
addressbus.
bus.It It
also
has
separate
data
and
instruction
caches,
7100/66,
and
8100/80,
were
unveiled
in
March
7100/66, and 8100/80, were unveiled in March also has separate data and instruction caches,
although the
implementaalthough
thesize
sizeofofeach
eachvaries
variesbyb3i
implementa1994.
AlsoAlso
called
Power
Mac. Mac.
1994. See
Seethe
theillustration.
illustration.
called
Power
tion.
AllPowerPC
PowerPCmicroprocessors
microprocessors
have
multiple
tion. All
have
multiple
See
Seealso
alsoPowerPC.
PowerPC.
integer and
units,
andand
all al!
havehave
an an
integer
andfloating-point
floating-point
units,
operating voltage
thethe
601,
operating
voltageofof3.3
3.3volts,
volts,except
exceptforfor
601,
which
operates
at
3.6
volts.
The
operating
speed
which operates at 3.6 volts. The operating speed
and
number of
perper
clock
and number
of instructions
instructionsexecuted
executed
clock
cycle varies
TheThe
601601
is is
cycle
varieswith
withthe
theUnplementation.
implementation.
available
in an
an 80-MHz
80-MHzoror100-MHz
100-MHz
version
and
available in
version
and.
executesthree
threeinstructions
instructions
perclock
dockcycle.
cycle.
The
executes
per
The
603,
603, available
available in
in 80-MHz,
80-MHz,100-MHz,
100-MHz,and
and200-MHz
200-MHz
versions,
perper
clock
versions,executes
executesthree
threeinstructions
instructions
clock
cycle. The
The 604,
604, available
available in
in 100-MHz,
120-MHz,
cycle.
100-MHz, 120-MHz,
and 133-MHz
133-MHz versions,
four
instructions
versions,executes
executes
four
instructions
per clock cycle.
cycle. The
The 620,
620,available
availableinina a133-MHz
133-MHz
version,also
alsoexecutes
executesfour
fourinstructions
instructions
clock
version,
perper
clock
cycle. PowerPC
PowerPCisisaaregistered
registeredtrademark
trademarkofofIBM.
IBM.
cycle.
See also
alsomicroprocessor,
microprocessor, RISC.
See
RISC.
PowerPC Platform
plat-form\
n. n.
AA
PowerPC
Platform \pou';;lr-P-C
\pou’ar-P~C"
plat-f6rm\
platform
developed
by
IBM,
Apple,
and
Motorola
platform developed by IBM, Apple, and Motorola
based
based on
on the
the 601
601 and
and later
laterchips.
chips.This
Thisplatform
platform
supports
systems
supportsthe
theuse
use of
of multiple
multipleoperating
operating
systems
Power Macintosh.
Macintosh.
as Mac
Mac as,
OS,Windows
WindowsNT,
NT,and
andAIX
AIX
well
such as
asas
well
as as
Power-on key
key \\pou-ar-on"
k~’\
specialkey
key software
designedfor
forthose
thoseindividual
individual
operating
software designed
operating
Power-on
pou-;;lr-on' ke'
\ n.n.AAspecial
on the Apple
used
Apple ADB
ADBand
andExtended
Extendedkeyboards
keyboards
used systems.
systems.Acronym,:
Acronym: PPCP
PPCP (P'P-C-P').
(P’P-C-P’).
Platform \pou';;lr
for turning
turning on
on aa Macintosh
MacintoshII.II.The
ThePower-on
Power-onkey
key PowerPC Reference
Reference Platform
\pou’ar P-C'
P-C"re're’for
fl~ns plat'form
plat’f6rm\
Anopen
opensystem
system
standard
is
\ n.n.An
standard
is marked
marked with
with aa left-pointing
left-pointingtriangle
triangleand
andisisused
used fr;;ms
lieu of the
the on/off switch.
switch. There
There isisno
no Power-off
Power-off
developedby
byIBM.
IBM.IBM's
IBM’s
goal
designing
in lieu
goal
in in
designing
the the
developed
key; the
the system
systemisisshut
shutdown
downbybychoosing
choosingthe
theShut
Shut PowerPC
Reference
Platform
was
to
ensure
comkey;
PowerPC Reference Platform was to ensure comDown command
command from
fromthe
theSpecial
Specialmenu.
menu.
patibility
amongPowerPC
PowerPC
systems
built
patibility among
systems
built
Down
by by
dif-difpower-on self test \pou’ar-on"
\pou';;lr-on' self
power-on
selftest'\
test’\n.n.AAsetset ferent
ferent companies.
companies. Apple's
Apple’sPowerPC
PowerPCMacintoshes
Macintoshes
routines stored
stored in
in aa computer's
computer’sread-only
read-onlymemmem- are
with the
the PowerPC
PowerPCReferReferof routines
are not yet
yet compliant
compliant with
ence Platform,
Platform,but
butfuture
futureversions
versions
expected
ence
ory
(ROM) that
areare
expected
ory (ROM)
that tests
tests various
various system
systemcomponents
components
such as
P'R-E-P'). See
See also
also
as RAM,
RAM,the
thedisk
diskdrives,
drives,and
andthethekeyboard
keyboardtoto .¯totobe.
be.Acronym:
Acronym: PReP
PReP (prep, P’R-E-P’).
Common Hardware
see
open
see if
ff they
they are
are properly
properly connected
connected and
and operating.
operating.
Common
HardwareReference
ReferencePlatform,
Platform,
open
problems are
are found,
found, these
these routines
routines alert
alertthe
theuser
user
system,
PowerPC.
’
If problems
system, PowerPC.
MTI0002576
power’supply
su-pl~’\n.n.An
Anelectrical
electrical ers.
power supply \pou%r
\pou';;!r su-plI'\
ers. See
Seealso
alsocentral
centralprocessing
processingunit,
unit,clock
clock(defini(definidevice that
wall
outlet
elecI), microprocessor.
device
that transforms
transformsstandard
standard
wall
oudet
elec- tion 1),
microprocessor.
tricity (115-120
in in
thethe
United
States)
intointo
thethe precedence
tricity
(115-120VAC
VAC
United
States)
\pres’a-dans’\
precedence
\pres';;!-d;;!ns'\ n.
n. In
In applications,
applications, thethe
order
in
which
values
in
a
mathematical
expreslower voltages
(typically
5
to
12
volts
DC)
required
voltages (typically 5 to 12 volts DC) required order in which values in a mathematical expresproby
computer systems.
power
by computer
systems.Personal
Personalcomputer
computer
power sion
sion are
are calculated.
calculated.InIngeneral,
general,application
application
prosuppliesare
arerated
ratedby
bywattage;
wattage;
they
usually
range grams
grams perform
performmultiplication
multiplication
division
supplies
they
usually
range
andand
division
first, first,
from about
about 90
90watts
wagsatatthe
thelow
lowend
endtoto250
250watts
watts
followedby
byaddition
additionand
andsubtraction.
subtraction.
from
at at followed
SetsSets
of of
the
parentheses
to to
the high
highend.
end.
parenthesescan
canbe
beplaced
placedaround
aroundexpressions
expressions
powersurge
surge\pou’ar
\pou';;!r surj’\
suri'\ n.n.See
power
Seesurge.
surge.
controlthe
theorder
orderininwhich
whichthey
they
calculated.
control
areare
calculated.
See See
power up
up \pou’ar
\pou';;!r up'\
start
up up
a comoperator associativity,
associativity,operator
operator
precedence.
precedence.
also operator
power
up’\ vb.
vb.To_
To.
start
a com-also
puter;
to to
tum
on on precision
precision \pra-sizh’an\
\pr;;!-sizh';:m\ n.
of of
detail
puter; to
to begin
beginaacold
coldboot
bootprocedure;
procedure;
rum
n. 1.
1.The
Theextent
extent
detail
the power.
used
in expressing
expressing aa number.
power.
used in
number.For
Forexample,
example,
\pou';;!r yoo'z;;!r\
n. A
power user \pou’ar
y~’zar\ n.
A person
personadept
adept 3.14159265
3.14159265gives
givesmore
moreprecision-more
precision--more
detail-detailabout the
the value
valueof
ofpipithan
thandoes
does3.14.
3.14.Precision
Precision
with computers,
onon
anan
applicationsis is
with
computers,particularly
particularly
applications- about
oriented
onon
a programming
level.
Precision
orientedlevel
levelrather
ratherthan
than
a programming
level. related
related to,
to, but
but different
differentfrom,
from,accuracy.
accuracy.
Precision
indicates
cor-cob
A power
power user
userisissomeone
someonewho
whoknows
knowsa aconsiderconsider- indicates
indicatesdegree
degreeofofdetail;
detail;accuracy
accuracy
indicates
able amount
amountabout
aboutcomputers
computersand
andis iscomfortable
comfortable rectness.
rectness.The
Thenumber
mimber2.83845
2.83845
also
more
precise
able
is is
also
more
precise
than 3.14,
3.14,but
butit it
less
accurate
forCompare
pi. Compare
enough
to to
bebe
able
to to
work
with
is is
less
accurate
for pi.
enough with
withapplications
applications
able
work
with than
their
accuracy.
numeric
values
are are
their most
mostsophisticated
sophisticatedfeatures.
features.
accuracy.2.2.InInprogramming,
programming,
numeric
values
ppep
\P'P-C-P'\ n.
n. See
PCPC
Platform.
often
or or
doublePPCP \P’P-C-P’\
Se~Power
Power
Platform.
often referred
referredtoto asas single-precision
single-precision
doublePPM \P"P-M’\
per minute,
minute,pulse
pulseposiposi- precision
precisionvalues.
values.The
Thedifference
difference
between
PPM
\P"P-M'\n.n.See
See pages
pages per
between
the the
two-two.
tion
is
allottedto the'
tion modulation.
modulation.
is in
in the
the amount
amountofofstorage
storagespace
space
allotted
to the"
value.
See
also
double-precision,
single-precision.
PPP \P’P-P’\
\P'P-P'\ n.
n. Acronym
Acronym for
Point-to-Point
Profor Point-to-Point Pro- value. See also double-precision, single-precision.
precompiler \prE’kam-pg’lar\
\ pre'k;;!m-pi'l;;!r\ n.n.AA
program
thatthat
tocol.AA data
data link
linkprotocol
protocoldeveloped
developed
program
tocoL
byby
thethe precompiler
reads in
in aa source
sourcefile
fileand
andmakes
makes
certain
changes
Internet Engineering
in in
1991
forfor
dialcertain
changes
Intemet
EngineeringTask
TaskForce
Force
1991
dial- reads
forfor
compilation.
up telephone
telephone connections,
such
as asbetween
a a in
up
connections,
such
between
in order
ordertotoprepare
preparethe
thesource
sourcefilefile
compilation.
Also called
calledpreprocessor.
preprocessor. See
See also
also compiler (definicomputer
greater
computerand
andthe
theInternet.
Internet.PPP
PPPprovides
provides
greater Also
protection for
and
security
thanthan tion
tion 2)
2).
protection
fordata
dataintegrity
integrity
and
security
pr~-emp’tivmul'ti-tamul’t~-tadoes
Compreemptivemultitasldng
multitasldng \ \pre-emp'tiv
does SLIP,
SLIP,atata acost
costofofgreater
greateroverhead.
overhead.
Com- preemptive
skeng,
pare SLIP.
SLIP.
n. n.
AA
form
of multitasking
pare
sk~ng,mune-ta-skeng\
mul’t~-ta-sk~ng\
form
of multitasking
in
periodically
interPPS \P’P-S’\
\P'P-S'\ n.
peripheral
power
supply.
n.See
See
peripheral
power
supply.
in which
whichthe
theoperating
operatingsystem
system
periodically
intern. See
SeePoint-to-Point
Point-to-Point
Tunnelingrupts
mpts the
the execution
executionofofa aprogram
program
and
passes
conPPTP \P’P-T-P’\
\P'P-T-P'\ n.
Tunneling
and
passes
control
program.
Protocol.
Protocol.
trol of
of the
the system
systemtotoanother
anotherwaiting
waiting
program.
prevents
.pr
geoanyone
pro.pr \dofP-R'\
\dot’P-R’\n.n.On
Onthe
theInternet,
Intemet,thethemajor
major
geo- Preemptive
Preemptivemultitasking
multitasking
prevents
any one
pro-.
graphic
thatthat
an an
address
is is gram
thethe
system.
Also
called
graphicdomain
domainspecifying
specifying
address
gram from
frommonopolizing
monopolizing
system.
Also
called
time-slicemultitasking.
multitasking.
multitasking.
time-slice
SeeSee
alsoalso
multitasking.
located
located in
in Puerto
PuertoRico.
Rico.
Preferences
\pref’ran-saz’\
n.
A
menu
choice
Preferences
\
pref'
r;;!n-s;;!z'
\
n.,
A
menu
choice
in in
PRAM
\
pram,
P'ram,
P'R-A-M~\
n.
Short
for
PRAM \pram, .P’ram, P’R-A-MT\ n. Short for
many graphical
applications
that that
parameter
in in
Macintosh
parameter RAM.
RAM.AAportion
portionofofRAM
RAM
Macintosh many
graphicaluser
userinterface
interface
applications
allowstl1e
theuser
usertotospecify
specify
how
application
how
thethe
application
will will
configuration
information
¯ computers
computersthat
thatcontains
contains
configuration
information allows
act each
eachtime
timeititisisused.
used.For
Forexample,
example,
a word
in in
a word
such
and
such as
as the
the date
date and
andtime,
time,desktop
desktoppattern,
pattern,
and act
other
settings.
SeeSee
alsoalso
RAM.
processing
user
may
be be
allowed
to to
other control
controlpanel
panel
settings.
RAM.
processingapplication
applicationthethe
user
may
allowed
P-rating
\P'ril'teng\ n.n.Short
forfor
performance
rat- rat- specify
will
appear,
whether
the the
P-rating \P’rR’tfing\
Short
performance
specifywhether
whetherthe
theruler
ruler
will
appear,
whether
documentwill
willappear
appear
same
it will
in in
thethe
same
wayway
as itaswill
ing.
ing. AA microprocessor
microprocessorrating
ratingsystem
systembybyIBM,
IBM, document
print (inclUding
(includingmargins),
margins),
other
choices.
andand
otl1er
choices.
Also Also
Cyrix,
onon
throughput
in realistic
Cyrix,and
andothers,
others,based
based
throughput
in realistic print
called Options,
Options, Prefs.
Prefs.
applications.Formerly,
Formerly,microprocessor
microprocessor
clock called
applications.
clock
n. An.form
speed was
waswidely
widelyused
usedasasa amethod
method
rating,
prefix notation
notation \pre'fiks
\pr~’fiksn6-ta'sh;;!n\
n6-t~’shan\
A form
speed
ofof
rating,
butbut prefix
of
algebraic
notation,
developed
in
1929
by
of
algebraic
notation,
developed
in
1929
by
JanJan
itit does
chip
architectures
doesnot
notaccount
accountforfordiffering
differing
chip
architectures
Lukasiewicz,
a Polish
logician,
in which
a Polish
logician,
in which
the the
or
work
people
dodo
with
computor different
differenttypes
typesof&f
work
people
with
comput- LukaSiewicz,
MTI0002577
causes an
an event
eventtotobe
beregistered
registeredbybytile
tlae
computer.
computer.
operators
operands. For
operatorsappear
appearbefore
beforethe
the operands.
For causes
Pressure-sensitive devices
touch-sensitive
example,the
theexpression
expression(a(a+ +b)b)* (c* (c-d)d)
would
devicesinclude
include
touch-sensitive
example,
would
bebe Pressure-sensitive
and
writtenininprefix
prefix
notation
Also draWing
drawingpens,
pens,membrane
membranekeyboards,
keyboards,
andsome
some
written
notation
as *as+ *a+b a- bc- d.c d.
Also
screens. See
Seealso
alsotouch
touchscreen.
screen.
touch screens.
called Polish
called
Polishnotation.
notation.See
Seealso
alsoinfix
infixnotation,
notation, touch
PrettyGood
GoodPrivacy
Privacy\prife
\prit’E
gc~d
pE’va-s~\
Pretty
good
pri'v;:>-se\
n. n.
postfix notation.
postfix
notation.
SeePGP.
Prefs \prefs\
Preferences.
See PGP.
Prefs
\prefs\ n. See
See Preferences.
PReP
n.See
SeePower
Power
Reference
pretty print
print \\prit’E
print’\n.n.AAfeature
feature
of some
PReP \prep, P’R-E-P’\
P'R-E-P'\ n.
PC PC
Reference
pretty
prin~ prinf\
of some
editors used
usedininprogramming
programmingthat
that
formats
code
editors
formats
code
so so
Platform.
Platform.
preprocessor\pr~’pros’es-ar\
\pre'pros'es-;;>r\ n.n.A
A device
easier to
when
preprocessor
deviceororrourou- that
that itit is
is easier
to read
read and
and und~rstand
undgrstand
when
example,aapretty-print
pretty-print
feature
might
printed. For
For example,
feature
might
tine tilat
operations
on input
tine
thatperforms
performspreliminary
preliminary
operations
on input.printed.
before
passingititononforforfurther
further
processing.
insertblank
blanklines
linestotosetsetoffoff
modules
indent
before passing
processing.
SeeSee
alsoalso insert
or or
indent
modules
front-endprocessor
processor
(definition
1). Compare
post- nested
nested routines
routinestotomake
makethem
themeasier
easier
spot.
front-end
(definition
1). Cornpa're
postto to
spot.
SeeSee
(definition 1),
also
processor.
also code
code11 (definition
1), editor,
editor,module
module(defini(defini\pre-z;;>n-ta'sh;;>n grafiks,
presentation graphics
graphics \pr~-zan-tg.’shan
graf’iks, tion
tion 1),
1),routine.
routine.
prez-an-t~’shan\
Therepresentation
representation
busi- preventive
preventivemaintenance
maintenance
\pra-ven’tiv
m~n’ta\ pr;:>-ven'tiv
man't;:>prez-;;>n-ta'
sh;;>n \ ·n.n.The
of of
businans\ n. Routine
servicing
hardware
intended
Routine servicing
ofof
hardware
intended
ness
figures
andand
stock
ness information,
information,such
suchasassales
sales
figures
stock n;;>ns\
prices,
than
as as
listslists
of numcondition
prices,ininchart
chartform
formrather
rather
than
of num- to
to keep
keep eqUipment
equipmentiningood
goodoperating
operating
condition
bers. Presentation
Presentationgraphics
graphicsareamused
used
give
view- and
and to
to find
problemsbefore
before
they
bers.
to to
give
viewfind and
and correct
correct problems
they
deveiopinto
intosevere
severemalfunctions.
malfunctions.
ers
statistics
andand develop
ers an
an immediate
immediategrasp
graspofofbusiness
business
statistics
preview \pre'vyoo\
n. In
In word
word processors
processors and
their significance.
significance.Common
Common
examples
\pr~’w~\ n.
and
their
examples
are are
areaareapreview
charts,
barcharts,
charts,line
linecharts,
charts,
and
charts.
other applications,
applications,
feature
that
formats
charts, bar
and
piepie
charts.
AlsoAlso other
thethefeature
tha~
formats
a a
documentfor
forprinting
printingbut
but
displays
it on
video
document
displays
it on
the the
video
called
calledbusiness
businessgraphics.
graphics.
presentationlayer
layer\ \pre-z;;ln-ta'sh;;ln
prez-;;>nsending
it directiy
to the
presentation
prS-zan-t~’shanlar"
lgtr’,
prez-an- monitor
monitorrather
ratherthan
than
sending
it directly
to the
ta'sh;;>n,
of of
thethe
seven
layers
in in printer.
t~’shan,la';;>r\
l~’ar\n.n.The
TheSixtil
sixth
seven
layers
printer.
the International
Organization
Standardiza-primarychannel
primary channel
\pr/’mfir-fi
chan’al\
n. The
\pd'mar-e
chan';;>l\
n. The
the
International Organization
forforStandardizadata-transmission
channel
communications
. ,tion's
channel
in in
a acommunications
. tion’s Open
Open Systems
SystemsInterconnection
Interconnection(ISO/OSI)
(ISO/OSI) data-transmission
device,such
suchasasa amodem.
modem.Compare
Comparesecondary
secondary
model
for standardizing
standardizing computer-to-computer
model for
computer-to-computer device,
.
communications.
layer
is responcommunications.The
Thepresentation
presentation
layer
is respon- channel.
channel.
siblefor
forformatting
formatting
information
so that
it can
dS-m~n"
Primary Domain Controller
Controller \prT"mgtr-~
\pri'mar-e do-man'
sible
information
so that
it can
be be
displayedororprinted.
printed.This
Thistask
task
generally
includes kan-tr6"lar\
WindowsNT,
NT,a adatabase
databaseproprodisplayed
generally
includes
bn-tro'l;;>r\ n. 1. In Windows
interpreting
to to
presensitesite
for resources
interpretingcodes
codes(such
(suchasastabs)
tabs)related
related
presen- viding
vidingaacentralized
centralizedadministration
administration
for resources
accounts. The
Thedatabase
databaseallows
allowsusers
userstotolog
10g
tation,but
butititcan
canalso
alsoinclude
includeconverting
converting
encryp- and user accounts.
tation,
encryption and
and other
other codes
codes and
and translating
translating
different onto
onto the
the domain,
domain,rather
ratherthan
thanonto
onto
a specific
tion
a specific
hosthost
different
machine.
character
also
ISO/OSI
model.
charactersets.
sets.See
See
also
ISO/OSI
model.
machine. AAseparate
separateaccount
accountdatabase
databasekeeps
keepstrack
track
Presentation
man';;land
allocates
the the
PresentationManager
Manager\pre-z;;>n-ta'sh;;>n
\pr~-zan-t~’shan
man’a- of the
the machines
machinesininthe
thedomain
domain
and
allocates
j;;>r, prez-;;>n-ta'sh;;>n\
user
interjar,
prez-an-t$’shan\n.n.The
Thegraphical
graphical
user
inter- domain’s
resourcestotousers.
users.2.2.InInany
any
local
area
domain's resources
local
area
net-netface
provided with
withOS/2
OS/2versions
versions1.11.1and
andlater.
later. work,
work, the
theserver
serverthat
thatmaintains
maintains
master
copy
face provided
thethe
master
copy
of of
The Presentation
Presentation Manager
and
that
valThe
Managerderives
derivesfrom
fromthetheMSMS- the
the domain's
domain’suser
useraccounts
accountsdatabase
database
and
that
valDOS-based
Windowsenvironment
environmentand
andprovides
provides idates
idateslogon
logonrequests.
requests.
Acronym:
PDC
(P’D-C’).
DOS-based Windows
Acronym:
PDC
(P'D-C).
key \pE’mfir-~
k~’\n.n.InIndatabases,
databases,
similar
TheThe
user
sees
a graphical,
\pd'mar-e ke'\
the the
similarcapabilities.
capabilities.
user
sees
a graphical,primary k.ey
window-oriented
interface,
andthetheprogrammer
programmer key
key field
fieldthat
thatserves
servesasas
unique
identifier
window-oriented interface,
and
thethe
unique
identifier
of a of a
handling
screen,
table).
uses aa standard
standardset
setofofroutines
routinesforfor
handling
screen, specific
specifictuple
tuple(row)
(row)inina arelation
relation(database
(database
table).
keyboard,mouse,
mouse,and
andprinter
printerinput
input
and
output, Also
Also called
called major
major key.
key. See also alternate
keyboard,
and
output,
alternate key
key (defi(defino matter
matter what
whathardware
hardwareisisattached
attachedtotothethe
system. nition
nition1),
1),candidate
candidate
Compare
secondary
system.
key.key.
Compare
secondary
key.key.
See also
primary
stor';;lj\
n. n.
Random
See
alsoOS/2,
OS/2,Windows.
Windows.
primarystorage
storage\pd'miir-e
\prFmfir-fi
st6r’aj\
Random
pressure-sensitive \presh';:>r-sen's;:>-tiv\
ad}. adj.
Of Of access
pressure-sensitive
\presh’ar-sen’sa-tiv\
access memory
memory(RAM);
(RAM);
main
general-purpose
thethe
main
general-purpose
or pertaining
pertainingtotoa adevice
device
which
pressing
storage region
regiontotowhich
whichthe
themicroprocessor
microprocessor
or
in in
which
pressing
on aon a storage
hashas
thin surface
surfaceproduces
producesananelectrical
electrical
connection
thin
connection
andand direct
direct access.
A
computer's
other
storage'
options,
access. A computer’s other storage’options,
MTI0002578
such 'as
secondary
such
’asdisks
disksand
andtape,
tape,arearecalled
called
secondarystorstor(sometimes) backing
age or (sometimes)
backing storage.
storage.
primitive \ \prim';;Hiv\
computer
graphics,
primitive
prim’a-tiv\ n.
n. 1.
1_.InIn
computer
graphics,
shape, such
¯. a shape,
such as
as aa line,
line,circle,
circle,curve,
curve,ororpolygon,
polygon,
that can
can be
drawn, stored,
as as
a a
that
be drawn,
stored,and
andmanipulated
manipulated
discrete entity
AA
primitive
discrete
entityby
byaagraphics
graphicsprogram.
program.
primitive
is one
which
a large
graphic
is
one of
of the
theelements
elementsfrom
from
which
a large
graphic
design
is
created.
2.
In
programming,
a
fundamendesign is created. 2. In programming, a fundamenPrinted circuit
circuitboard.
board.
tal elernent
element inina alanguage
that
cancan
be be
used
to to Printed
tal
language
that
used
A computer
computerperipheral
peripheral
create larger
\prin'tdr\ n.
n. A
thatthat
create
largerprocedures
proceduresthat
thatdodothe
thework
worka apropro- printer \prin’tar\
puts text
text or
or aa computergenerated
computer~generated image
onon
grammer wants
puts
image
grammer
wantstotodo.
do.
print \print\
\print\ vb.
In
computing,
to
send
informaor
on
another
medium,
such
as
a
transparpaper
on
another
medium,
such
as
a
transparvb. In computing, to send information to a printer.
used
ency film.
can
bebe
categorized
in any
of of
film.Printers
Printers
can
categorized
in any
tion
printer.The
Theword
wordisisalso
alsosometimes
sometimes
used ency
in the
the sense
sense of
this."
ForFor several
several ways.
distinction
is is
in
of "show
"showme"
me"'oror"copy
"copy
this."
ways.The
Themost
mostcommon
common
distinction
example, the
causes
outimpact versus
printers
physiversusnonimpact.
nonimpact.Impact
Impact
printers
physiexample,
the PRINT
PRINTstatement
statementininBasic
Basic
canses
out- impact
strikethe
thepaper
paperand
andareareexemplified
exemplified
cally strike
displayed (printed)
by by
pin pin
put to be displayed
(printed)on
onthe
thescreen.
screen.SimiSimi- cally
d0t-matrix
printers
and
daisy-wheel
printers;
nondot-matrix
printers
and
daisy-wheel
printers;
nonlarly,
an
application
program
that
can
be
told
to
larly, an application program that can be told to
"print" aafile
interprets
thethe
command
as' an
impact printers
every
other
type
of print
printersinclude
include
every
other
type
of print
"print"
filetotodisk
disk
interprets
command
as an impact
mechanism, including
laser,
ink-jet,
instruction totoroute
to to
a disk
filefile
instead
of of mechanism,
andand
thermal
including
laser,
ink-jet,
thermal
instruction
routeoutput
output
a disk
instead
printers.
Otherpossible
possiblemethods
methodsofofcategorizing
categorizing
printers. Other
to
printer.
to a printer.
printers include
to)to)
thethe
fol:fol=
print buffer
\print' bufdr\
of of
meminclude(but
(butare
arenot
notlitnited
limited
buffer \print"
buFar\n.n.AAsection
section
mem- printers
lowing:
ory
to
which
print
output
can
be
sent
for
tempolowing:
ory to which print output can be sent for temporary
is is
ready
to to
handle
it. it. []
raw storage
storageuntil
untilthe
theprinter
printer
ready
handle
~ Print
Print technology:
among
these
are are
pin pin
technology:Chief
Chief
among
these
A print
random
A
print buffer
buffercan
canexist
existinina acomputer's
computer’s
random
dot-matrix,
laser,
thermal,
andand
(al-(aldot-matrix,ink-jet,
ink-jet,
laser,
thermal,
access
in in
thethe
printer,
in ainseparate
access memory
memory(RAM),
(RAM),
printer,
a separate
though somewhat
somewhatoutdated)
outdated)daisy-wheel
daisy-wheel
or or
though
printer,
or or
on on
unit
unit between
betweenthe
thecomputer
computerand
andthethe
printer,
thimbleprinters.
printers.Pin
Pindot-matrix
dot-matrix
printers
thimble
printers
cancan
be be
disk. Regardless
location,
thethe
function
of aof a
disk.
Regardlessofofitsits
location,
function
}urther
classified
number
of pins
in the
further classified
byby
thethe
number
of pins
in the
print
forfor
other
tasks
print buffer
buffdrisistotofree
freethethecomputer
computer
other
tasks
print
head:
9,
18,
24,
and
so
on.
print head: 9, 18, 24, and so on.
by taking
high
speed
from
the the
comtakingprint
printoutput
outputatat
high
speed
from
com- I\i!I
[] Character
formation:Fully
Fully
formed
characters
Character formation:
formed
characters
puter
thethe
much
slower
raterate
puter and
and passing
passingititalong
alongatat
much
slower
made
as as
those
promade of
of continuous
continuouslines
lines(such
(such
those
prorequired
buffers
varyvary
in in
requiredby
bythe
theprinter.
printer.Print
Print
buffers
duced by
by aa daisy-wheel
printer)versus
versus
dotduced
daisy-wheel printer)
dotsophistication:
some
simply
holdhold
the the
nextnext
few few
sophistication:
some
simply
matrix
patterns
of of
dots
matrixcharacters
characterscomposed
composedofof
patterns
dots
characters
characterstotobe
beprinted,
printed,and
andothers
otherscan
canqueue,
queue,
(such
as
those produced
produced by
standard
dot(such
as
those
by
standard
dotreprint,
sent
forfor
printing.
reprint,or
ordelete
deletedocuments
documents
sent
printing.
matrix,
Laser
matrix,ink-jet,
ink-jet,and
andthermal
thermalprinters).
printers).
Laser
printed
sdr'kdt
bard\
n. n.
printed circuit
circuitboard
board\prin'tdd
\prin’tad
sar’kat
b6rd\
printers,while
whiletechnically
technically
dot-matrix,
printers,
dot-matrix,
are are
gen-genA
nonconducting
material,
suchsuch
A flat
fiatboard
boardmade
madeofof
nonconducting
material,
erally
formed
charerallyconsidered
consideredtotoproduce
producefully
fully
formed
charas
onon
which
chips
andand
other
as plastic
plasticororfiberglass,
fiberglass,
which
chips
other
acters
because
their
output
is is
very
clear
andand
thethe
acters
because
their
output
very
clear
electroniccomponents
components
mounted,
usually
electronic
areare
mounted,
usually
in in
dots are
are extremely
extremelysmall
smalland
andclosely
closely
spaced.
dots
spaced.
predrilled
to to
hold
them.
TheThe
compredrilledholes
holesdesigned
designed
hold
them.
com[] Method
of transmission:
transmission:Parallel
Parallel
(byte-by-byte
Method of
(byte-by-byte
ponent
ponent holes
holes are
are connected
connectedelectrically
electricallybybyprepre-. I!l
transmission)
versus
serial
(bit-by-bit
transmistransmission)
versus
serial
(bit-by-bit
transmisdefined
conductive
metal
pathways
that
are
defined conductive metal pathways that are
sion).
These
categories
refer
to
the
means
by by
sion).
These
categories
refer
to
the
means
printed on
metal
printed
on the
the surface
surfaceofofthe
theboard.
board.The
The
metal
which
output
is
sent
to
the
printer
rather
than
which
output
is
sent
to
the
printer
rather
than
leads
components
leads protruding
protrudingfrom
fromthe
theelectronic
electronic
components
to
any
mechanical
distinctions.
Many
printers
to any mechanical distinctions. Many printers
are
to to
are soldered
solderedtotothe
theconductive
conductivemetal
metalpathways
pathways
are available
availableinineither
eitherparallel
parallel
serial
are
or or
serial
ver-verform
circuit
board
should
formaaconnection.
connection.AAprinted
printed
circuit
board
should
sions,and
and still
stil!other
otherprinters
printers
offer
both
sions',
offer
both
be
dirtdirt
andand
be held
held by
bythe
theedges
edgesand
andprotected
protectedfrom
from
choices,
yielding
greater
flexibility
in
installachoices,
yielding
greater
flexibility
in
installastatic
damage.
SeeSee
thethe
illustrastaticelectricity
electricitytotoavoid
avoid
damage.
illustration options.
options.
tion
tion.
tion.Acronym:
Acronym:PCB
PCB(P'C-B').
(P’C-B’).
MTI0002579
[]
printing:Character
Characterby
bycharacter,
character,line
linebyby printer driver
driver \prin’tar
dE’vat\ n.n. A
A software
\ prin'tdr drI'vdr\
software
III .Method
Method of printing:
designed toto enable
enable other
other programs
to
line, or page by page. Character
program designed
programs to
Character printers
line,
printersinclude
include program
standard dot-matrix,
standard
dot-matrix, ink-jet,
ink-jet,thermal,
thermal,and
anddaisydaisy- work with
with aa particular
particularprinter
printerwithout
withoutconcerning
concerning
wheel printers.
Lineprinters
printersinclude
includethe
theband,
band, themselves
themselves with
with the
the specifics
specifics of
ofthe
the printer's
printer’shardhardwheel
printers. Line
chain,
drum printers
printersthat
thatare
arecommonly
commonlyassoasso- ware
ware and internal
Applicationproprochain, and drum
internal "language."
"language." Application
ciated with
large computer
computer installations
grams
communicate properly,
with aa variety
ciated
with large
installationsoror netnetgrams can
can communicate
p.roperly.with
varieW
works.
Page printers
printers include
include the
the electroelectroof printers
works. Page
printers by
by using
using printer'
printerdrivers,
drivers,which
whichhandle
handle
photographic
printers,
such
as
laser
printers.
all
the
subdeties
of
each
printer
so
that
the
all
of
subtleties
of
each
printer
so
that
the
photographic printers, such as laser printers.
applicationprogram
programdoesn't
doesn’thave
haveto.to.Today
Today
[] Print
Text-only versus
versus text-andtext-and- application
III
Print capability:
capabilitY: Text-only
graphical·
user
interfaces
offer
their
own
printer
graphical,
user
interfaces
offer
their
own
printer
graphics. Text-only
Text-only printers,
printers, including
includingmost
most
graphics.
drivers, eliminating
eliminatingthe
theneed
needfor
foran
an application
application
daisy-wheel
daisy-wheeland
and thimble
thimbleprinters
printersand
andsome
some drivers,
that
runs
under
the
interface
to
have
own
that
runs
under
the
interface
to
have
itsitsown
dot-matrix
do>matrix and
and laser
laser printers,
printers, can
can reproduce
reproduce
printer
driver.
driver.
only characters
charactersfor
forwhich
whichthey
theyhave
havematching
matching
only
printer
engine
\prin’tar
en’jan\ n.n.The
Thepart
partofofa a
printer
engine
\prin'tdr en'jdn\
patterns, such
such as
as embossed
embossed type,
type, or
or internal
internal
patterns,
page
printer,
such
as
a
laser
printer,
that
actually
page
printer,
such
as
a
laser
printer,
that
actually
character
maps. Text-and-graphics
Text-and-graphics printers-~printers-:character maps.
performs
the
printing.
Most
printer
engines
are
performs
the
printing.
Most
printer
engines
are
dot-matrix,ink-jet,
ink-jet,laser,
laser,and
and others--can
dot-matrix,
others-can
self-contained,
replaceable
cartridges.
The
engine
self-contained,
replaceable
cartridges.
The
engine
reproduce all
all manner
manner of
of images
imagesby
by"drawing"
"drawing"
reproduce
is
distinct from
from the
the printer
printer controller,
controller, which
which
is distinct
each
as
a
pattern
of
dots.
each as a pattern of dots.
includes all
allthe
theprocessing
processinghardware
hardwareininthe
theprinter.
printer.
includes
I! Print
Print quality:
quality: Draft
Draft versus
[]
versus near-letter
near-letter quality
quality The
The most
most Widely
widely used
used printer
printerengines
enginesare
aremanumanuversus letter quality.
quality.
factured
by Canon.
Canon. Compare
Compare printer
factured by
printercontroller.
controller.
:Ule \prin’tar
\prin'tdr fin
ffI’\ n.
n. Output
Outputthat
thatwould
would
See also
printer,color
color printer file
See
also ball
ball printer,
printer, character
charaCter printer,
normallybe
bedestined
destinedfor
forthe
theprinter
printerbut
buthas
hasbeen
been
printer, daisy-wheel
printer,
printer,
daisy-wheelprinter,
printer,dot-matrix
dot-matrix
printer, normally
printer file
fileisis
draft quality,
printers,
graphdraft
quality,electrophotographic
electrophotographic
printers,
graph- diverted to a computer file instead. A printer
for any
any of
of several
several reasons.
reasons. For
Forexample,
example,itit
ics
impactprinter,
printer,ink-jet
ink-jet
printer,
ics printer,
printer, impact
printer,
ion-ion- created for
allows
output
to
be
transferred
to
another
program
allows
output
to
be
transferred
to
another
program
.deposition
printer,
laser
printer,
LCD
printer,
LED
. ,deposition printer, laser printer, LCD printer, LED
or
to
another
computer.
It
also
allows
additional
another
computer.
allows
additional
printer, letter
letter quality,
near-letter-qual. printer,
quality,line
lineprinter,
printer,
near-letter-qualcopying
copies to be made at any
any time
time by simpl3;
simply copying
ity, nonimpact
nonimpact printer,
parallel
ity,
printer,page
pageprinter,
printer,
parallel copies
image to the
the printer.
printer. Occasionally,
Occasionally, the
the print image
the
printer,
serialprinter,
printer,thermal
thermal
printer,
thermal the
printer, serial
printer,
thermal
term
used, incorrecdy,
to refer
refertoto the
the
term printer
printerfile is used,
incorrectly, to
wax-transferprinter,
printer,thimble
thimble
printer.
wax-transfer
printer.
driver.
Printer Access
AccessProtocol
Protocol\prin'tdr
\prin’tarak'ses
ak’ses
pr6"ta- printer driver.
pnYtdfont
\prin’tar
font residing
residinginin
printer
font
\ prin'tdr font’\
font' \ n.
n. A
A font
kol\ n.
(definition2).2).
n. See
See PAP
PAP (definition
for aa printer.
A printer
printerfont
fontcan
canbe
be
intended for
printer. A
PrinterControl
ControlLanguage
Language
\prin’tar kdn-trol'
kan-tr61" or intended
Printer
\ prin'tdr
internal,downloaded,
downloaded,ororonona afont
fontcartridge.
cartridge.
ComComlang’waj\n.n. AA printer
printercontrol
controllanguage
language
from internal,
lang'wdj\
from
pare screen
screen font.
font.
Hewlett-Packard,
and
Hewlett-Packard,used
usedininits
itsLaserJet,
LaserJet,DeskJet,
DeskJet,
and pare
\prin’tar
p6rt’\ n.
n. A
A port
through
printer
port
\ prin'tdr porn
port through
RuggedWriter printer
Because
of of
thethe
LaserRuggedWriter
printerlines.
lines.
Because
Laserwhich
a
printer
can
be
connected
to
a
personal
Jet’sdominance
dominanceininthe
thelaser
laser
printer
market,
Printer which a printer can be connected to a personal
Jet's
printer
market,
Printer
computer. On PC-compatible
machines, printer
printer
PC-compatible machines,
Control Language
a adedefacto
Control
Languagehas
hasbecome
become
factostanstan- computer.
ports
ports are
are usually
usually parallel
parallelports
portsand
and are
are identified
identified
dard. Acronym:
peL(P’C-L’).
(P'C-C).Also
Alsocalled
calledHewlettHewlettdard.
Acronym: PCL
in
the operating
operating system
system by
the logical
logical device
in the
by the
device
Packard Printer
Printer Control
ControlLanguage.
Language.
Packard
name
LPT.
On
many
newer
PCs,
the
parallel
port
name
LPT.
On
many
newer
PCs,
the
parallel
port
printercontroller
controller\\prin’tar
kan-tr6"lar\
n. The
printer
prin'tdr kdn-tr6'ldr\
n. The
the CPU
CPUhas
hasaaprinter
printericon
iconbeside
besideitit
processing
especially
in ain a on the case of the
processinghardware
hardwareinina aprinter,
printer,
especially
identify itit as
as aa printer
printer port.
port. Serial
Serialports
portscan
canalso
also
page printer.
printer.ItItincludes
includesthe
theraster
rasterimage
image
proces- to identify
page
procesbe used for
name
for some
some printers
printers (logical
(logical device
device name
sor,
microsor, the
thg memory,
memory,and
andany
anygeneral-purpose
general-purpose
micro- be
C0M), although
although configuration
configuration isis generally
generally
,processors.
cancan
also
reside
in in COM),
. processors.AAprinter
printercontroller
controller
also
reside
Macintoshes, printer
required. On
On Macintoshes,
printerports
portsare
are usuusua personal
computer,attached
attachedvia
viaa ahigh-speed
high-speed required.
personal computer,
itllyserial
serialports
ports and
and are
are also used to.
connect Macs
Macs
to connect
~able.to
printerthat
thatSimply
simply
carries
its instruc- ally
cableto aaprinter
carries
outout
its instructo
an AppleTalk
AppleTalk network.
network. See
to an
See also
alsoAppleTalk,
AppleTalk,
tions. Compare
tions.
Compare printer engine.
engine.
MTI0002580
causes the computer
computer to
to send
central processing
device,
parallel
send aa character-based
character-based
central
processingunit,
unit,logical
logical
device,
para!lel causes
port, serial
serial port.
"picture"
the screen
screen contents
contentstoto the
the printer.
"picture" ofofthe
printer.
port,
port.
print head
\ print' hed\
a printer
screen feature
featureworks
worksonly
onlywhen
whenthe
thedisdisprint
head \print"
hed\n.n.The
Thepart
partofof
a printer The print screen
thethe
imprinting
of charCGA graphics
that mechanically
mechanicallycontrols
controls
imprinting
of char- play is in text mode or CGA
graphicsmode
mode(the
(the
lowest-resolution
color and
and graphics
graphics mode
mode availacters on
lowest-resolution color
availacters
on paper.
paper. See
Seethe
theillustration.
illustration.
IBM compatibles).
able on IBM
compatibles).ItItwill
willnot
notwork
workpropproperly in other graphics
graphics modes.
modes. Some
Some programs
programsuse
use
Print Screen
Screen key
screen image
image
the Print
key to
to capture
capture aa screen
and record
record itit as
as a file
file on disk.
disk. These
These prograrris
and
programs
Pins
Pins
can
workininany
anygraphics
graphicsmode
modeand
and
can typically
typically work
record the file
file as
as aa graphics
graphicsimage.
image.When
Whenthe
theuser
user
is working
working directly
directly with
MS-DOS operating
is
with the
the MS-DOS
operating
system,
and with
with some
some programs,
programs,the
thecombinacombinasystem, and
tion Control-Print
Screentoggles
togglesthe
theprinter
printeron
on or
or
Control-Print Screen
off.
With
printing
turned
on,
the
system
sends
off. With printing turned on, the system sends
every character
every
charactertotothe
theprinter
printerasaswell
wellasastoto the
the
9-pin print
print head
head from
Print head.
head. AA9-pin
from aa
screen.
The Print
Print Screen
Screenkey
keyon
on the
the Apple
screen. The
Apple
dot-matrix printer.
printer.
dot-matrix
Extended Keyboard
Keyboard isis included
included for
for compatibility
compatibility
Extended
with operating
operating systems
systems such
MS-DOS. Also
print job \print*
\ print' job
n. A
characprint
job\\ n.
A single
singlebatch
batchofof
charac- with
such as
as MS-DOS.
Also
called
key.
ters
printed
as
a
unit.
A
print
job
usually
consists
PrtSc
ters printed as a unit. A print job usua!ly consists
n. AAworkstation
workstation
that
cancan
be be
oneone
page
or or.print
print server \print"
\ print' saFvar\
sdr'vdr\ n.
that.
of aa single
singledocument,
document,which
which
page
hundreds of
having
to print
hundreds
ofpages
pageslong.
long.ToToavoid
avoid
having
to print is
is dedicated
dedicated to
to managing
managingprinters
printersononaanetwork;.
network.
individual documents
some
software
The print
individual
documentsseparately,
separately,
some
software The
print server
servercan
canbe
beany
anystation
stationononthe
thenetnetcan
group
multiple
documents
into
a
single
print
work.
can group multiple documents into a single print
print
\ print' sp~)’lar\
spoo'ldr\ n.
n. Computer
Computer softprint spooler \print"
softjob. See
job.
See also
also print
print spooler.
spooler.
print mode \print"
\ print' mod\
term
for for
the the ware
print
mSd\ n.
n.AAgeneral
general
term
ware that
that intercepts
interceptsaaprint
printjob
jobononitsitsway
waytotothe
the
format
Print
modes
formatofofprint
printoutput
outputbybya aprinter.
printer.
Print
modes printer
printer and
and sends
sends itit to
to disk
disk or
or memory
memory instead,
instead,
the print
print job
jobisisheld
helduntil
untilthe
theprinter
printerisisready
ready
range from
orientation
of the
range
fromportrait
portraitororlandscape
landscape
orientation
6f the where the
paper
to letter
letterquality
qualityand
andsize
size
print.
Dot- for
for it.it.The
Theterm
termspooler
spooleris isananacronym
acronym
createdfrom
from
paper to
ofof
thethe
print.
Dotcreated
"simultaneous
peripheral
operations
on
line."
"simultaneous
peripheral
operations
on
line."
matrix printers
print
modes:
draft
andand
matrix
printerssupport
supporttwo
two
print
modes:
draft
letter quality
quality (LQ)
near-letter-quality (NLQ).
:fue \ print'
in in
many
letter
(LQ) or
or near-letter-quality
(NLQ). print
print to f’de
print"tdtafin
ffl’\n.n.Aacommand
command
many
applications that
that instructs
instructsthe
theprogram
programtotoformat
formata a
Some printers
Some
printerscan
caninterpret
interpretboth
bothplain
plaintext
text(ASCII)
(ASCII) applications
document for
for printing
printingand
and store
store the
the formatted
formatted
and aa page
such
as as
PostScript.
page definition
definitionlanguage
language
such
PostScript. document
document
as
a
file
rather
than
sending
document
as
a
file
rather
than
sending
it ittotoa a
See
also
PostScript,
printer.
See also PostScript, printer.
printer.
printout
n. n.
SeeSee
hard
copy.copy.
printout \prin'tout\
\pi-in’tout\
hard
print wheel
will\
Seedaisy
daisy
wheel.
print
\ print' kw~t-la-t~\
kwa-l;':}-te\ n. n.
The
quality
and andprint
wheel \print"
\ print' hwfil,
hwel, wei
\ n.n.See
wheel.
print quality \print"
The
quality
priori~ar \prl-or'-d-te\
\prT-(Sr’-a-tfi\n.n.Precedence
Precedenceininreceiving
receiving
clarity
byby
a printer.
Print
clarityofofcharacters
charactersproduced
produced
a printer.
Print priority
quality
thethe
type
of of
printer;
in general,
the attention
attention of
of the
the microprocessor
microprocessorand
andthe
theuse
useof
of
qualityvaries
varieswith
with
type
printer;
in general, the
dot-matrix
printers
produce
lower-quality
output
system
resources.
Within
a
computer,
unseen
and
system
resources.
Within
a
computer,
unseen
and
dot-matrix printers produce lower-quality output
unnoticedlevels
levelsofofpriority
priorityare
arethe
themeans
meansby
by
than
The
printer
mode
cancan
also
than laser.
laser,printers.
printers.
The
printer
mode
also unnoticed
which
SeeSee
also
resolution
(definition
1). 1).
affect
affectquality.
quality.
also
resolution
(definition
which many
many different
differenttypes
typesof
of potential
potential clashes
clashes
print
forfor
docuand disruptions
disruptionsare
are avoided.
avoided.Similarly,
Similarly,tasks
tasksrunrunprint queue
queue\print'
\print"kyoo\
ky~\ n.
n. AAbuffer
buffer
docu- and
ning on
on aa computer
computercan
canbe
beassigned
assignedpriorities
prioritiesthat
that
ments
to to
be be
printed.
When
an an ning
mentsand
andimages
imageswaiting
waiting
printed.
When
determinewhen
whenand
andfor
forhow
howlong
longthey
theyreceive
receive
application
in ainprint
queue,
it it determine
applicationplaces
placesa document
a document
a print
queue,
is
thethe
computer's
memory,
time from
from the
the microprocessor.
microprocessor. On
On networks,
networks, stastais held
heldininaaspecial
specialpart
partofof
computer’s
memory, time
where
printer
is ready
to receive
it. it. tions
aSSigned priori.ties
priorities that
tions can
can be assigned
that determine
determine
where ititwaits
waitsuntil
untilthethe
printer
is ready
to receive
Print Screen
Screenkey
key\print'
\print"skren
skr~n
k~’\
A key
when and
and how
how often
often they
theycan
cancontrol
controlthe
thecomcomPrint
ke'\
n. n.
A key
on on when
municationsline,
line,and
andmessages
messagescan
canbebeassigned
assigned
IBM
keyboards
that
normally
IBMPC
PCand
andcompatible
compatible
keyboards
that
normally munications
MTI0002581
ernment to
In the
prioritiesthat
thatindicate
indicate
how
soon
they
must
to commercial
commercialindustry
industrycontrol.
conta’ol.
In the
priorities
how
soon
they
must
be be ernment
a!so interrupt.
interrupt.
context
ofcomputer
computerscience
scienceand
and
Internet,
context of
thethe
Internet,
thethe
transmitted. See
See also
term refers
referstotothe
thegovernment's
government’s
turning
\ prI-or~;;>-te fram'
turning
overover
\ n. n.
AA
telecomof of
Priority Frame
Frame \prg-6r’o-t~
frfim’\
telecom- term
industry.
ForFor
municationsprotocol
protocoldeveloped
developed
Infonet
variousInternet
Internetbackbones
backbonestotoprivate
private
industry.
andand various
munications
by by
Infonet
NorthernTelecom,
Telecom,Inc.,
Inc.,designed
designed
carry
data, example,
example, control
controlofofNSFnet
NSFnetwas
waspassed
passed
from
from
thethe
Northern
to tocarry
data,
government
to
private
business
in
1992.
government
to
private
business
in
1992.
facsimile,
information.
facsimile,and
andvoice
voice
information.
privilegedinstruction
instruction\priv';;>-ldjd
\priv’a-lajd
in-stmk’shan\
in-struk'shdn\
\prI'v;;>-se\ n.n.The
privacy \pr~’va-s~\
Theconcept
conceptthat
thata auser's
user’s privileged
a machine
instruction)
n. An
An instruction
instruction(usually
(usually
a machine
instruction)
data,
is not
to to
be be n.
data, such
suchasasstored
storedfiles
filesand
ande-mail,
e-mail,
is not
examinedby
byanyone
anyoneelse
elsewithout
without
that
user’s
that can
canbe
beexecuted
executedonly
onlybyby
operating
system.
thethe
operating
system:
examined
that
user's
per-per- that
Privilegedinstructions
instructions
exist
because
operating
exist
because
the the
operating
mission.
is not
generally
recogmission.AAright
righttotoprivacy
privacy
is not
generally
recog- Privileged
thatthat
nized
on the
the Internet.
Intemet.Federal
Federallaw
lawprotects
protects
only system
systemneeds
needstotoperform
performcertain
certainoperations
operations
nized on
only
e-mailinintransit
transitororinintemporary
temporary
storage,
applicationsshould
shouldnot
notbebeallowed
allowed
perform;
to to
perform;
e-mail
storage,
aridarid
onlyonly applications
onlythe
theoperating-system
operating-system
routines
have
therefore, only
routines
have
against
against access
access by
by Federal
Federalagencies.
agencies.Employers
Employers therefore,
the necessary
necessaryprivilege
privilegeto to
execute
these
particular
execute
these
particular
often
any
data
on on
their
sys-sys- the
often claim
claimaaright
righttotoinspect
inspect
any
data
their
tems.
must
take
active
tems.To
Toobtain
obtainprivacy,
privacy,thetheuser
user
must
take
active instructions.
instructions.
priv';;>-l;;>jd mod'
\ n. n.
A mode
of of
measures
such as
as encryption.
encryption.See
Seealso
alsoencryption,
encryption, privileged
privilegedmode
mode \\priv’a-lajd
m6d’\
A mode
measures such
execution,supported
supportedbybythe
theprotected
protected
mode
execution,
mode
of of
PGP, Privacy
PGP,
PrivacyEnhanced
Enl~ancedMail.
Mail.Compa1'e
Comparesecurity.
security.
Privacy
Intel 80286
in in
PrivacyEnhanced
EnhancedMail
Mail\ prI'v;;>-se
\ pri’va-s{ en-hansd'
en-hansd" the
the Intel
80286and
andhigher
highermicroprocessors,
microprocessors,
operations
m~l’\
n. An
Internetstandard
standardforfor
e-mail
systems which
which software
softwarecan
cancarry
carryout
outrestricted
restricted
operations
man n.
An Internet
e-mail
systems
that
use encryption
encryptiontechniques
techniques
ensure
manipulatecritical
criticalcomponents
Components
of the
system,
that manipulate
of the
system,
that use
to to
ensure
thethe
pri-pri- that
such as
vacy and
ofof
messages.
Acronym:
PEM
(P'E-(P’E-such
vacy
andsecurity
security
messages.
Acronym:
PEM
as memory
memoryand
andinput/output
input/outputports
ports(chan(channels). Application
cannot
be be
executed
in in
M'). See
standard.
Compare
PGP.PGP.nels).
M’).
Seealso
alsoencryption,
encryption,
standard.
Compare
Applicationprograms
programs
cannot
executed
PrivateBranch
BranchExchange
Exchange\prI'v;;>t
\prFvatbranch'
branch"
eks- privileged
mode;the
theheart
heart(kernel)
(kernel)
OS/2
Private
privileged mode;
eksof of
thethe
OS/2
operating
systemcan
canbe,be,asascan
canthe
theprograms
programs
operating system
chanj' \ n.n.See
chRnj’\
SeePBX.
PBX.
private channel
channel \prgvat
chan’al\n.n.InInInternet
Internet (device
(device drivers)
that
control
devices
attached
to to
private
\prlv;;>t chan';;>l\
drivers) that control devices attached
system.
.",relay.
chatchat
(IRe),
a channel
reserved
for for
the the
use use
of of the system.
.relaT).
(IRC),
a channel
reserved
priv'l;;>-j;;>z\
n. See
privileges \priv';;>-l;;>-j;;>z,
\priv’a-la-jaz,
priv’la-jaz\
n. access
See access
certain group
group of people.
names
. aacertain
people.Private
Privatechannel
channel
names privileges
privileges.
.
are hidden
public
at large.
AlsoAlso privileges.
are
hiddenfrom
fromview
viewbybythethe
public
at large.
PRN \P’R-N’\
n. The
logicaldevice
device
name
PRN
\P'R-N'\ n.
The logical
name
for for
called secret
called
secretchannel.
channel.See
Seealso
alsoIRe.
IRC.
Private Communications
ComxnunicationsTechnology
Technology\ \prFvat
printer.
namereserved
reservedby
bythe
the MS-DOS
MS-DOSoperatoperatPrivate
prlv;;>t
printer. AAname
ka-my~’na-k~’shanz
tek-nol’a@\n.n.AAspecificaspecifica- ing
systemfor
forthe
thestandard
standardprint
printdevice.
device.
PRN
usuk;;>-mydb'n;;>-ka~sh;;>nz tek-nol';;>-je\
ing system
PRN
usually refers
port,port,
alsoalso
tion designed
business
tion
designedto
to secure
securegeneral-purpose
general-purpose
business ally
referstoto aa system's
system’sfirst
firstpaJ,"allel
pa.rallel
as LPT1.
LPTl.
onon
thethe
Internet,
andand known as
and personal
personalcommunications
communications
Internet,
probability\prob';;>-bil';;>-te\
\prob’a-bil’a-t~\
The
likelihood
n. n.
The
likelihood
including
featuressuch
such
privacy,
authentication,probability
including features
asas
privacy,
authentication,
that
an
event
will
happen,
which
can
often
be estithat an event will happen, which can often be estiand mutual
mutualidentification.
identification.
mated mathematically.
mathematically.InInmathematics,
mathematics,
statistics
private
statistics
n. n.
In In
a a
shared
private folders
folders \prI'v;;>t
\prFvat ford;;>rz\
f61"darz\
shared mated
network
environment,
those
folders
a user’s and
and probability
probabilitytheory
theoryare
arerelated
related
fields.
comnetwork environment,
those
folders
on on
a user's
fields.
In In
comcomputer
thatare
arenot
notcurrently
currentlyaccessible
accessible
other puting,
puting,probability
probabilityis is
used
determine
likelicomputer that
by by
other
used
to to
determine
the the
likelihood
of
failure
or
error
in
a
system
or
device.
hood
of
failure
or
error
in
a
system
or
device.
users
on
the
network.
Compare
public
folders.
users on the network. Cornpage
private
keys
in in problem
sol'veng\
n. 1.n.The
privatekey
key \prI'v;;>t
\pr~’vatke'\
k~’\n.n.One
Oneofoftwo
two
keys
problemsolVing
solving\pro'bl;;>m
\pro’blam
sol’vfing\
1. The
public
key.encryption.
Theuser
user
keeps
private process
processof
ofdevising
devisingand
andimplementing
implementing
a strategy
public key
encryption. The
keeps
thethe
private
a strategy
key secret
or or
forfor
transforming
a less
signatures
key
secretand
anduses
usesitittotoenClypt
encryptdigital
digital
signatures for
for finding
findinga asolution
soltition
transforming
a less
one.
and to
to decrypt
decrypt received
received messages.
messages.See
Seealso
alsopublic
public desirable
desirablecondition'
conditioninto
intoa amore
moredesirable
desirable
one.
2.
An aspect
aspectofofartificial
artificial
intelligence
wherein
key encryption.·
Compare
2. An
intelligence
wherein
the the
key
encryption..
Comparepublic
publickey.
key.
private line
Line\prI'v;;>t
\prFvatEn'\
lin’\n.n.See
Seededicated
dedicated
of problem
problemsolving
solvingis isperformed
performed
solely
private
line linetask
task of
solely
by by
a a
(definition
program.
Seealso
alsoartificial
artificial intelligence.
(definition1).
1).
program. See
intelligence.
privatization
prI'v;;>-t;;>-,za'sh;;>n \ n. n.Generally,
lang'w;;>j\
n. n.
privatization \\prFva-ta=z~’shan\
Generally,procedura1language
procedural language\pr;;>-se'j;;>r-;;>l
\pra-s~’jar-al
lang’waj\
the
ofturning
turningsomething
something
over
from
A programming
programminglanguage
language
which
bagic
the process
process of
over
from
gov-gov- A
ill in
which
thethe
basic
pro-pro-
MTI0002582
.\ .\pros
See central
centralprocessing
processing
gramming element
(a (a
named
processor
pros'"es-~r\
eS-dr\ n.n. See
gramming
elementis isthe
theprocedure
procedure
namedprocessor
sequence
of
statements,
such
as
a
routine,
subroumicroprocessor.
unit, microprocessor.
sequence of statements, such as a routine, subrouslot’\
ProcessorDirect
DirectSlot
Slot \pros’es-ar-d~r-ekt"
\pros'es-dr-ddr-ekf slot'\
tine, or
or function). The most widely used high-level
tine,
high-level Processor
(C, Pascal,
Pascal, Basic,
Basic, FORTRAN,
FORTRAN, COBOL,
PDS (definition
languages (C,
(definition1).
1).
languages
COBOL, n. See PDS
in-far][nformation Service \prod’~-jfi
\ prod'd-je in-fdrAda) are
are all
all procedural
also
Ada)
procedurallanguages.
languages.See
See
alsoproceproce- Prodigy Information
dure.
Compare
nonprocedural
language.
ma'shdn
sdr'vds\
n.
An
online
information
service
m~’shan
s~r’vas\
n.
An
online
information
service
dure. Compare nonprocedural language.
founded by IBM
\prd-se'jdr-dl ren'ddr-eng\
IBM and
and Sears.
Sears.Like
Likeitsitscompetitors
competitors
procedural rendering \pra-sfi’jar-al
ren’dar-fing\ founded
Onlineand
andCompuServe,
CompuServe,
Prodigy
offers
America Online
n. The
The rendering
image
fromfrom America
Prodigy
offers
n.
renderingofofa atwo-dimensional
two-dimensional
image
online
chat,
three-dimensional coordinates
with
texturing
accesstotodatabases
databasesand
andfile
filelibraries,
libraries,
online
chat,
three-dimensional
coordinates
with
texturing¯. access
special interest
and
Internet
conaccording to
such
as as special
interestgroups,
groups,e-mail,
e-mail,
and
Internet
conaccording
to user-specified
user-specifiedconditions,
conditions,
such
nectivity.
Also
called
Prodigy.
direction
nectivity.
and
degree
of
lighting.
Also
called
Prodigy.
direction and degree of lighting.
operatorininthethe
relaprocedw"e\pra-sfi’jar\
\prd-se'jdr\ n.
n. In
\ prod'ukt\ n.
n. 1.
1. An
An operator
relaprocedm’e
In aa program,
program,a ami.med
named product \prod’ukt\
tional algebra
conthat,
algebraused
usedinindatabase
databasemanagement
management
that,
sequence of statements,
statements,often
oftenwith
withassociated
associated
con- tional
when
applied
to
two
existing
relations
(tables),
stants,
data
types,
and
variables,
that
usually
perwhen
applied
to
two
existing
relations
(tables),
stants, data types, and variables, that usually perinthe
thecreation
creationofof
a new
table
containing
forms aa single
results in
be be results
a new
table
containing
all all
forms
singletask.
task.AAprocedure
procedurecan
canusually
usually
possible
ordered
concatenations
(combinations)
called
(executed)
by
other
procedures,
as
well
as
called (executed) by other procedures, as well as possible ordered concatenations (combinations)
languages
first
relation
withwith
tuples
tuples(rows)
(rows)from
fromthethe
first
relation
tuples
by the main
mainbody
bodyofofthe
theprogram.
program.Some
Some
languages of tuples
the second.
second.The
Thenumber
number
rows
distinguish between
from the
and
a function,
of of
rows
in in
thethe
distinguish
betweena aprocedure
procedure
and
a function, from
resultingrelation
relation
product
of the
number
See See resulting
is is
thethe
product
of the
number
of of
with the
returning
a value.
with
thelatter
latter(the
(thefunction)
function)
returning
a value.
rows
in
the
two
source
relations.
Also
called
Caralso
function,
parameter,
procedural
language,
rows
in
the
two
source
relations.
Also
called
Caralso function, parameter, procedural language,
tesianproduct.
product.Compare
Compare inner
inner join.
2. In.mathetesian
routine,
join. 2.
In. mathe:':
routine,subroutine.
subroutine.
matics,the
theresult
resultofofmultiplying
multiplying
mo~e
procedure
call \pra-s~’jar
\ prd-se 'jdr kan
twotwo
or or
more
procedure call
k~l’\n.n.InInprogramprogram- matics,
numbers.3.3.InInthe
themost
mostgeneral
general
sense,
entity
sense,
an an
entity
ming,
to be
ming, an
aninstruction
instructionthat
thatcauses
causesa procedure
a proc.edure
to be numbers.
conceived and
comexecuted.
can
bebelocated
in in conceived
and developed
developedfor
forthe
thepurpose
purposebf~)f
comexecuted.AAprocedure
procedurecall
call
can
located
peting
in
a
commercial
market.
Although
computanother
procedure
or
in
the
main
body
of
the
propeting
in
a
commercia!
market.
Although
computanother procedure or in the main body of the proers are
theterm
termis ismore
morecommonly
commonly
ers
are product’s,
products, the
gram.
gram. See
Seealso
alsoprocedure.
procedure.
1
1
process
\pros'es\n.n.AAprogram
program or part
process \pros’es\
part of
ofaapropro- applied
applied to
to software,
software,peripherals,
peripherals,and
andaccessories
accessories
gram;
undertaken
by by in
in the
the computing
computingarena.
arena.
gram;aacoherent
coherentsequence
sequenceofofsteps
steps
undertaken
production
si'stdm\
n. In
production system
system\prd-duk'shdn
\pra-duk’sh~n
si’stam\
n. In
a program.
program.
2 \pros'es\ vb. To manipulate data with a
2
expert
systems,
an
approach
to
problem
solving
expert
systems,
process
an
approach
to
problem
solving
process \pros’es\ vb. To manipulate data with a
based on an "IF
THENthat"
that"approach
approach
based
"IF this,
this, THEN
thatthat
program.
program.
process-bound
\ pros' es-bound' \ \adj.
in in uses
andand
uses aa set
set of
ofrules,
rules,aadatabase
databaseofofinformation,
information,
process-bound \ pros’es-bound"
adj.Limited
Limited
interpreter"totomatch
matchpremises
premises
with
facts
"rule interpreter"
with
facts
performance
SeeSee
also
performanceby
byprocessing
processingrequirements.
requirements.
also aa "role
and
form
a
conclusion.
Production
systems
are
and
form
a
conclusion.
Production
systems
are
computation-bound.
computation-bound.
also
known
as
rule-based
systems
or
inference
process
color
\pros'es
kdl'dr\
n.
A
method
of
also
known
as
role-based
systems
or
inference
process color \pros’es kal’ar\ n. A method of
systems.See
Seealso
alsoexpert
expertsystem.
system.
handling
in which
each
block
handlingcolor
colorinina adocument
document
in which
each
block systems.
ProfessionalGraphics
GraphicsAdapter
Adapter \\ prd-fesh'
pra-fesh"
a-hal
d-ndl
of
primary
of color
color isis separated
separatedinto
intoitsitssubtractive
sUbtractive
primaryProfessional
graf’iksd-dap'tdr\
a-dap’tar\n.n.AAvideo
video
adapter
introduced
adapter
introduced
color
cyan,
magenta,
and and graf'iks
colorcomponents
componentsforforprinting:
printing:
cyan,
magenta,
yellow
other
colors
areare
cre-cre- by
applications.
TheThe
Proby IBM,
IBM,primarily
primarilyforforCAD
CAD
applications.
Proyellow(as
(aswell
wellasasblack).
black).AllAll
other
colors
fessional
Graphics
Adapter
is
capable
of
displayfessional
Graphics
Adapter
is
capable
of
displayated
by
blending
layers
of
various
sizes
of
halftone
ated by blending layers of various sizes of halftone
ing256
256colors,
colors,with
witha horizontal
a horizontal
resolution
of 640
resolution
of 640
spots
and
yellow
to crespotsprinted
printedinincyan,
wan,magenta,
magenta,
and
yellow
to cre- ing
pixelsand
anda avertical
vertical
resolution
of 480
pixels.
resolution
of 480
pixels.
Acro-Acroate
color
model,
atethe
theimage.
image.See
Seealso
also
color
model,color
colorseparasepara- pixels
nym:
nym: PGA
PGA(P'G-K).
(P’G-A’).
tion
1). 1).
Compare
spot
color.
tion(definition
(definition
Compare
spot
color.
Professional Graphics
Graphics Display \ pra-fesh"
a-nal
\ prd-fesh' d-ndl
processing
\pros'es-eng\ n.n.The
of ofProfessional
processing \pros’es-fing\
Themanipulation
manipulation
graf’iks
dis-pl~’\
n.
An
analog
display
introduced
graf'iks
dis-pIa'
\
n.
An
analog
display
introduced
data
within
a
computer
system.
Processing
is
the
data within a computer system. Processing is the
by IBM,
IBM,intended
intendedforfor
use
with
their
Professional
use
with
their
Professional
vital
data
(input)
andand
pro-pro- by
vitalstep
stepbetween
betweenreceiving
receiving
data
(input)
"
ducing
forfor
which
comGraphicsAdapter.
Adapter. See
Seealso
alsoProfessional
ProfessionalGraphics
Graphics
ducingresults
results(output)-the
(outpu0--thetask
task
which
com- . Graphics
Adapter.
Adapter.
puters
putersare
aredesigned.
designed.
MTI0002583
proille\pr6"ff!\
\pro'fil\ vb.
vb. To
a .program
to toing
application. See
application
pro~e
Toanalyze
analyze
a .program
ing an
an application.
Seealso
also4GL,
4GL,
application
determine
how much
much time
time isis spent
spent in
in different
generator.
generator.
determine how
different
program
listing\pro'gram
\pr6"gram
li’st~ng\
A copy,
program listing
lrsteng\
n. An.copy,
parts
parts of the
the program
program during
duringexecution.
execution.
usually
a program.
Profiles for
Internetworking
Prolq~es
forOpen
Open Systems
Systems Internetworking
usuallyon
onpaper,
paper,ofofthe
thesource
sourcecode
codeofof
a program.
Technology
\pro'filz far
fdr 6"pan
o'p;;}n si’stamz
si'st;;}mz in't;;}rlistings
Technology \pr6"fflz
in’tar- Some
Some compilers
compilerscan
cangenerate
generateprogram
program
listings
with line
line numbers,
numbers,cross-references,
cross-references,
and
with
.net'w;;}r-keng tek-nol';;}-je\
n. n.
SeeSee
POSIT.
and
so so
on.on.
.net’war-kfing
tek-nol’a-jfi\
POSIT.
programlogic
logic \pro'gram
\pr6"gram
loj’ik\
The
logic
program
loj'ik\
n. n.
The
logic
program\pr6"gram\
\ pro 'gram \ n.
n. AA sequence
sequence of instrucinstrucprogram
of of
a pro:tions that
that can
can be
be executed
executedby
byaa computer.
computer.The
The behind
behind the
the design
designand
andconstruction
construction
a pror
tions
gram-that
it does.
refer to
to the
the original
originalsource
source code
code or
or to
to the
the
gram--that is,
is, the
the reasons
reasonsititworks
worksthe
theway
way
it does.
term can refer
See also logic
logic error.
error.
executable
executable (machine
(machinelanguage)
language)version.
version.Also
Also See
programmable \pr6-gram’a-bl"
adj.Capable
Capableofof
\pro-gram';;}-bn \adj.
called software.
called
software. See
See also
also program
program creation,
creation, rourou- programmable
accepting
performing
a task
or an
acceptinginstructions
instructionsforfor
performing
a task
or an
tine, statement.
progrmm card
Card, operation.
operation. Being
Beingprograinmable
programmable
a characteristic
is is
a characteristic
program
card\ pr6"gram
\ pro 'gramMird"
kard' \ \ n. See
See PC
PC Card,
of computers.
ROM
card.
computers.
ROM card.
';;}-bl funk'program cartridge \pr6"gram
\pro'gram kar'trij\
See programmable function
k~r’trij\n.n. See
function key
key \\pro-gram
pr6-gram’~-bl
funk’sh~n ke'\
k~’\ n.
sometimes
unlash;;}n
n. Any
Any of .several,
several, sometimes
unlaROM cartridge.
ROM
cartridge.
beled,
keys
program
counter
\pro'gram
koun't;;}r\
n.
A
regison
some
third-party
keyboards
that
program counter \pr6"gram koun’tar\ n. A regis- beled, keys on some third-party keyboards that
(small, high-speed
stored
ter (small,
high-speed memory
memorycircuit
circuitwithin
withina a allow
allowthe
the user'
usertoto "play
"playback"
back"previously
previously
stored
key
combinations or.
.microprocessor)
that contains
contains the
the address (locakey combinations
or.sequences
sequencesofofkeystrokes
keystrokes
microprocessor) that
(locacalledmacros.
macros.The
Thesame
sameeffect
effect
achieved
called
cancan
be be
achieved
tion) of the
be executed
tion)
the instruction
instructiontotobe
executed next
next in
in the
the
with
and aa keyboard
with a
a standard
standard keyboard
keyboa:rd and
keyboard
program sequence.
sequence.
program creation
creation\pr6"gram
\ pro 'gram kr~-~’shan\
kre-a' sh;;}n \ n.n.The
thethe
keyprogram
The enhancer,
enhancer, the
the latter
lat*erofofwhich
whichinterc~pts
interce.pts
keyboard
values;
butbut
process of producing an executable file.
file. TraditionTraditionboard codes
codesand
andsubstitutes
substitutesmodified
modified
values;
prograrm-nable
function
keys
accomplish
ally,
(1)
programmable function
keys
accomplish
thisthis
ally, program
program creation
creation comprises
comprises three
three steps:
steps: (1)
witho~t requiring
requiringRAM-resident
RAM-resident
software.
Comwithout
software.
compiling the high-level
high~level source
Com. compiling
source code
code into
into assemassem.’bly
bly language
language source
source code,
code;.(2)
(2)assembling
assemblingthe
the pare keyboard
keyboard enhancer
enhancer..
programxnableinterrupt
interrupt
controller\ pro-gram'\pr6-gram’controller
assembly
assembly language
languagesource
sourcecode
code into
into machinemachine- programmable
;;}-bl
n. n.
AnAn
Intel
chip
thatthat
code object files;
files; and
and (3)
(3) linking
linkingthe
themachine-code
machine-code
a-bl in't;;}r-upt
in’tar-uptbn-tro'l;;}r\
kan-tr6"lar\
Intel
chip
handles
object
files, run-time
object files
files with
with various
various data
data files,
run-time files,
files,
handles interrupt
interrupt requests
requests (IRQs).
(IRQs)..IBM
IBMATAT
interrupt
confiles into
intoan
an executable
executable file.
file.Some
Somecomcom- machines
machinesuse
usetwo
two programmable
programmable
interrupt
conand library files
pilers
go
directly
from
high-level
source
to
trollers
to
accommodate
a
maximum
of
15
IRQs.
pilers go directly from high-level source to
trollers to accommodate a maximum of 15 IRQs.
machine-code
controller
has has
been
machine-code object,
object,and
and some
some integrated
integrated develdevel- The
The programmable
programmableinterrupt
interrupt
controller
been
replaced
interrupt
opment environments
compressall
all three
three steps
steps
replaced by
bythe
theadvanced
advancedprogrammable
programmable
interrupt
opment
environments compress
controller (APIC),
into a single
command. See
Seealso
alsoassembler,
assembler, comcontroller
(APIC),which
whichsupports
supportsmultiprocess~
multiprocess2
into
single command.
ing.Acronym:
Acronym: PIC
PIC (P'I-C).
(P’I-C").See
Seealso
alsoIBM
IBM
IRQ.
ing.
AT,AT,
IRQ.
piler (definition
(definition 2),
2), linker,
linker, program.
program.
\pro-gram';;}-bl loj'il{
programFile
Ide \pr6"gram
\pro'gram fin
program
ffl’\ n.
n. A
A disk
diskfile
filethat
that programmable logic array \pr6-gram’a-bl
loj’ik
;;}r-a'
logic
array.
contains the
the executable
portion(s) of
of aa computer
computer
or-t"\ \n.n.See
Seefield-programmable
field-programmable
logic
array.
'contains
executable portiones)
loj’-programmablelogic
lOgiC device
device \pr6-gram’a-bl
\pro-gram';;}-blloj'program.
program. Depending
Dependingon
on its
itssize
sizeand
and complexity,
complexity, -p~ogrammable
tllat
is programmed
by by
an application
applicationor
orother
otherprogram,
program,such
suchasasananoperoper- ik
ik d;;}-vIs'\
da-v~s’\n.n.AAlogic
logicchip
chip
that
is programmed
ating
the
manufacturer.
stored in several
several different
different
LikeLike
ating system,
system,can
can be
be stored
the customer
customerrather
ratherthan
thanbybythethe
manufacturer.
files,
each
containing
the
instructions
necessary
for
files, each containing the instructions necessary for
aa gate
device
consists
gate array,
array,aaprogrammable
programmablelogic
logic
device
consists
some
part of the
the program’s
program's overall
overall functioning.
gates;
unlike
a gate
array,
a a
some part
functioning. of aa collection
collectionofoflogic
logic
gates;
unlike
a gate
array,
Compare document
programmablelogic
logicdevice
device
need
have
proprogrammable
Compare
document file.
file.
need
notnot
have
its its
proprograxn
grammingcompleted
completedasaspart
part
manufacturing
program generator
generator\pr6"gram
\pro'gram jen’ar-~-tar\
jen';;}r-a-t;;}r\ n.n.AA gramming
of of
thethe
manufacturing
process.Acronym:
Acronym: PLD
program
PLD (P’L-D’).
(P'L-D'). See
Seealso
alsologic
logic
program that
that creates
creates other
other programs
programs (usually
(usuallyinin process.
source
chip.
specifications and
gate array.
array.
source code)
code) based
based on a set of specifications
and
chip.Compare
Compare gate
relationshipsgiven
givenby
by the
the user.
user. Program
Programgeneragenera- programmable
programmableread-only
read-only
memory\ pro-gram'\pr6-gram’relationships
memory
;;}-bl
mem';;}r-e\
n. See
PROM.
tors are
are often
the task of creata-blred'on'le
r~d’6n’l~
mem’ar-~\
n. See
PROM.
tors
often used to simplify
simplify the
creat-
MTI0002584
program. Much
Muchmore
more
\pro'gram man't;;J-n;ms\
program maintenance
maintenance \pr6"gram
m~n’ta-nans\ alone does not make a good program.
be
involved,
such
as
expertise
in
the
theory
ofof
n. The
The process
process of
supporting,
debugging,
and
can
involved,
such
as
expertise
in
the
theory
of supporting, debugging, and
user interface
interface design,
design,and
and characterischaracterisupgrading aa program
algorithms, user
upgrading
programininresponse
responsetotofeedback
feedback algorithms,
hardware devices.
devices. Computers
Computersare
arerigorously
rigorously
from individual
or or
thethe
marketfrom
individualororcorporate
corporateusers
users
market- tics of hardware
logical machines,
place in
place
in general.
general.
logical
machines, and
and programming
programmingrequires
requiresaa
progranlmatic
interface \pro-gr;;J-mat'ik
\pr6-gr~-mat’ikin't;;Jrin’tar- similarly
similarlylogical
logicalapproach
approachtoto designing,
designing,writing
writing
programmatic interface
(coding),
testing,
and
debugging
a
program.
fas\
n.
1.
A
user
interface
dependent
on
user
comf~s\ n. A user interface dependent on user com- (coding), testing, and debugging a program.LowLowmands or
level languages,
language,
as as level
mands
or on
on aa special
specialprogramming
programming
language,
languages, such
such as
as assembly
assemblylanguage,
language,also
also
contrastedwith
withaagraphical
graphicaluser
userinterface.
interface.
UNIX require familiarity
familiaritywith
withthe
the capabilities
capabilitiesofofaamicromicrocontrasted
UNIX
instructions built
builtinto
intoit.it.InIn
and MS-DOS
MS-DOS have
thethe processor and the basic instructions
haveprogrammatic
programmaticinterfaces;
interfaces;
modular approach
Apple Macintosh
have
Apple
Macintoshand
and Microsoft
MicrosoftWindows
Windows
have the
the modular
approachadvocated
advocatedbybymany
manyproprogrammers,a
project
is
broken
into
smaller,
more
graphical
user
interfaces.
See
also
command-line
graphical user interfaces. See also command-line
grammers, .a project is broken into smaller, more
interface,
graphicaluser
userinterface,
interface,
iconic
interface. manageable
manageable modules--stand-alone
modules-stand-alone functional
functional
interface, graphical
iconic
interface.
that can
can be
be designed,
written,tested,
tested,and
and
units that
designed, written,
2.
The set
of. functions
functions any
system
2. The
set of
anyoperating
operating
system units
makes available
developing
an an debugged
debugged separately
separately before
before being
being incorporated
incorporated
makes
availabletotoaaprogrammer
program_met
developing
into the
the larger
largerprogram.
program.See
Seealso
alsoalgorithm,
algorithm,kludge
tdudge
application.
SeeSee
also
application
programming
application.
also
application
programminginto
(definition
2),
modular
design,
object-oriented
(definition
2),
modular
design,
object-oriented
interface.
interface.
programming, spaghetti
spaghetticode,
code,structured
structuredprogramprogramProgrammed Inquiry,
Inquiry, Learning
LearningororTeaching
Teaching programming,
ruing.
\pro'gramd
l;;Jr'neng
or te'cheng\
n. n. ming.
\pr6"gramdin'lcw;;Jr-e
in’tcw~r-~
l~r’n~ng
6r t~’ch~ng\
programming language
lang'w;;Jj\
See
kanguage \pro'gram-eng
\pr6"gram-~ng
lang’waj\
See PILOT.
PILOT.
Any
artificial
language
that
can
be
used
to
defi.n&
n.
Any
artificial
language
that
can
be
used
to
defille
programmer
\pro'gram-;;Jr\
n.
1.
An
individual
programmer \pr6"gram-ar\ n. 1. An individual
sequence
of
instructions
that
can
ultim~ttely
be
a
of
instructions
ultimately
be
who
writes and
debugs computer
computer programs.
who writes
and debugs
programs.
Depending on
and
thethe
work
Depending
onthe
thesize
sizeofofthe
theproject
project
and
work processed and
and executed
executed by
bythe
thecomputer.
computer.Defining
Defining
environment,
programmer
might
work
alone
what isis or
or isis not
not aa programming
programminglanguage
languagecan
canbebe
environment, a aprogrammer
might
work
alone
or or what
tricky,but
but general
general usage
usage implies
impliesthat
thatthe
thetranslatranslaas part
in in
part
or or
all all
of the
as
part of
ofaateam,
team,bebeinvolved
involved
part
of the tricky,
the source
source code
code expressed
expressed
process
completion,
or write
processfrom
fromdesign
designthrough
through
completion,
or write tion
tion process-from
process from the
using
the
programming
language
to
the
all or
SeeSee
alsoalso
program.
all
or aa portion
portionofofthe
theprogram.
program.
program. using the programming language to themachine
machine
2. In
In hardware,
hardware,aa device
deviceused
usedtotoprogram
programreadread- code
code that
that the
the computer
computerneeds
needstotowork
workwith-be
with--be
2.
automated by
by means
meansof
ofanother
anotherprogram,
program,such
suchasas
automated
only memory
also
PROM,
ROM ROM
(defini-(definionly
memorychips.
chips.See
See
also
PROM,
a
compiler.
Thus,
English
and
other
natural
lana
compiler.
Thus,
English
and
other
natural
lantion 2).
2).
programmer's
swich'\
n. n. guages
programmer’sswitch
switch \pro'gram-;;Jrz
\pr6"gram-arz
swich’\
guages are
are ruled
ruled out,
out, although
althoughsome
somesubsets
subsetsofof
Englishare
areused
usedand
andunderstood
understoodby
bysome
somefourthfourthA
thatthat English
A pair
pair of
of buttons
buttonson
on Macintosh
Macintoshcomputers
computers
Seealso
also4GL,
4GL,compiler
compiler(def(deflanguages. See
enable
a a generation langmages.
enable the
the user
usertotoreboot
rebootthe
thesystem
systemorortotoenter
enter
command-line
at at
a low
level
of the
opercommand-lineinterface
interface
a low
level
of the
oper- inition
inition 2),
2),natural
naturallanguage,
language,program.
program.
Programming
LanguageII\pr6"gram-~ng
\pro'gram-eng lang'w;;Jj
ating
only
programmers
testing
ating system.
system.Originally,
Originally,
only
programmers
testing
Programming Language
lang’woj
~\ n:
n See
See PL/I.
PL/r.
softwarewere
wereexpected
expectedtotoneed
needthose
thosefunctions,
functions, W;;Jn
wan~\
software
specification \pr6"gram
\pro'gram spes-a-fa-k~’Spes-;;J-fd-ka'
so
hidhid
thethe
buttons
so early
early models
modelsofofthe
theMacintosh
Macintosh
.buttons program specification
software development,
inside
a plastic
clipclip
that that sh;;Jn
insidethe
thecabinet
cabinetand
andsupplied
supplied
a plastic
shah\\ n. In software
development,a astatement
statementofof
the goals
goals and
and requirements
requirements of
ofaaproject,
project,asaswell
wellasas
could
could
could be
be attached
attachedsosothat
thatthe
theprogrammer
programmer
could the
other projects.
projects.
push
thethe
buttons
are are the relation of the project to other
push them.
them.InInmany
manylater
latermodels
models
buttons
program state
Thecondition
condition
state \pr6"gram
\ pro 'gram st~t"
stat' \ \n.n.The
built
button
to to
reboot
thethe
sys-sys- program
built into
intothe
thecabinet;
cabinet;thethe
button
reboot
program (stack contents,
contents, memory
memory contents,
tem
pointing
leftward,
tem isis marked
markedwith
witha atriangle
triangle
pointing
leftward, of
of a program
contents,
instruction
instructionbeing
beingexecuted)
executed)atataagiven
givenmoment.
moment.
and
with
a circle.
and the
the other
otherbutton
buttonisismarked
marked
with
a circle.
statement\pr6"gram
\pro'gram st~t’mant\
stat'm;;Jnt\ n.n.The
program statement
The
programming
\pro'gram-eng\ n.
and
sci-sci-program
programming \pr6"gram-~ng\
n.The
Theartart
and
statement defining
definingthe
thename,
name,briefly
brieflydescribing
describingthe
the
ence
creating computer
ence of creating
computerprograms.
programs.ProgramProgram- statement
operation,
and
possibly
giving
other
information
operation,
and
possibly
giving
other
information
ming
begins
with
knowledge
of
one
or
more
ming begins with knowledge of one or more
about aa program.
program.Some
Somelanguages,
languages,such
suchasasPascal,
Pascal,
programming
asas
Basic,
C, C,
Pascal,
programminglanguages,
languages,such
such
Basic,
Pascal, about
have an explicit
explicitprogram
programstatement;
statement;others
othersdodonot,
not,
or
Knowledge
of aoflanguage
or assembly
assemblylanguage.
language.
Knowledge
a language have
MTI0002585
transfer \\ prd-mis'kyoo-dspra-mis’ky~-asor they
i n~
( n) (funcpromiscuous-mode transfer
they use
use other
other forms
forms(such
(suchasasthe
thernama
) func- promiscuous-mode
mod'
trans'fdr\
n.
In
network
communications,
a a
tion in
in C).
G).
m6d" trans’far\ n. In network communications,
project \pra-jekt’\
n.
An
operator
in
the
relational
trans-fer
of
data
in
which
a
node
accepts
all
pack\ prd-jekt'\ n. An operator in the relational
trans-fer of data in which a node accepts all packaddress.
Given
relaalgebra used
algebra
usedinindatabase
databasemanagement.
management.
Given
rela- ets
ets regardless
regardlessofoftl1eir
theirdestination
destination
address.
tion
(table)A,A,thethe
project
operator
builds
a newPROM
PROI~programmet·
progr~unmer\prom'
\prom"pro'gram-dr,
pr6"gram-ar,P'rom,
P’rom,
pmject
operator
builds
a new
tion (table)
hardwaredevice
devicethat
thatrecords
records
P'R-O-M'\ n.n.AA hardware
relation containing
a specified
set set
of attribrelation
containingonly
only
a specified
of attrib- P’R-O-M’\
instructionsorordata
dataon
onaa PROM
PROM(programmable
(programmable
instructions
(columns) of
utes (cOlumns)
ofA.A.
Project
n. n.
A A read-only
ProjectGutenberg
G~tenberg\profekt
\proj’ektgoo'tdn-bdrg\
g~)’tan-barg\
read-only memory)
memory)chip
chipororan
an EPROM
EPROM(erasable
(erasable
memory)
chip.
Also
project
thatmakes
makesthe
thetexts
textsofofbooks
books
that
progran~mableread-only
read-only
memory)
chip.
Also
that
areare
in in programmable
project that
publicdomain
domainavailable
available
over
Internet.
calledPROM
PROMblaster,
bl~ster,PROM
PROMblower.
blower. See
also
over
thethe
Internet.
TheThe called
See also
the public
to to
make
files
files for
for the
the books
booksare
areinin plain
plainASCII,
ASCII,
make EPROM,
EPROM, PROM.
PROM.
\ prompt\ n.
n. 1.
1. In
In command-driven
command-driven systhem
them accessible
accessibletotoasasmany
manypeople
peopleasaspossible.
possible. prompt \prompt\
sysProjectGutenberg,
Gutenberg,based
basedatatthe
theUniversity
University
tems, one
one or
or more
more symbols
symbolsthat
thatindicate
indicate
where
of of
Illi-Illi- tems,
where
Project
nois
reached
at Urbana-Champaign,
Urbana-Champaign, cancan
bebereached
at at users
nois at
users are
are to
to enter
enter commands.
commands.For
Forinstance,
instance,ininMSMSa a
drive
letter
fol-folor or
through
thethe
Web
mrcnext.cso.uiuc.edu
mrcnext.cso.uiuc.eduvia
viaFTP
FTP
through
Web DOS,
DOS,the
theprompt
promptisisgenerally
generally
drive
letter
page http://www.promo.net/pgl.
http://www.promo.net/pg/. See
Seealso
alsoASCII.
ASCII. lowed
lowed by
by aa "greater
"greaterthan"
than"symbol
symbol(C».
(C>).InInUNIX,
UNIX,
projection-joinnormal
normalform.
form\prd-jek'shdn-join
\pra-jek’shon-join itit isis usually
usually%.%.
also
con-n-nand-driven
system,
projection-join.
SeeSee
also
command-driven
system,
1). 1). DOS
thatthat
a a
nor-mdl
n6r-ma1form'\
f6rm’\ n.
n. See
Seenormal
normalform
form(definition
(definition
DOSprompt.
prompt.2.2.Displayed
Displayedtext
textindicating
indicating
project life
cycle
\proj'ekt
liT lgf"
sI-kl\s~-kl\
n. A
forfor
input
from
tlle the
project
life
cycle
\proj’ekt
n. A computer
computerprogram
programis iswaiting
waiting
input
from
a project
sequence
sequence of
of preplanned
preplannedstages
stagesfor
fortaking
taking
a project user.
user.
frombeginning
beginningtotoend.
end.
p~-opagatederror
\prop’a-g~-tad
~r’ar\n. n.An
An
propagated elt"Jt'or \prop'd-ga-tdd
ar'dr\
from
project management
n. n. error
proproject
management\proj'ekt
\proj’ektman'dj-mdnt\
man’aj-mant\
error used
usedasasinput
inputtotoanotller
anotheroperation,
operation,thus
thus
proThe
andand
controlThe process
processofofplanning,
planning,monitoring,
monitoring,
control- ducing
ducing another
anothererror.
error.
ling the
the course
courseand
anddevelopment
development
a particularpropagation \prop’a-g~’shan\
Travel
a sigof of
a particular
\prop'd-ga'shdn\ n.n.Travel
of of
a sigling
. undertaking.
nal,
such as
as an
an Internet
Internetpacket,
packet,from
fi’om
source
nal, such
its its
source
to to
undertaking.
..Prolog
\pr6"log\n.n.Short
ShortforforProgramming
Programming
one or more
Propagation
mes.lProiog \pro'log\
in in one
more destinations.
destinations. Propagation
of of
meslengtl1s
Logic.
forfor
logic
programwith
different
Logic.AAlanguage
languagedesigned
designed
logic
program- sages
sages over
overdifferent
differentpaths
paths
with
different
lengths
ming.Prolog
Prologevolved
evolvedduring
during
1970s
in Europe can
computer
ming.
thethe
1970s
in Europe
can cause
causemessages
messagestotoappear
appearatata auser's
user’s
computer
(primarilyFrance
Franceand
andScotland),
Scotland),
and
first
Pro- with
with varying
varyingdelivery
delivery
times.
propagation
and
thethe
first
ProSee See
alsoalso
propagation
times.
(primarily
delay.
byby
Philippe
log
log compiler
compilerwas
wasdeveloped
developedinin1972
.1972
Philippe delay.
TheThe
lan-.lan-propagation
Roussel,
Roussel,atatthe
the University
UniversityofofMarseilles.
Marseilles.
propagationdelay
delay \prop'd-ga'shdn
\prop~a-g~’shandd-la'\
da-l~’\n. n.
guage has
hassubsequently
subsequently
attained
wide
in the The
The time
timeneeded
neededby
byaacommunications
con~nunications
signal
signal
to to
guage
attained
wide
useuse
in the
fieldof
ofartificial
artificial
intelligence.
Prolog
is a compiledtravel
travelbetween
betweentwo
twopoints;
points;
satellite
links,
intelligence.
Prolog
is a compiled
in in
satellite
links,
a a
field
noticeabledelay
delayofofbetween
betweenone-quarter
one-quartersecond
second
language
thethe
logical
relationship
languagethat
thatworks
workswith
with
logical
relationship. noticeable
between
travelbetween pieces
piecesofofdata
datarather
ratherthan
thanmathematical
mathematical and
and one-half
one-halfsecond,
second,caused
causedbybythe
thesignal
signal
traveling
through
space.
relationships.
See
also
artificial
intelligence.
ing
through
space.
relationships. See also artificial intelligence.
property \prop’ar-t~’\
95,a acharcharn. n.
Acronym
forfor property
PROM
\prop'dr-te'\ n.
n. In
In Windows
Windows 95,
]PROM,"prom,
\prom,P'rom,
P’rom,P'R-O-M'\
P’R-O-M’\
Acronym
programmableread-only
read-onlymemory.
memory.AA
type
read- acteristic
acteristicororparameter
parameterofofananobject
objectorordevice.
device.
programmable
type
of of
readonly memory
memory(ROM)
(ROM)that
that
allows
data
to be
written Properties
Propertiesof
ofaafile,
file,forforexample,
example,
include
type,
written
include
type,
size,size,
only
allows
data
to be
into the
the device
devicewith
withhardware
hardwarecalled
calleda aPROM
PROM
pro- and creation
creation date
dateand
andcan
canbe
beidentified
identifiedbybyaccessaccessinto
prohashas
been
programmed,
it it ing
grammer.
grammer.After
Aftera aPROM
PROM
been
programmed,
ing the
the file's
file’sproperty
property
sheet.
property
sheet.
See See
alsoalso
property
is dedicated
dedicatedtotothat
thatdata,
data,and
andititcannot
cannotbebereprorepro- sheet.
sheet.
is
grarm-ned.
EEPROM,
EPROM,
(defi-property
propertysheet
sheet \prop'dr-te
\prop’ar-t~shet'\
sh~t’\
type
EEPROM,
EPROM,
ROMROM
(defigrammed.
SeeSee
alsoalso
n. n.
AA
type
of of
nition
nition 2).
2).
dialog box
box in
inWindows
Windows95,
95,accessed
accessed
choosing
dialog
byby
chOOSing
PROMblaster
blaster \prom'
\prom" bla'stdr,
bla’star,P'rom,
P’rom,P'R-O-M'\
P’R-O-M’\ Properties
PROM
Propertiesininthe
theFile
Filemenu
menu
right-clicking
oror
byby
right-clicking
on on
n.
SeePROM
PROMprogrammer.
programmer.
an
object
and
selecting
Properties,
that
lists
n. See
an object and selecting Properties, tllat lists thethe
]PROM
blower\prom'
\prom"blo'dr,
bl6"ar,P'rom,
P’rom,P'R-O-M'\
P’R-O-M’\ attributes
blower
PROM
anan
object
such
as as
a file,
attributesororsettings
settingsofof
object
such
a file,
iz.
See
PROM
programmer.
n. See
PROM
programmer.
application,ororhardware
hardwaredevice.
device.A A
property
sheet
property
sheet
application,
MTI0002586
enable communication
presents the
exampresents
the user
user with
with aa tabbed,
tabbed, index-card-like
index-card-like enable
communicationonona anetwork.
network.For
For
examselection of
feaTCP/IP,
theprotocol
protocolstack
stackononthe
theInternet,
Internet,
ple, TCP
/IP, the
selection
ofproperty
propertypages,
pages,each
eachofofwhich
which
fea- ple,
morethan
than 100
100standards
standardsincluding
.including
tures standard
forfor
customizincorporates more
tures
standard dialog-style
dialog-stylecontrols
controls
customiz- incorporates
ing parameters.
FTP,
IP,
SMTP,
TCP,
and
Telnet.
Also
called
parameters.
FTP, IP, SMTP, TCP, and Telnet. Also calledprotoprotoproportional font
font'\
n. An. A col
proportional
font\prd-por'shdn-dl
\pra-p6r’shan-~l
font’\
suite.SeeSee
also
ISO/OSI
model.
col suite.
also
ISO/OSI
model.
Seeprotocol
protocol
set of
style
andand
sizesize
in inprotocol suite \pr6"ta-kol
\pro'td-kol swEt"
swet'\ \n.n. See
set
of characters
charactersinina aparticular
particular
style
which aa variable
horizontal
space
is is stack.
which
variableamount
amountofof
horizontal
space
\pro'td-tlpeng\ n.n.The
creation
of aof a
allotted to
InIn
a proportional
allotted
toeach
eachletter
letterorornumber.
number.
a proportional prototyping \pr6"ta-ti’p~ng\
The
creation
working model
font, the
is allowed
lessless
space
system
or or
promodelofofa anew
newcomputer
computer
system
profont,
theletter
letteri,i,for
forexample,
example,
is allowed
space working
than the
m. Compare
monos
pace font.
gram for
Proto
typing is is
than
theletter
letter
m. Compare
monospace
font.
gram
for testing
testingand
andrefinement.
refinement.
Prototyping
\pfd-por'sh~m-dl spa'seng\
proportional spacing \pro-pOr’shan-al
sp~’s~ng\ . used
used in
in the
the development
developmentofofboth
bothnew
newhardware
hardware
in in
which
thethe
horiand software
software systems
of of
inforn. A
A form
formofofcharacter
characterspacing
spacing
which
hori- and
systemsand
andnew
newsystems
systems
information
management.
Tools
used
in
the
former
mation
management.
Tools
used
in
the
former
zontal
space
each
character
occupies
is
proporzontal space each character occupies is proporinclude both
tools
tional to
The
letter
w, w, include
tional
to the
thewidth
widthofofthe
thecharacter.
character.
The
letter
bothhardware
hardwareand
andsupport
supportsoftware;
software;
tools
used in
screen
for
thethe
letter
i. i. used
in the
the latter
latter can
can include
includedatabases,
databases,
screen
for example,
example,takes
takesup
upmore
morespace
spacethan
than
letter
Compare monospacing.
monospacing. .
mockups,
in in
some
cases,
cancan
mockups,and
andsimulations
simulationsthat,
that,
some
cases,
developed into
\prd-prl'd-tar-e\ adj.
proprietary \pra-prg’a-t~r-fi\
adj.Of,Of,pertaining
pertaining be developed
intoaafinal
finalproduct.
product.
\proks'e\ n.
n. See
See proxy
to, or
thatthat
is privately
to,
or characteristic
characteristicofofsomething
something
is privatelyproxy
proxy \proks’~\
proxyserver.
server.
server \proks’fi
\proks'e sdr'v;::)r\
comowned. Generally,
to to
technology
owned.
Generally,the
theterm
termrefers
refers
technologyproxy
proxy server
sat’vat\n.n.AAfirewall
firewall
comthat manages
managesInternet
Internettraffic
traffic
to and
from
that has
ponent that
to and
from
a a
that
has been
been developed
developedby
byaaparticular
particularcorporacorpora- ponent
tion
thatthat
areare
considtion or
or entity,
entity,with
withspecifications
specifications
consid- local
local area
area network
network (LAN)
(LAN)and
andcan
canprovide
provideoth,et
otherand'
access
ered
ered by
by the
the owner
owner to
to be
be trade
tradesecrets.
secrets.Proprietary
Proprietary features,
features,such
suchasasdocument
documentcaching
caching
and
access
performance
technology
used
only
by by
a person
technologymay
maybebelegally
legally
used
only
a person control.
control.AAproxy
proxyserver
servercan
canimprove
improve
performance
requested
data,
such
as aas a
or entity
license.
Also,
otherother by
by supplying
supplyingfrequently
frequently
requested
data,
such
entitypurchasing
purchasingananexplicit
explicit
license.
Also,
popularWeb
Webpage,
page,~nd
andcan
canfilter
filterand
anddiscard
discard
companies
thethe
technology,
companiesare
areunable
unabletotoduplicate
duplicate
technology, popular
both
have
both legally
legallyand
andbecause
becauseitsitsspecifications
specifications
have requests
requests that
that thethe.owner
ownerdoes
doesnot
notconsider
considerapproappropriate,
such
as
requests
for
unauthorized
access
to to
not
been
divulged
by
the
owner.
Compare
public
priate,
such
as
requests
for
unauthorized
access
not been divulged by the owner. Compare public
proprietary
files.
See
also
firewall.
proprietary
files.
domain.
See
also
firewall.
domain.
PrtSckey
key \\print"
slcr~n
See
Print
Screen
print' skren
ke'k~’\
\ n. n.See
Print
Screen
proprietary software
prd-prld-tar-e soft'war\
software \\pra-prFa-tgtr-~
soft’w~r\ PrtSc
key .
n.
byby
anan
individn. A
Aprogram
programowned
ownedororcopyrighted
copyrighted
individ- key.
n. The
Thefile
fileextension
extension
identifies
ps \dot’P-S’\
\dot'P-S'\ n.
thatthat
identifies
ual
a business
business and
forfor
useuse
only
ual or
or a
andavailable
available
only..ps
PostScriptprinter
printerfiles.
files.
also
PostScript.
SeeSee
also
PostScript.
through purchase
of of
thethe
owner.
through
purchaseororbybypermission
permission
owner. PostScript
PS/2
bus \P’S-t~"
\P'S-tOO' bus\
Channel
Compare
public-domain software.
Compare public-domain
software.
PS/2bus
bus\n.n.See
SeeMicro
Micro
Channel
~ode \pra-tek’tad
\prd-tek'tdd mod'\
protected mode
m6d’\ n.n.An
Anoperatoperat- Architecture.
Architecture.
\pI'ko-sek'dnd\ n.
ing mode
modeof
ofthe
theIntel
Intel80286
80286
and
higher
micropro-psec \pg’k6-sek’and\
n. See
Seepicosecond.
picosecond.
ing
and
higher
micropro\soo'do-kod'\ n.
n. 1.
1. Abbreviated
Abbreviated p-ppseudocode \s~’d6-k6d’\
cessors
cessorsthat
that supports
supportslarger
largeraddress
addressspaces
spacesand
and pseudocode
a nonexistent
promore
When
more advanced
advancedfeatures
featuresthan
thanreal
realmode.
mode.
When code.
code. AAmachine
machinelanguage
languageforfor
a nonexistent
procode
is is
executed
started in
in protected
protectedmode,
mode,these
these CPUs
CPUsprovide
provide cessor
cessor (a
(apseudomachine).
pseudomachine).Such
Such
code
executed
started
advantage
of of
by aa software
softwareinterpreter.
interpreter.The
Themajor
major
advantage
hardware
data
security,
hardwaresupport
supportfor
formultitasking,
multitasking,
data
security, by
p-code isisthat
thatititisisportable
portabletotoallallcomputers
computers
forfor
and
NTNT
and
OS/2
and virtual
virtualmemory.
memory.The
TheWindows
Windows
and
OS/2 p-code
p-code interpreter
operating
mode,
as as
do do which
operatingsystems
systemsrun
runininprotected
protected
mode,
which aa p-code
interpreterexists.
exists.The
Thep-code
p-code
times
in in
thethe
most versions
versionsofofUNIX
UNIXforforthese
thesemicroprocessors.
microprocessors. approach
approachhas
hasbeen
beentried
triedseveral
several
times
most
microcomputer
industry,
with
mixed
success.
The
microcomputer industry, with mixed success. The
Compare
real mode.
Compare real
mode.
protocol
pro 'td-ko1' \ n.\ n.See
protocol \\pr6"ta-kol"
Seecommunications
communicationsbest
best known
known attempt
attempt was
was the
the UCSD
UCSDp-System.
p-System.See
See
also
2. 2.Any
protocol.
protocol.
alsopseudomachine,
pseudomachine,UCSD
UCSDp-System.
p-System.
Any
informal,
notation
in which
a program
informal,transparent
transparent
notation
in which
a program
protocoUayer
\pro'td-kolla'dr,
lar'\
n. See
protocol layer \pr6"ta-kol
l~’ar,
lfir’\
n. layer.
See layer.
or
algorithm
description
is
written.
Many
programprotocol stack
\pro'td-kol
stak'\
n.
The
set
of
stack \pr6"ta-kol stak’\ n. The set of or algorithm description it written. Many programin in
a apseudocode
protocols
levels
to to mers
protocolsthat
thatwork
worktogether
togetheronondifferent
different
levels
mers write
writetheir
theirprograms
programsfirst
first
pseudo.code
MTI0002587
that looks
looksmuch
muchlike
likea mixture
a raixture
of English
/pub
forpublic.
public.A A
directory
of English
and and
theirtheir
/pub \slash-pub’\
\slash-pub'\ n.
n. Short
Short for
directoty
in an
an anonymous
anonymousFTP
FTParchive
archive
that
is accessible
that
is accessible
by by
favorite programming
such
as as
C or
favorite
programminglanguage,
language,
such
C Pasor Pas- in
cal, and
andthen
thentranslate
translate
it line
the actual the
the public
publicand
andthat
thatgenerally
generally
contains
availcontains
filesfiles
availcal,
it line
by by
lineline
intointo
the actual
able
SeeSee
alsoalso
anonymous
FTP.FTP.
language being
language
beingused.
used.
able for
forfree
freedownload.
download.
anonymous
pseudo compiler \s~’d6
com- pub \pub\
See/pub.
\ sOb 'dokam-pg’lar\
k;;nn-pi'ldr\ n.n.AAcom\ pub \ n.
n. See
/pub.
publicdirectory
directory
\pu’blik
dar-ek’to>~\
\pu'blik
ddr-ek'tdr-e\
n. n.
A A
piler that
SeeSee
also
piler
that .generates
.generatesa apseudolanguage.
pseudolanguage.
also public
directoty
by by
pseudolanguage.
pseudolanguage.
directoryon
onan
anFTP
FTPserver
serverthat
thatis isaccessible
accessible
anonymoususers
usersforforthe
thepurpose
purpose
retrieving
pseudocomputer
\sOb'do kam-py~’tar\
kdm-pyOb'tdr\ n.n. See
ofof
retrieving
or or
pseudocomputer \s~’d6
See anonymous
pseudomachine.
storingfiles.
files.Often
Often
directory
is called/pub.
storing
thethe
directoty
is called
/pub. See See
pseudomachine.
pseudolanguage \s~’d6-1ang’waj\
\sOb'do-lang'wdj\ n.n.AAnonex1),1),
FTP
nonex- also
also anonymous
anonymou.sFTP,
FTP,FTP
FTP(definition
(definition
FTP
istent programming
language-that
is, one
for for server,/pub.
server, /pub.
istent
programming
language--that
is, one
do-man'\
n. The
set set
of of
which no
exists.
TheThe
termterm
can canpublic
which
no implementation
implementation
exists.
publicdomain
domain\pu'blik
\pu’blik
d6-m~n’\
n. The
refer
eithertotothe
themachine
machine
language
a nonex- all
all creative
or or
softrefer either
language
for for
a nonexcreativeworks,
works,such
suchasasbooks,
books,music,
music,
software, that
that are
arenot
notcovered
coveredbybycopyright
copyright
other
or or
other
istent processor
language
for for ware,
istent
processororortotoaahigh-level
high-level
language
which
domain
SeeSee
alsoalso
pseudocode.
whichno
nocompiler
compilerexists.
exists.
ps4udocode. property
property protection.
protection.Works
Worksininthethepublic
public
domain
pseudomachine \s~’dS-ma-sh~n’\
n. AbbreviAbbrevi- can
copied, modified,
modified,and
andotherwise
otherwise
can be
pseudomachine
\sOb'do-md-shen'\ n.
be freely
freely copied,
used in
in any
anymanner
mannerfor
forany
anypurpose.
purpose.
Much
of the
Much
of the
actually
ated p-machine.
p-machine.AAprocessor
processorthat
thatdoesn't
doesn’t
actually used
exist in
in in
software.
and
software
on on
thethe
Internet
is is
exist
inhardware
hardwarebut
butthat
thatis isemulated
emulated
software. information,
information,texts,
texts,
and
software
Intemet
in
the
public
domain,
but
putting
a
copyrighted
in
the
public
domain,
but
putting
a
copyrighted
A program
thethe
pseudomachine
cancan
run run
.A
programwritten
writtenforfor
pseudomachine
put
it in
thethe
public
on several
having
to to
be be
recomseveralplatforms
platformswithout
without
having
recom- work
work on
onthe
theInternet
Internetdoes
doesnot
not
put
it in
public
piled. See
domain.
also
pseudocode,
UCSD
p-System.
proprietaty.
piled.
See
also
pseudocode,
UCSD
p-System.
domain. Compam
Compare proprietary.
public-domainsoftware
software \pu~blik-d6-m~n
soft’\pu~blik-do-man soft'pseudo-operation
pseudo-operation\ s~"
\ sOb'd6-op-ar-~’sha.n\
do-op-dr-a'shdn \
n.n. public-domain
Abbreviatedpseudo-op.
pseudo-op.InInprogramming,
programming,
a pro- war\
w~r\ n. A
A program
programdonated
donatedfor
forpublic
public
useuse
byby
its its
Abbreviated
a proowner
or
developer
and
freely
available
for
copygram
information
to anto an owner or developer and freely available for copygram instruction
instructionthat
thatconveys
conveys
information
.¯ assembler
but
is is
notnot
translated
intointo
a a ing
Compa7'e
assemblerororcompiler
compiler
but
translated
ing and
anddistribution.
distribution.
Comparefree
freesoftware,
software,freefree¯machine
machinelanguage
language
instruction--for
example,
.proprietarysoftware,
software,shareware.
shareware.
instruction-for
example,
an an ware,
ware,proprietaty
instructionthat
thatestablishes
establishes
value
a constantpublic t~fles
\pu’blikfilz'\
fflz’\n. n.
Files
no access
illes \pu'blik
Files
withwith
no access
instruction
thethe
value
of aofconstant
or the
(logical)
expresthe manner
mannerininwhich
whichBoolean
Boolean
(logical)
expres- restrictions.
restrictions.
public folders
n. n.
The
folders
sions are
are to
to be
be evaluated.
evaluated.
public
folders \pu'blik
\pu’blikfol'ddrz\
f61"darz\
The
folders
sions
that
\P'S-K'\ n. See phase-shift
machine
PSK \P’S-K’\
phase-shiftkeying.
keying.
that are
are made
madeaccessible
accessibleonona aparticular
particular
machine
PSN
\P’S-N’\ n.
n. Acronym
for packet-switching
packet-switching or
or by
by a particular
userininaashared
sharednetworking
networking
PSN \P'S-W\
Acronym for
particular user
environment.Compare
Compare private
environment.
private folders.
folders.
network.
network. See
Seepacket
packetswitching.
switching:
p-system \P’si’stam\
\P'si'stdm\ n.n. An
public key
ke'\
n. n.
One
of of
twotwo
keys
in in
p-system
An operating
operatingsystem
systempublic
key \pu'blil<:
\pu’blil~
k~’\
One
keys
based on
on aa pseudomachine
pseudomachineimplemented
implemented
soft- public
key enctyption.
encryption.The
Theuser
userreleases
releases
based
public key
in in
softthisthis
keykey
mes.ware.
is more
.ware.AAprogram
programwritten
writtenforforthethep-system
p-system
is more to
to the
the public,
public,who
whocan
canuse
useit itforforenctypting
encrypting
mesportable
sages to
thethe
portablethan
thanone
onewritten
writtenfor
fora amachine-depenmachine-depen- sages
to be
be sent
senttotothe
theuser
userand
andfor
fordectypting
decrypting
dent
user's digital
signature.
SeeSee
also
UCSD
p-System.
See also
public
key enctypdent operating
operatingsystem.
system.
also
UCSD
p-System.user’s
digital
signature.
See also
public
key encrypn. On
On the
the Internet,
Internet,the
themajor
major
geo- tion.
.pt \dot’P-T’\
\dot'P-T'\ n.
geoCom.
pare
private
key.
tion. Compare
key.
graphic
thatthat
an an
address
is ispublic
public key
graphicdomain
domainspecifying
specifying
address
keycryptography
cryptography \pu'blik
\ pu’blikkek~krip-to'grdkrip-to’gralocated in
inPortugal.
Portugal.
f~\
publickey
keyenctyption.
encryption.
fe\ n.
located
n. See
See public
P-type
semiconductor \P’t~p
publickey
keyencryption
encryption \\pu’blik
k~"
en-krip’shon\
P-type semiconductor
\P'tip sem’~-kan-duk-t~r,
sem'e-kdn-duk-tdr,
public
pu'blik ke'
en-krip'
shdn \
sem’g-kan-duk-tar\n.n.Semiconductor
Semiconductor
material
sem'i-bn-duk-tdr\
material
in in n. An
that
uses
a pair
of keys
An asymmetric
asymmetricscheme
scheme
that
uses
a pair
of keys
which
electrical
conduction
is
carried
by
holes
for
data,
which electrical conduction is carried by holes
andand
for enclyption:
encwption:the
thepublic
publickey
keyenctypts
encrypts
data,
("vacancies"left
leftbybyelectrons).
electrons).
Whether
a semi- a corresponding
secretkey
keydectypts
decryptsit.it.For
For
digital
("vacancies"
Whether
a semicorresponding secret
digital
conductor isisN-type
N-typeororP-type
P-typedepends
dependsononthethekind
kind signatures,
theprocess
processisisreversed:
reversed:
sender
uses
conductor
signatures, the
thethe
sender
uses
of
dopant added
AA
dopant
numof dopant
added during
duringmanufacture.
manufacture.
dopant the
the secret
secretkey
keytotocreate
createa aunique
uniqueelectronic
electronic
numwith aa shortage
shortage of
in in
a P-type
with
ofelectrons
electronsresults
results
a P-type ber that
that can
can be
be read
read by
byanyone
anyonepossessing
possessing,the
,thecorcorsemiconductor. Compare
N-type
semiconductor.
responding
public
key,
which
verifies
that
Compa7'e N-type semiconductor.
responding public key, which verifies that the the
MTI0002588
message
from the
the sender. See
message is truly
truly from
See also private
private
key, public key.
key.
public rights
public
rights \pu'blik
\pu’blikrits/\
Ets’\ n.n. In
In the
thecontext
contextofof
Internet, the
the Internet,
the extent
extent to
to which
which members
members of
ofthe
the
public are permitted.to
permitted to use
use (and
(and to
to place)
place)informainformation on the
the Internet
Internet under
under intellectual
intellectual property
tion
property
law.
See also
also fair
fair use,
use, public
publiclaw. See
public domain,
domain, publicdomain software.
software.
puck
n. A
A pointing
pointing device
a a
puck \puk\
\puk\ n.
deviceused
usedwith
with
graphics
tablet.AApuck,
puck,which
whichisisoften
oftenused
usedinin
graphics tablet.
engineering
applications,isis aa mouselike
mouselike device
device
engineering applications,
selecting items or choosing comwith buttons for selecting
mands
plastic section
mands and a clear plastic
section extending
extendingfrom
from
one end with cross
hairs printed
printed on
on it.
it. The
The interintercross hairs
section
section of
of the
the cross
crosshairs
hairson
onthe
thepuck
puckpoints
pointstotoaa
location on
graphics tablet,
location
on the
the graphics
tablet,which
whichinintum
turnisis
mapped to
to a specific
on the
mapped
specific location
location on
the screen.
screen.
Because the puck's
puck’s cross
crosshairs
hairsare
areon
onaatransparent
transparent
surface,
surface, aa user
user can
caneasily
easilytrace
tracea adraWing
drawingbybyplacplacing
ing itit between
between the
the graphics
graphicstablet
tabletand
andthe
thepuck
puck
the cross
cross hairs
hairsover
overthe
thelines
linesofofthe
the
and moving
moving the
drawing.
See
the
illustration.
See
also
graphics
tabdrawing. See the illustration. See also graphics tablet, stylus.
lated
signalconsists
consists
continuous
lated signal
of of
a a
continuous
traintrain
of of
pulses
of constant
frequency,duration,
duration,
pulses of
constant frequency,
andand
amplitude.
Duringmodulation
modulation
the
pu, lse
ampliamplitude. During
the·
pulse
amplitudes
are changed
reflectthe
theinformation
information
tudes are
changed toto reflect
being
encoded.See
Seethetheillustration.
illustration.
Acronym:
being encoded.
Acronym:
PAM
(pam,P'A-M/).
P’A-M’).Compare
Comparepulse
pulsecode
codemodumoduPAM (pam,
lation, pulse
pulse
position
lation,
pulseduration
durationmodulation,
modulation,
pulse
position
modulation.
.
modulation.
Pulse amplitude
amplitude modulation.
modulatio~
pulse code
codemodulation
modulation\ puIs'
\puls"k6d'
k6d" mo-dyapulse
mo-dYd-· la/sh;;>n, moj';;>-la/shdn\
l~’shan,
moj’a-l~’shan\n.n.AAmethod
methodofofencodirtg
encod.ing
information in
in aa signal
signalby
byvarying
v~trying
amplitudeofof
thethe
amplitude
Unlike pulse
pulse amplitude
amplitudemodulation
modulation(PAM),
(PAM),
pulses. Unlike
which pulse
pulse amplitude
amplitudecan
canvary
varycontinuously,
continuously,
in which
pulse code
pulse
code modulation
modulationlimits
limitspulse
pulseamplitudes
amplitudestoto.
s~veral predefined
se.veral
predefinedvalues.
values.Because
Becausethe
thesignal
signalisis
di.screte,
or
digital,
rather
than
analog,
pulse
code
di
crete,
or
digital,
rather
than
analog,
pulse
code
9
modulation
is
more
immune
to
noise
than
PAM.
modulation is more immune to noise than PAM.
Acronym:
PCM (P'C-M').
pulse
Acronym: PCM
(P’C-M’).Compare
Compare
pulseampliamplitude
pulse duration
tude modulation,
modulation, pulse
duration modulation,
modulation,
pulse position modulation.
modulation.
pulse duration modulation \puls"
\puls' dur-a/shdn
dur-~’sh~nmomody;;>-la'sh;;>n,
moj-d-Ia/shdn\
n.
A
method
of of
dya-l~’shan, moj-a-l~’shan\ n. A method
encodinginformation
informationinina asignal
signalbybyvarying
varyingthethe
encoding
Puck.
Pu~k.
duration of
of pulses.
pulses.The
Theunmodulated
unmodulatedsignal
signalconconduration
continuous train
constant
purl \pul\
\pul\ vb.
processofofretrieving
retrieving
data sists
sists of
of aa continuous
train of
of pulses
pulses of constant
pull
vb. 1.
1. The
The process
data
frequency,duration,
duration,and
andamplitude.
amplitude.During
Duringmodmodfrequency,
from
push (definition
(definition
from aa network
networkserver.
server.Compare
Compare push
2.
See
pop
..
2).
ulation, the
the pulse
pulse durations
durationsare
are changed
changedtoto
ulation,
2). 2. See pop.
menu \pul/doun
men'yoo\
n. n.A A
¯ pull-down
pull-downmenu
\pul’doun
men’y~\
menu that
that isiSpulled
pulleddown
downfrom
fromthethemenu
menubarbar
and
menu
and
that
that remains
remainsavailable
availableasaslong
longasasthe
theuser
userholds
holdsit it
open.
open.Compare
Comparedrop-down
drop-downmenu.
menu.
signal,usually
usuallybrief
briefand
and
pulse \puls\
\puls\n.n.AAtransient
transient signal,
with
offset.
with aa discrete
discrete onset
onset and offset.
pulse
pulse amplitude
amplitudemodulation
modulation\puls'
\puls" am'pldam’platood
mo-dy;;>-la/shdn, moj'd-li'i/shdn\
n. n.
A A
ted mo-dyaq~’shan,
moj’a-l~’shan\
method of
of encoding
encoding information
informationinina asignal
signalbyby
method
19ulse duration modulation~
varying
varyingthe
the amplitude
amplitudeofofpulses.
pulses.The
Theunmoduunmodu- Pulse duration modulation.
MTI0002589
\punchd'kard' re'd;:>r\
n. n.
reflect
the information
information
being
encoded.
reader \punchd’Mird"
rfi’d~r\
reflect the
being
encoded.
SeeSee
the thepunched-card reader
illustration.
Acronym:
PDM
(P’D-M’).
called See card reader.
illustration. Acro.nym:
PDM
(P'D-M').
Also. Also
called
\pyoor' pr~-s~’jur\
pr;:>-se'jur\ n.n.Any
pulse length
pulse
width
modulapulse
length modulation,
modulation,
pulse
width
modula-pure procedure \py~)r"
Anyproprocedure that
data
that
is dynamically
tion.
cedure
thatmodifies
modifiesonly
only
data
that
is dynamically
tion.
pulselength
lengthmodulation
\puls"length
length
mo-dya- allocated
(usuallyon
onthe
thestack).
stack).A A
pure
procedure
allocated (usually
pulse
modulation \ puIs'
mo-dy;;,pure
procedure
carmot
modify
either
global
data
or
its
own
code.
la'sh;;m,
moj-;;,-la'
cannot
modify
either
global
data
sh;:m
\
n.
See
pulse
duration
or
its
own
code
..
l~’shan, moj-~-lfi’shon\ n. See pulse duration
This restriction
restrictionallows
allows
a pure
procedure
This
a pure
procedure
to to
be be
modulation.
modulation.
pulse position
position modulation
modulation \puls
\ pulsp;;,-zish';;,n
p~-zish’~n
simultaneously
separate
tasks.
mo-mo- called
called simultaneously
byby
separate
tasks.
SeeSee
alsoalso
dya-l~’sh~n,
moj-~-!~’sh~n\
method
encod- reentrant
reentrant code.
code.
dy;:>-la'sh;:>n, moj-;:>-la'
sh;:>n \ n.n.
AA
method
ofof
encodpurge
purj\ vb.
old old
or unneeded
ing information
a signal
by varying
the position
ing
informationinin
a signal
by varying
the position
purge \\purj\
vb.To
Toeliminate
eliminate
or unneeded
to clean
up, up,
as files.
of pulses.
Theunmodulated
unmodulated
signal
consists
informationsystematically;
systematically;
to clean
as files.
pulses. The
signal
consists
of aof a information
continuous
trainofofpulses
pulsesofof
constant
frequency,push \po~sh\
To add
add aa new
newelement
elementtotoa a
\poosh\ vb.
vb. 1. To
continuous train
constant
frequency,
stack, aa data
data structure
structuregenerally
generallyused
usedto totempotempoduration,
modulation
the the stack,
duration,and
andamplitude.
amplitude.During
During
modulation
transferred
or the
pulse
thethe
infonnapulse positions
positionsare
arechanged
changedtotoreflect
reflect
infon’na- rarily
rarilyhold
holdpieces
piecesofofdata
databeing
being
transferred
or the
partial
result
of
an
arithmetic
operation.
See
also.
partial
result
of
an
arithmetic
operation.
See
also
tion
being
encoded.
See
the
illustration.
AcmnYl1'l:
tion being encoded. See the illustration. Acronym:
stack.Co.mpare
Compare pop.
stack.
pop. 2.2.In
Innetworks
networks and
andthe
theInterInterPPM
PPM (P'P-M').
(P’P-M’).Co.mpa1'e
Compare pulse
pulse amplitude
amplitudemodulamodulato to
a a
tion,
pulse
duration
modtion, pulse
pulsecode
codemodulation,
modulation,
pulse
duration
mod- net,
net, to
to send
send data
dataor
oraaprogram
programfrom
froma aserver
server
client
of the
Co.mpare
pullpull
ulation.
clientatatthe
theinstigation
instigation
of server.
the server.
Compare
ulation.
(definition1).
1).
(definition
put \\poot\
vb.
data,
typ-typpc~t\ vb. In
In programming,
programming,totowrite
write
data,
ically
to write
a very
smallsmall
icallytotoaafile;
file;ininparticular,
particular,
to write
a very
unit
unit of
of data,
data,such
suchasasaacharacter.
character.
PVC \ P’V-C’\
Acronymforfor
permanent
virtual
PVC
\ p'V-C\ n. Acronym
permanent
virtual
cir- circuit.AApermanent
permanentlogical
logical
connection
between
cuit.
connection
between
twotwo
nodes
packet-switching network.
nodes on aa packet-switching
network.The
ThePVC
PVC
appears as
asaa dedicated
dedicatedline
linetotothe
thenodes,
nodes,but
but
appears
thethe
data can
canbe
be transmitted
transmittedonona acommon
common
carrier.
data
carrier.
SeeSee
also.
common
carrier,
node
(definition
2),
packet
also
common
carrier,
node
(definition
2),
packet
Pulse position
position modulation~
modulation.
switching,
private
network.
·Co.mpare
SVCSVC.
.
switching,virtual
virtual
private
network.
Compare
pulse
width
modulation
\puls
width"
mo-dyo.pw
\dot’P-W’\
n.
On
the
Internet,
the
major
geo.pw \dofP-W'\
pulse width modulation \puls width' mo-dy;:>On the Internet, the major geographicdomain
domainspecifying
specifying
address
thatthat
la'sh;:>n,
\ n. n.
See
an an
address
is is
l~’shan,moj-;;,-la'sh;:>n
moj-~-l~’sh~n\
Seepulse
pulseduration
duration graphic
located
modulation.
located in
inPalau.
Palau.
modulation.
punched
card \punchd
\punchdkard'\
Mird’\n.n.An
Anoutdated
outdated pwd
pwd \P’W-D’\
Acronymforforprint
printworking
working
punched card
\P'W-D'\ n.n. Acronym
directory.
The
UNIX
command
for
displaying
directory.
The
UNIX
command
for
displaying
the the
computer-input
medium
made
of
stiff
paper
that
computer-input medium made of stiff paper that
current
directory.
stores
containing
patterns
of of current directory.
stores data
databi~s
bitsinincolumns
columns
containing
patterns
PWM \P'W-M'\
\P’W-M’\n.n.Acronym
Acronym
pulse
width
modforfor
pulse
width
modpunched holes.
holes.The
Themethod
methodforforcreating
creating
pat- PWM
punched
thethe
patterns used
used for
fordifferent
differentbyte
byte
values
is called
See
pulse
duration
modulation.
terns
values
is called
Hol-Hol- ulation.
ulation. See
pulse
duration
modulation.
\dofP-Y'\ n.
geolerith
illustration.
See See
also.also
Hollerith
lerithcoding.
coding.See
Seethethe
illustration.
Hollerith.py \dot’P-Y’\
n. On
On the
the Internet,
Internet,the
themajor
major
geographic
thatthat
an an
address
is is
tabulating/recordingmachine.
machine.
graphicdomain
domainspecifying
specifying
address
tabulating/recording
!ocated in
in Paraguay.
Paraguay.
located
Python
pi'thon \ n.
A portable,
portable, interpreted,
Python \\pi’thon\
n. A
interpreted,
object-oriented
language
developed
object-orientedprogramming
prograrmning
language
developed
and freely
freelydistributed
distributedbybyitsitsdeveloper.
developer.
Python
and
Python
runs
on
many
platforms,
including
UNIX,
Winruns on many platforms, including UNIX, Windows,
dows, OS/2,
OS/2,and
andMacintosh,
Macintosh,and
andisisused
usedforforwritwritPunched card.
ing
/IP applications.
car~
ing TCP
TCP/IP
applications.
MTI0002590
each other,
other,and
andthe
themouse
mousenotes
noteswhich
which
·qa \dot’Q-A’\
\dofQ-A'\ n.
n. On
On the
the Internet,
phase with each
.qa
Intemet,the
themajor
majorgeogeo- phase
sensor
receives
contact
first.
The
phrase
quadragraphic
domain
specifying
that
an
address
is
sensor
receives
contact
first.
The
phrase
quadragraphic domain specifying that an address is
ture encoding
encoding comes
located in
in Qatar.
Qatar.
comes from
from the
the fact
fact that
that each
each sensenlocated
QAM
\Q'A-M',
kwam\
n.
See
quadrature
amplisor
sends
a
square-wave
signal
90
degrees
out
square-wave signal 90 degrees outof
of
QAM \Q’A-M’, kw~tm\ n. See quadrature ampliphase with
with the other.
other. If
If the
the first
first signal
signal occurs
occurs
phase
tude modulation,
modulation,queued
queuedaccess
accessmethod.
method.
before
is assumed
assumed to
to have
have
QJBE \Q’B-E’\
\Q'B-E'\ n.
n. See
See query
.
before the second, the mouse is
QBE
querybybyexample
example.
.qc.ca \dot-Q-Cdot-C-K\
n. n.
On
thethe been moved in one direction;
direction; if
ffthe
the second
secondsignal
signal
.qc.ca
\dot-Q-C’dot-C-A’\
OnthetheInternet,
Intemet,
major geographic
specifying
thatthat
an an
ad- ad- occurs
is assumed
assumed to
occurs before
first, the
mouse is
before the first,
the mouse
major
geographicdomain
domain
specifying
in the
the opposite
direction.See
See
have been moved
moved in
opposite direction.
dress isis located
locatedininthe
theprovince
provinceofofQuebec,
Quebec,Canada.
Canada. have
\dofQ-T\ n.
used
to identify
also mechanical
mechanicalmouse,
mouse, mouse,
mouse, optomechanical
optomechanical
.qt \dot’Q-T’\
n. AAfile
fileextension
extension
used
to identify also
format.
multimedia files
mouse.
multimedia
filesthat
thatuse
usethetheQuickTime
QuickTime
format. mouse.
qualityassm’ance
\kw~t’la-t~
a-shar’ans\
n. A
See
also
QuickTime.
quality
assurance \kwa'ld-te
d-shdr'dns\
n. A.
See also QuickTime.
quadlbit
\kwad'bit\
n.
A
set
of
4
bits
representing
system
of
procedures
carried
out
to
ensure
that.
a
quadbit \ kw~d’bit\ n. A set of 4 bits representing system of procedures carried out to ensure that.a
product
or
a
system
adheres
or
corfforms
to
estal~InIn
communicasystem adheres or conforms to estabone of 16
16 possible
possiblecombinations.
combinations.
communicalished standards.
tions, quadbits
transstandards.Also
Alsocalled
calledquality
qualitycontrol.
contro!. .
tions,
quadbitsare
areaameans
meansofofincreasing
increasing
trans- lished
mission rates
4 bits
at at
a a
time,
quantity \lcw~in’ta-t~\
\kwan'td-te\ n .n..A
.A number-positive
or or
number--positive
mission
ratesbybyencoding
encoding
4 bits
time,quantity
negative,
whole
or
fractional-that
is
used
to
indi.
instead of 11 or
2.
The
16
quadbits
are
0000,
0001,
negative,,
whole
or
fractional--that
is
used
to
indior 2. The 16 quadbits are 0000, 0001,
cate
a
value.
.
cate
a
value.
0010,
0011,
0100,
0101,
0110,
0111,
1000,
1001,
0010, 0011, 0100, 0101, 0110, 0111, 1000, 1001,
quantize \kw~n~’tgz\
vb.ToTodivide
divide
element
1010,
Compare
\kwan\lz\ vb.
an an
element
intointo
!010, lOll,
1011,1100,
!!00, 1101,
1101,1110,
1110,and
and1111.
1111.
Compare quantize
separate,
(quanta)
andand
to to
assign
a a
separate,distinct
distinctunits
units
(quanta)
assign
nibble.
nibble.
valuetoto each
eachresulting
resulting
unit,
especially
in the
quadrature
unit,
especially
in the
quadrature amplitude
amplitude modulation
modulation\kwa'drd\kw~t’dra- value
chdr
mod'yd-la'shdn\
digitize.
domainof
oftime.
time.Compare
Compare digitize.
charam'pld-tOOd
am’pla-t~d moj'd-Ia'shdn,
moj’a-l~’shan,
mod’ya-l~’sh~n\ domain
quantum
\kwan'tum\
n.
1.1.InIncommunications,
quantum
\kw~in’tum\
n.
communications,
n.
In
communications,
an
encoding
method
that
n. In corn_munications, an encoding method that
from
division
combines
andand
phase
moduof a of
Signal
by by
the unit
unit resulting
resulting
from
division
a signal
combinesamplitude
amplitudemodulation
modulation
phase
modu- the
quantization.2. 2.
portion
time
allotted
lation
of of
signal
points,
AA
portion
of of
time
allotted
on aon a
lationtoto create
createa aconstellation
constellation
signal
points, quantization.
system.
Compare
each
one
combination
of of time-sharing
time-sharing
system.
Comparetime
timeslice.
slice.3.3.An
An
each representing
representing
oneunique
unique
combination
amount
of
something;
as,
in
physics,
a
unit
of
radibits
that
can
be
identified
with
one
possible
state
amount
of
something;
as,
in
physics,
a
unit
of
radibits that c~n be identified with one possible state
ant
energy..
that
wave
can can
be in.
QAM
energy.
thatthe
thecarrier
carrier
wave
beAcronym:
in. Acronym:
QAM
quaetzcrystal
\kw6rts"
kri’stal\
precisely
(Q'A-M',
crystal \kworts'
kri'st;;>l\
n. n.
A A
precisely
(Q’A-M’,kwam).
kw~tm).See
Seealso
alsoamplitude
amplitudemodulation,
modulation, quartz
sized
piece
of the
mineral
constellation,
keying,
shapedand
andprecisely
precisely
Sized
piece
of the
mineral
constellation,phase-shift
phase-shift
keying,trellis-coded
trellis-coded.’shaped
quartz,
used
for
its
piezoelectric
properties.
When
modulation.
quartz,
used
for
its
piezoelectric
properties.
When
modulation.
quadrature
encoding
\
kwa'
drd-chdr
en-ko'
deng
\
a
voltage
is
applied
to
a
quartz
crystal,
it
vibrates
a
voltage
is
applied
to
a
quartz
crystal,
it
vibrates
quadrature
\kw~t’dr~-char en-k6"d~ng\
byby
its its
sizesize
andand
shape.
n.
used
to to
determine
frequencydetermined
determined
shape.
n. The
Themost
mostcommon
commonmethod
method
used
determine atat aa frequency
in
a mouse
is moving.
In mechaniused
to control
the the
Quartzcrystals
crystalsarearecommonly
commonly
used
to control
inwhich
whichdirection
direction
a mouse
is moving.
In mechani- Quartz
frequency
of
oscillator
circuits
such
as
the
clocks
frequency
of
oscillator
circuits
such
as
the
clocks
cal
mice,
movement
of
the
mouse
ball
is
translated
cal mice, movement of the mouse ball is translated
in
microcomputers.
See
also
piezoelectric.
in
microcomputers.
into
horizontal
or
vertical
movement
by
a
pair
of
See
also
piezoelectric.
into horizontal or vertical movement by a pair of
quasi-language\kwa'ze-Iang'w;;>j,
\kw~’zfi-lang’waj,
kw~’z~-\
kwa'zI-\
n. A n. A
turning
forfor
horizontal
movement
turningdisks,
disks,one
onedisk
disk
horizontal
movementquasi-language
derogatoryterm
termforforany
anyprogramming
programming
language
language
and
movement,
each
of which
andone
onedisk
diskfor
forvertical
vertical
movement,
each
of which derogatory
that,because
becauseofofdeficiencies,
deficiencies,
is not
suitable
for any
makes
is not
suitable
for any
makesand
and breaks
breaks contact
contact.with
.withtwo
twosensors
sensors that,
serious
work.
located
on
it.
The
two
sensors
are
placed
out
of
serious
work.
located on it. The two sensors are placed out of
MTI0002591
dr6\ n.
n.On
Onthe
theApple
AppleMacMacquery
n. n.
1. 1.
The
process
of ofQuickDraw \kwik’dr~i,
\kwik'dra, dro\
query \kwer'e,
\kw~r’~,kwar'e\
kwgtr’E\
The
process
extracting data
and
presenting
it it intosh,
group
of of
routines
within
the the
extracting
datafrom
froma adatabase
database
and
presenting
intosh,the
thebuilt-in
built-in
group
routines
within
of graphdisplay
for
setset
ofof
instructions
for for
extractfor use.
use. 2.
2. AA.specific
specific
instructions
extract- operating
operatingsystem
systemthat
thatcontrol
controlthethe
display
of graphics
ingparticular
callcall
QuickDraw
ing
.particulardata
datarepetitively.
repetitively.
ics and
and text.
text.Application
Applicationprograms
programs
QuickDraw
query by example \kw~r’~
\kwer'e bI
kwar'e\
also
Toolbox.
b~ig-zam'pl,
ig-zam’pl,
kw~r’~\ for
for on-screen
on-screendisplays.
displays.See
See
also
Toolbox.
kwik'dro\
n. n.
implemented
n. A simple-to-use
simple-to-usequery
querylangua:ge
language
implementedQuickDraw
QuickDraw3-D
3-D\kwik'dra
\kwik’dr~thre-D',
thr~-D’,
kwik’dr6\
several relational
sys-sys- A
QuickDraw
library
thatthat
on several
relationaldatabCl-se
databasemanagement
management
A version
versionofofthe
theMacintosh
Macintosh
QuickDraw
library
graphics
ca1cula-.
tems. Using
thethe
user
specifies
tems.
Usingquery
querybybyexample,
example,
user
specifies includes
includesroutines
routinesfor
fordoing
doing3-p
3:D
graphics
calculaalso
QuickDraw.
fields to
to be
be displayed,
intertable
linkages,
fields
displayed, intertable
linkages,
andand tions.
tions.See
See
also
QuickDraw.
sortsort
algoquicksort \kwik'sort\
\kwik’s6rt\n.n.An
Anefficient
efficient
algoretrieval
onto
forms
displayed
on onquicksort
retrievalcriteria
criteriadirectly
directly
onto
forms
displayed
Hoare
in in
1962,
in which
repthe screen.
screen. These
Theseforms
formsare
areaadirect
directpictorial
pictori.al
rep- rithm,
rithm, described
describedby
byc.A.R.
C.A.R.
Hoare
1962,
in which
"divide
andand
conquer."
A A
resentation
thetable
tableand
androw
rowstructures
structures
the essential
essentialstrategy
strategyis istoto
"divide
conquer."
resentation ofofthe
thatthat the
make up
up the
the database.
database.Thus,
Thus,the
theconstruction
construction
quicksortbegins
beginsbybyscanning
scanning
to be
sorted
make
of aof a quicksort
thethe
listlist
to be
sorted
for aa median
medianvalue.
value.This
Thisvalue,
value,
called
pivot,
called
thethe
quely
pivot,
is is
query becomes
becomesaa simple
simple "checkoff"
"checkoff"procedure
procedure for
position
in the
list. list.
Next,Next,
all all
from
of the
user.user.
Acronym:
QBEQBEthen
fromthe
theviewpoint
viewpoint
of the
Acronym:
then moved
movedtotoitsitsfinal
final
position
in the
(Q'B-W).
items
values
are are
lessless
thanthan
the the
itemsininthe
thelist
listwhose
whose
values
(Q’B-E’).
pivot
value
are
moved
to
one
side
of
the
list,
and
pivot
value
are
query Iangu,age
\kwer'e
lang'wdj,
kwar'e\
n.
A
moved
to
one
side
of
the
list,
and
language \kw~r’~ lang’waj, kwgtr’~\ n. A
greater
than
the the
pivot
value
subset
language;
specifisubset of
ofthe
thedata
datamanipulation
manipulation
language;
specifi- the
the.items
itemswith
withvalues
v~lues
greater
than
pivot
value
cally, tl1at
to to
thethe
retrieval
andand
dis- dis- are
resulting
sideside
is is
cally,
thatportion
portionrelating
relating
retrieval
are moved
movedtotothe
theother
otherside.
side.Each
Each
resulting
play of
of data
datafrom
fromaadatabase.
database.It Itis is
sometimes
used sorted
sortedthe
thesame
sameway,
way,until
until
a fully
sortedlist
results.
play
sometimes
used
a fully
sorted
list results.
looselytotorefer
refertotothe
theentire
entire
data
manipulation
also ..sort
sort algorithm.
Compm'e
bubblebubble
sort, sort,
loosely
data
manipulation
lan-lan- See
See also
algoritl~’-n.
Compare
insertion
sort,
merge
sort.
guage.
See
also
data
manipulation
language.
guage. See also data manipulati6n language.
insertion sort, merge sort.
question mark
mark'\
n. n.
In In
some
\ n.n.The
multimedia
extenquestion
mark\kwes'chdn
\kwes’chan
m~rk’\
someQuickTime
QuickTime \kwik'tIm
\ltwik’tgm\
The
multimedia
extenoperatingsystems
systemsand
andapplications,
applications,
a wildcard sions
sions to
to the
the Apple
Apple Macintosh
MacintoshSystem
System
7 software,
7 software,
operating
a wildcard
also available
availablefor
forWindows.
Windows.QuickTime
QuickTime
cancan
syn-syncharacter
other
single
characteroften
oftenused
usedtotorepres.ent
representany
any
other
single also
chronizeup
uptoto32
32tracks
tracksofofsounds,
sounds,
video
images,
wild. character. The
video
images,
character.
The question
questionmark
markis isone
oneofoftwo
two
wild- chronize
’'. card
Win- or
or MIDI
MIDIororother
othercontrol
controloutput.
output.
card characters
characters supported
supported by the MS-DOS,
MS-DOS, Windows NT,
NT, and
and OS/2
OS/2 operating
operating systems.
systems.See
Seealso
also QuickViewers
vyoo'drz\
n. n.
AA
setset
of of
filefile
dows
Quick Viewers\kwik'
\kwik"
W~’orz\
viewers
asterisk.
asterisk.
viewers supplied
suppliedwith
withWindows
Windows95.95.
quitl ~ \kwit\
\kwit{ n.
n. 1.
1.An
AnFTP
FTPcommand
command
instructs
queue \kyoo\
multi-element data
thatthat
instructs
queue
\ky~\ n.n.AAmulti-element
datastructure
structurequit
from
which(by
(bystrict
strictdefinition)
definition)
elements
the server
servertotodrop
dropthe
thecurrent
currentconnection
connection
with
from which
elements
can can
be be the
with
thethe
2. A2. A
thethe
command.
removed only
in in
which
theythey client
removed
onlyininthe
thesame
sameorder
order
which
clientfrom
fromwhich
whichit itreceived
received
command.
forfor
exiting
were
a first
in, first
out out command
tl1e procommandininmany
manyapplications
applications
exiting
the prowere inserted;
inserted;that
thatis,is,it itfollows
follows
a first
in, first
(FIFO) constraint.
types
of of gram.
.
(FIFO)
constraint.There
Thereare
arealso
alsoseveral
several
types
gram.
queries
inwhich
whichremoval
removalis is
based
factors
otherquit
quit22 \kwit\
\kwit\ vb. 1.
To stop
stopininan
anorderly
orderly
manner.
1. To
manner.
quelles in
based
onon
factors
other
than order
priorof of
a program
than
orderof
ofinsertion-for
insertion forexample,
example,some
some
prior- 2.
2. To
To execute
executethe
thenormal
normalshutdown
shutdowh
a program
operating
system.
Com-Comity value
element.
SeeSee
alsoalso
deque,
ity
valueassigned
assignedtotoeach
each
element.
deque, and
and return
returncontrol
controltotothethe
operating
system.
2,2 ,crash
2 2(definition
pare abort,
element(definition
(definition
Compare
stack.
element
1). 1).
Compare
stack.
pare
abort, bomb
bomb
crash
(definition1),
1),hang.
hang.
QWERTYkeyboard
keyboard\kwer'te
\kwer’tEl<::e'bord\
kE’b6rd\n.n.A Akeykey.
queued access
queued
accessmethod
method\kydbd
\kyc~dak'ses
ak’sesmetl1'dd\
meth’ad\ QWERTY
leftmost
characters
n. A
A programming
programming technique
that
minimizes
n.
technique
that
minimizes board
board layout
layoutnamed
namedfor
forthe
thesixsix
leftmost
characters
input/output
delaysbybysynchronizing
synchronizing
transfer in
in the
the top
top row
row of
of alphabetic
alphabeticcharacters
characters
most
input/output delays
the the
transfer
onon
most
of information
program
andand
thethe
cominformationbetween
betweentl1ethe
program
com- keyboards-the
keyboards--the standard
standardlayout
layoutofofmost
mosttypewrittypewritputer's input
and
output
devices.
Acronym:
QAM
computer keyboards.
puter’s
input
and
output
devices.
Acronym:
QAM ers
ers and
and computer
keyboards.Compa?'e
CompareDvorak
Dvorak
(Q'A-M', kwam).
(Q’A-Mf,
kw~m).
keyboard, ergonomic
ergonomickeyboard.
keyboard.
keyboard,
MTI0002592
until
the entire
entireproject
projectisiscompleted
completed
implemenR&D \R’~nd-D’\
\R'dnd-D'\ n.
n. Acronym
Acronym for
for research
research and
and
forfor
implemenuntil the
R&D
tation.
Developed
by
programmer
James
Martin,
development.
tation.
Developed
by
programmer
James
Martin,
development.
race
condition
\ras'
bn-dish'dn\
n.
1.
A
condiRAD
uses
such
tools
as
CASE
and
visual
programRAD
uses
such
tools
as
CASE
and
visual
programrace condition \r[s" k~n-dish’~n\ n. 1. A condition in
in which
which aafeedback
feedback circuit
circuit interacts
interacts with
with . ming.
Seealso
alsoCASE,
CASE,
visua!
programming.
ming. See
visual
programming.
tion
n. The
Theangle
anglebetween
between
radii
internal circuit
circuit processes
processes in
in aa way
way that
that produces
produces radian
radian \r~’dfi-~n\
\ra'de-dn\ n.
twotwo
radii
internal
chaotic
output
behavior.
2.
A
condition
in
which
a
circle
such
that
the
length
of
the
arc
between
of
a
circle
such
that
the
length
of
the
arc
between
chaotic output behavior. 2. A condition in which
them
is equaJ
equal totothe
theradius.
radius.The
Th~Circumference
circunfference
them is
of .of
data propagates
propagates rapidly
rapidly through
through aa logic
logic circuit
circuit far
data
a
circle
is
equal
to
2g
times
the
radius,
so
one
ahead
circle
is
equal
to
of
the
clock
Signal
intended
to
control
its
2n
times
the
radius,
so
one
ahead of the clock signal intended to control its
passage.
radian contains
contains 360/(2n)
360/(2rc)= =180/n
180/~= =approximately
approximately
passage.
rack-mounted \rak’moun’t~d\
\rak'moun'tdd\ adj.
adj. Built
Built for
57.2958 degrees.
multiplying
thethe
num57.2958
degrees.Conversely,
Conversely,
multiplying
numrack-mounted
for ininber
of
degrees
by
r~/180
gives
the
number
of
radistallation
in
a
metal
frame
or
cabinet
of
standard
degrees
by
n/180
gives
the
number
of
radistallation in a metal frame or cabinet of standard
equals2n
2g radians.
radians.See
Seethe.
the
width (typically
ans; 360
or or
2323inches)
andand ans;
360 degrees
degrees equals
width
(typically1919inches
inches
inches)
mounting
arrangements.
illustration.
illustration.
..
mouflting arrangements.
HAD \rad,
forfor
rapid
applicaradio \ra'de-6'\
waves
\r~’dfi-6" n.\ n.1.1. Electromagnetic
Electromagnetic
waves
RAD
\rad, R'A-D'\
R’A-D’\n.n.Acronym
Acronym
rapid
applica- radio
thanabout
about0.3
0.3mm
mm(frequencies
(frequencies
lower
than
longer than
lower
than
tion development.
of of
building
computer
tion
development.AAmethod
method
building
computer longer
THz).
Radio
is
used
to
transmit
a
wide
variabout
1
THz).
Radio
is
used
to
transmit
a
wide
varisystems
in
which
the
system
is
programmed
and
systems in which the system is programmed and
implemented ininsegments,
rather
than
waiting
frequency
ranges
and·and.
ety of
ofsignals,
signals,using
usingvarious
various
frequency
ranges
implemented
segments,
rather
than
waiting ety
I
i
Begin and end at 3 o’ clock-counterclockwise
3.14159
3.14159radians
radians
18 radians
Radians
degree))
.;- 180
Radians== (3.14159
(3.14159X x(angle
(angleofof
degree))
+ 180
11degree
degree==0.017453
0.017453radian
radian
Radian.
Radian.
MTI0002593
to to
a network
server
to to
types of
of modulation,
modulation,such
suchasasAM
AMand
andFM
FM
broad- authentication
authenticationinformation
information
a network
server
types
broadcasts, microwave
microwaverelays,
relays,and
andtelevision
television
broadcasts. which
whichaauser
userisisattempting
attempting
to link.
authencasts,
broadcasts.
to link.
See See
alsoalso
authentication,communications
communications
protocol,
server
(definiSee also
signals
protocol,
serVer
(definiSee
also hertz,
hertz,radio
radiofrequency.
frequency.2.2.Audio
Audio
signals tication,
transmitted
of of
quality
comparable
transmittedover
overthe
theInternet
Internet
quality
comparable tion
tion 2).
2).
Thebase
baseofofa anumber
number
system-\ ra' diks \ n.
n. The
systemto those
broadcastby
bycommercial
commercialradio
radiostations.
stations. radix \r~’diks\
to
those broadcast
for example,
example,22ininthe
thebinary
binarysystem,
system,
decSee also
1010
in in
thethe
decSee
alsoInternet
InteractTalk
TalkRadio,
Radio,MBONE,
MBONE,RealAudio.
RealAudio. for
radio button
but’an\n.n.InIn
graphical
imalsystem,
system,8 8ininthe
theoctal
octal
system,
in the
system,
button \r~’dfi-6
\ra'de-o but';;m\
graphical
useruser imal
andand
16 16
in the
system. See
alsobase
base(definition
(definition2).2).
See also
interfaces,a ameans
meansofofselecting
selecting
several hexadecimal system.
interfaces,
oneone
of of
several
radix-minus-l complement
\ ra' diks-mI-nusoptions,usually
usuallywithin
within
a dialog
box.
A radio
buttonradix-minus-1
complement \r~’diks-m~-nusoptions,
a dialog
box.
A radio
button
appears as
as aa small
smallcircle
circlethat,
that,
when
selected,
appears
when
selected,
hashas wan"
wdn' kom'pld-mdnt\
forfor
representkom’pla-m0nt\n.n.InIna asystem
system
representing numbers
numbersusing
usinga afixed
fixed
number
possible
aa smaller,
smaller, filled
inside
it. it.
Radio
buttqns
act act ing
number
of of
possible
filledcircle
circle
inside
Radio
butto.ns
number
of of
positions
for for
like
onon
a car
radio.
like the
the station
stationselector
selectorbuttons
buttons
a car
radio. digits
digits(radix)
(radix)and
anda afixed
fixed
number
positions
Selectingone
onebutton
buttoninina asetsetdeselects
deselects
previ- them,
them,the
thenumber
numberobtained
obtained
from
another
number
Selecting
thethe
previfrom
another
number
each
of of
thethe
digits
of of
thethe
other
ously
one
and
only
oneone
of the
ouslyselected
selectedbutton,
button,soso
one
and
only
of the by
by subtracting
subtracting
each
digits
other
possible
digit
(equal
to to
options
at at
any
given
time.
options in
inthe
theset
setcan
canbebeselected
selected
any
given
time. number
numberfrom
fromthe
thelal~gest
laigest
possible
digit
(equal
the
radix
minus
1).
For
example,
in
a
system
of
the
radix
minus
1).
For
example,
in
a
system
In contrast,
check
boxes
are
used
when
'more
.than
of
contrast, check boxes are used when more .than
five-digit
decimal
numbers,
the
radix-minus-1
one
at at
thethe
same
one option
optionininthe
theset
setcan
canbebeselected
selected
same five-digit decimal numbers, the radix-minus-1
time.
Seethethe
illustration.
Compare
check
complementof
of1,234
1,234isis98,765.
98,765.
Adding
numtime. See
illustration.
Compare
check
box. box. complement
Adding
anyany
numproduces
thethe
ber to
to its
its radix-minus-1
radix-minus-1complement
complement
produces
largest
possiblenumber
number
system
largest possible
in' in
thethe
system
(in (in
the the
example,99,999).
99,999).Adding
Adding
another
this
numexample,
another
1 toI to
this
number produces,
produces, in
in our
our example,
example,100,000-but
100,000--butsince
since
only
areare
used,
the the
result
is is
onlythe
thelower
lowerfive
fivedigits
digits
used,
result
zero.Thus,
Thus,the
thenegative
negative
number
in the
zero.
of of
anyany
number
in the
Radio
systemisis its
its radix-minus-1
radix-minus-1
complement
buttons
system
complement
plusplus
1, 1,
because
-a ++ a =
system,thethe
because -a
",; 0.
o. in
In the
the binary
binary system,
radix-minus-1complement
complement
one’s
compleradix-minus-1
is is
thethe
one's
compleRadiobutton.
button.
Radio
ment, which
whichisis easily
easilyformed
formedelectronically
electronically
ment,
by by
inverting
allbits.
bits.
inverting all
radixpoint
point\ra'diks
\r~’diks
point’\
The
period
radio dock
klok'\
n. n.
AA
device
thatthatradix
point'\
n. n.
The
period
or or
radio
clock\ra'de-o
\r~’dfi-6
klok’\
device
receives aa broadcast
time
portion
receives
broadcastcontaining
containinga astandard
standard
time other
other character
characterthat
thatseparates
separatesthetheinteger
integer
portion
signal.
Radioclocks
clocksareare
used
network
commu- of
of aa number
fromthe
thefractional
fractional
portion.
In the
signal. Radio
used
in in
network
communumber from
portion.
In the
nications
synchronize
host’s
hardware
clock decimal
decimalsystem,
system,
the
radix
point
decimal
the'
radix
point
is is
thethe
decimal
nications totosynchronize
thethe
host's
hardware
clock
Universal Time
formatin
to the Universal
TimeCoordinate
Coordinate
format accorin accor- point,
point, as
asininthe
thenumber
number1.33.
1.33..
s6rt’\ n.
n. See
Seedigital
digita!sort.
sort.
dance with
with the
the Network
NetworkTime
TimeProtocol
Protocol(NTP).
(NTP).
SeeSee radix sort \r~’diks
\ra'diks sorf\
radix
sorting
algorRtm-t
\
r~"
diks
s6r-t~ng
al’garUniversal
Time
Coordinate'.
sorting
algorithm
\ra'diks
sor-teng
al'gdralso NTP,
NTP, Universal Time Coordinate.
radio
\ra'de-o fre'kw;;m-se\
n. Abbrethat
sorts
by groupradio frequency
frequency \r~’dE-6
frfi’kwan-sfi\
n. Abbre- idh-dm
idh-am\\ n.
n. A
Asorting
sortingalgorithm
algorithm
that
sorts
by groupviated
viated RF.
RF.The
Theportion
portionofofthe
theelectromagnetic
electromagnetic ing
ing elements
elementsaccording
accordingtotosuccessive
successive
parts
of their
parts
of their
spectrum
withfrequencies
frequencies
between
3 kilohertz keys.
keys.AAsimple
Simpleexample
example
is sorting
a list
of numbers
spectrum with
between
3 kilohertz
is sorting
a list
of numbers
therange
range0-999.
0-999.First
Firstthethelistlist
is sorted
by the
and 300
to to
waveis sorted
by the
hun-huni~nd
300 gigahertz.
gigahertz.This
Thiscorresponds
corresponds
wave- in the
lengths between
between30
30kilometers
kilometers
and
millimeter. dreds
dreds digit
digitinto
intoa aset
setofof(up
(upto)to)1010
lists;
then
each
lengths
and
0.30.3
millimeter.
lists;
then
each
also radio
radio (definition
(definition1).1).
list,one
oneatataatime,
time,isissorted
sortedinto
into
a set
See also
list,
a set
of of
(up(up
to)to)
10 10
radio
frequencyinterference
interference \ra'de-o
\r~’d~-6fre'kwenfr~’kwen- lists
listsbased
basedononthe
thetens
tensdigit;
digit;
fin!lly,
radio frequency
andand
finally,
eacheach
of of
se in-tdr
. Jer';;ms\ n.n.See
those
thethe
ones
digit.
ThisThis
algorithm
s~
in-tar-f~r’ans\
SeeRFI.
RFI.
those lists
listsisissorted
sortedbyby
ones
digit.
algorithm
RADIUS
\r~’dfi-us’,R'A-D-rU-S'\
R’A-D-I’U-S’\
n. Acronym
RADIUS \ra'de-us',
n. Acronym
for for is
is usually
usuallymost
mostefficient
efficient
when
sorting
is done
w~en
the the
sorting
is done
Remote
Authentication
Dial-In
User
Service
protousing
binary
values,
which
simplifies
comparisons
Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service protousing binary values, which simplifies comparisons
(is aa given
givenbit
biton
onor
oroff?)
off?.)
and
reduces
n,umber
col.
in in
which
an an Cis
and
reduces
thethe
n,umber
col. A
A proposed
proposedInternet
Interactprotocol
protocol
which
authentication
provides
authorization
and and of lists
authenticationserver
server
provides
authorization
lists(each
(eachpass
passproduces
producesatatmost
mosttwo
twolists).
lists).
MTI0002594
that can
by the
the central
centralproproand written
written by
can be read and
cessing unit (CPU)
(CPU)ororother
otherhardware
hardwaredevices.
devices.The
The
storage
can be
be accessed
in any order.
storage locations
locations can
accessed in
order.
Note
types of ROM
memoryare
are
Note that the various
various types
ROM memoIY
capable of random
random access
capable
accessbut
but cannot
cannotbe
be written
written
The te~:m
term RAM,
to. The
RAM,however,
however,isisgenerally
generallyunderunderstood to refer
memory that
that can
can be
be writwritrefer to volatile memory
Ragged right
right
Raggedleft
left
Justified
Ragged
Ragged
Justified
ten to
ten
to as
as well
wellasasread.
read.Compare
Comparecore,
core,EPROM,
EPROM,
PROM, ROM
flash memory, PROM,
ROM(definition
(definition 2).
2).
,::,"~::'~:':: ~::.~:' 1
RAM cache
memRAM
cache \ram~
\ram"kash,
kash,R'A-M~\
R’A-M’\n.n.Cache
Cache
memory
that
to
store
and
retrieve
ory
that
is
used
by
the
system
store
and
retrieve
l
RAM. Frequently
data from the RAM.
Frequentlyaccessed
accessedsegments
segments
data
may
be
stored
in
the
cache
for
quicker
of
data
may
be
stored
in
the
cache
for
qUicker
1
1
access compared
compared with
with secondaty
secondary storage
storage devices
devices
access
such
such as
as disks.
disks.See
Seealso
alsocache,
cache,RAM.
RAM.
~=~-,..,Jj
RAM card
n. n.
AnAn
add-in
cir-cirRAM
card \ram~
\ram" kard,
Mtrd,R'A-M~\
R’A-M’\
add-in
Rag.
cuit board containing
containing RAM
RAMmemory
memoryand
andthe
theinterinterto decode
decode memory addresses.
addresses.
ragged left
to, to,
or or face logic necessary to
ragged
left \rag'e>d
\rag’adleft'\
left’\adj.
adj.Of,
Of,relating
relating
RAM
cartridge\ram~
\ram"kar'trij,
k~r’trij,
R’A-M’\
RAM cartridge
R'A-M~\
n. n.
SeeSee
being lines
text whose
whose left
left ends
ends are not vertilines of text
vertically aligned
cally
alignedbut
butform
forman
anirregular
irregularedge.
edge.Text
Textmay
may memory cartridge.
RAM chip
\ram~ chip,
chip, R’A-M’\
R'A-M~\ n.
chip \ram"
n. AAsemicond~lc~
semicond~3ebe right-justified
right-justified and
andhave
haveaaragged
raggedleft
leftmargin.
margin. RAM
tot
storage
device.
RAM
chips
can
either
Ragged-left text
Ragged-left
textisisused
usedinfrequently-typically,
infrequently--typically,for
for tor storage device. RAM chips can bebdeither
dynamic or
or static
staticmemory.
memory.See
Seealso
alsodynamic
dynamic
RAM,
dynamic
RAM,
advertisements. See also rag,
rag, rightrightvisual effect in advertisements.
RAM,
RAM, static
static RAM.
RAM.
justify.
RAM compression
\ram~ bm-presh';m,
compression \ram"
kam-presh’an,R-A-M~\
R-A-M’\
or or RAM
¯ ragged
raggedright
right \rag'e>d
\rag’adrit~\
rit’\adj.
adj.Of,
Of,relating
relatingto,to,
n.,
Short
for
random
access
memory
compresbeing lines
lines of
text
whose
right
ends
are
not
vertin.. Short for random access memory compresof text whose right ends are not vertitechnologywas
wasananattempt
attemptbybya number
a number
cally aligned
aligned but
butform
forman
anirregular
irregularedge.
edge.Letters
Lettersand
and sion. This technology
software vendors
vendorstoto solve
solvethe
the problem
problemof
ofrunrunof software
other
other word-processed
word-processed documents
documents are
are commonly
commonly
ning out
out of global
memoryunder
underWindows
Windows3.x.
3.x.
ning
global memory
left-justified, with
left-justified,
withragged-right
ragged-rightmargins.
margins.See
Seealso
also
Compression
of
the
usual
contents
of
RAM
may
Compression
of
the
usual
contents
of
RAM
may
left-justify,
rag.
left-justify,
system’sneed
need toto read
read or
or write
writetotovirtual
virtual
forfor
redundant
RAID \\r~d,
dId, R'A-I-D~\
RAID
R’A-I-D’\n.n.Acronym
Acronym
redundant lessen the system's
(hard disk-based)
disk-based)memory
memoryand
andthus
thusspeed
speedupupthethe
(hard
array
independent disks
disks (formerly
(formerly called
called
array of independent
system, as
as virtual
virtualmemory
memoryisismuch
muchslower
slowerthan
than
redundant array
redundant
array of
of inexpensive
inexpensivedisks).
disks).AAdata
data system,
RAM.Because
Becauseof
ofthe
the falling
fallingprices
prices of
of RAM
RAM
storage method in which
wl-tichdata,
data,along
alongwith
withinformainforma- physical RAM.
introduction of
of Windows
Windows9595and
andWindows
Windows
and the introduction
tion used for
for error correction,
correction, such
such as
as parity bits
bits or
or
NT,
which
handleRAM
more
effectively,
RAM
comNT,
which
handle
'RAM
more
effectively,
RAM
comHamming codes,
Hamming
codes, isisdistributed
distributedamong
amongtwo
twoorormore
more
PCs. See
hard
Pression isis generally
generally used
used only
only on older PCs.
See
hard disk
disk drives
drivesininorder
ordertotoimprove
improveperformance
performance pression
and
byby also
alsocompression,
compression,RAM,
RAM,Windows,
Windows,Windows
Windows95.
95.
and reliability.
reliability.The
Thehard
harddisk
diskarray
arrayis isgoverned
governed
RAlVlDAC \ram~dak,
\ram’dak, R-A-M'D-A-C\
R-A-M’D-A-C’\
Acronym
n. n.
Acronym
array
array management
managementsoftware
softwareand
andaadisk
diskcontroller,
controller, RAMDAC
which handles the error correction. RAID
RAID isisgenergener- for
for random
random access
access memory digital-to-analog
digital-to-analogconconverter.
A
chip
built
into
some
VGA
and
SVGA
ally
ally used
used on
on network
networkservers.
servers.Several
Severaldefined
definedlevlev- verter. A chip built into some VGA and SVGA
video adapters
adapters that
that translates
translatesthe
thedigital
digitalrepresenrepresenels
els of RAID
RAIDoffer
offerdiffering
differingtrade-offs
trade-offsamong
amongaccess
access video
tation of
of a pixel
pixel into
into the
the analog
analog information
information
speed,
speed, reliability,
reliability,and
andcost.
cost.See
Seealso
alsodisk
diskcontroller,
controller, tation
needed by the
error-correction
error-correctioncoding,
coding,Hamming
Hammingcode,
code, hard
hard
the monitor
monitor to
to display
displayit.it.The
Thepresence
presence
of
a
RAMDAC
chip
generally
enhances
overall
disk,
parity
bit,
server
(definition
1).
of
RAMDAC
chip
generally
enhances
overall
disk, parity bit, server (definition 1).
array
\rad~
e>-ra',
R'A-I-D~\
n.
See
RAID.
RAID
VGA.
RAID array \r~d" o-r~’, R’A-I-D’\ n. See RAID. video
video performance.
performance.See
Seealso
alsoSVGA,
SVGA,
VGA.
n. n.
Short
for for
ran-ranRAMdisk
disk\ram~
\ram"disk,
disk,R'A-M~\
R’A-M’\
Short
RAM
ram, R'A-M~\
forfor
random
RA~ \\ram,
R’A-M’\n.n.Acronym
Acronym
randomRAM
dom access
accessmemory
memorydisk.
disk.AAsimulated
simulateddisk
diskdrive
drive
access
memory. Semiconductor-based
Semiconductor-based memory
access memory.
memory dom
rag \rag\
\rag\n.n.Irregularity
Irregularity along
along the left
left or
rag
or right
rightedge
edge
of
a
set
of
lines
of
text
on
a
printed
page.
Rag
comof
lines text on a printed
Rag complements justification,
justification, in
plements
in which
Whichone
one or
or both
both edges
the text
text form
form aa straight
straight vertical
vertical line.
of the
line. See
See the
the
illustration. See
illustration.
Seealso
also justify,
justify, ragged
ragged left,
left, ragged
right.
I
MTI0002595
whose
stored in
in RAM
RAMmemory.
memory.AA process
process used
used in
in computers
computers would
would be
be more
more proppropwhose data is actually
actually stored
special
program allows
allows the
the operating
.systemtoto erly
erly called
called "pseudorandom
"pseudorandomnumber
numbergeneration."
generation."
special program
operating .system
range \r~nj\
1. 1.AAblock
\ranj\n. n.
blockofofceils
cellsselected
selected for
for simisimiread from
from and write
write to
to the
the simulated
simulateddevice
deviceasasififitit range
were
disk drive.
drive. RAM
RAM disks
were a disk
disksare
are extremely
extremelyfast,
fast, lar
lar treatment
treatment in
in aa spreadsheet.
spreadsheet. AArange
rangeof
ofcells
cellscan
can
require that
that system
systemmemory
memorybebegiven
givenupup extend
extend across
acrossaarow,
row,down
downaacolumn,
column,ororover
overa a
but they require
combinationof
ofthe
thetwo,
two,but
butall
allcells
ceilsininthe
therange
range
for
Also, RAM
for their use. Also,
RAMdisks
disksusually
usuallyuse
usevolatile
volatile combination
must be
be contiguous,
contiguous, sharing
sharingatatleast
leastone
onecommon
common
memory,
memory, so
so the
the data
data stored
stored on
on them
them disappears
disappears must
allow the
the user
user to affect many
many cells
cells.
when power
power is turned off.
Many portables
portablesoffer
offer border. Ranges allow
when
off. Many
RAMdisks
disksthat
thatuse
use battery-backed
battery-backed CMOS
CMOSRAM
RAM
example, toto format
format
with a single
single command--for
command-for example,
RAM
to to with
them similarly,
enter the
the same
same data
data into
intoall
allofofthem,
them,
similarly, enter
avoid
SeeSee
alsoalso
CMOS
RAM. RAM.
Compare
avoidthis
thisproblem.
problem.
CMOS
Compare
give
them aa name
name inincommon
commonand
andtreat
treatthem
themasasa a
give them
disk cache.
cache.
disk
or select
select and
and incorporate
incorporate them
them into
into aa formula.
formula.
RAM refresh
n. n.See
RAM
refresh\ram'
\ram"re-fresh',
rE-fresh’,R'A-M'\
R’A-M’\
See unit, or
2.
In more
more general
general usage,
2. In
usage,the
the spread
spreadbetween
between
refresh (definition 2).
2).
RAM
R-A-M’\adj.
adj.SeeSee specified
specifiedlow
lowand
andhigh
highvalues.
values.Range
Rangechecking
checkingis is
RAMresident
resident\ram"
\ram'rez’a-dant,
rez';;l-d;::mt, R-A-M'\
an important
method of
of validating
validatingdata
dataentered
entered
an
important method
memory-resident.
memory-resident.
RAM-resident program
application.
RAM-resident
program\ram'rez-;;l-dent
\ ram" fez-a-dentpro
pr6"into an application.
gram, R'A-M'\
R’A-M’\ n.
n. See
terminate-and-stay-resident range check
check \r~nj"
chek\ n.
n. In
In programming,
gram,
See terminate-and-stay-resident
\rani' chek\
programming, a a
limit
check
of
both
the
upper
and
lower limits
limitsofof
limit
check
of
both
the
upper
and
lower
program.
program.
random
n. The
Theability
ability a value,
random access
access\ran’dam
\ran'd;;lm ak’ses\
ak'ses\ n.
value, thus
thus determining
determiningwhether
whetherthe
thevalue
valuelies
lies
within an acceptable
computer to
to find
find and
and go
go directly
directlytotoaaparticuparticu- within
acceptable range.
range. See
Seealso
alsolimit
limitcheck.
check.
of aa computer
RARP \R'A-R-P'\
\R’A-R-P’\ n.n. Acronym
Acronymfor
forReverse
ReverseAddress
Address
lar
storage location
location without,
lar storage
without,haVing
havingtoto search
search RARP
TCP/IP protocol
protocol for detersequentially
sequentiallyfrom
fromthe
the beginning
beginninglocation.
location.The
The Resolution Protocol. A TCP/IP
mining the
human equivalent
equivalent of
ofrandom
randomaccess
accesswould
wouldbebethe
the mining
the IP
IP address
address (or
(or logical
!ogicaladdress)
address)ofofaa
node on a local
local area
area network
network connected
abilitytoto find
find aa desired
desired address
addressinin an
an address
address node
connectedtotothe
the
ability
Intemet, when
when only
only the
the hardware
hardwareaddress
address(or
(or
Internet,
book
without having
having to
proceed sequentially
sequentially
book without
to proceed
physical
address)
is
known.
While
RARP
refers
through
all
the
addresses.
A
computer's
semiconphysical
address)
is
known.
While
RARP
refers
¯ . ’throtigh all the addresses. A computer’s semiconductor
memory (both
RAM and
ductor memory
(both RAM
and ROM)
ROM)provides
provides only to finding
finding the
the IP
IP address
address and
and ARP
ARPtechnically
technically
refers
to
the
opposite
procedure,
ARP
is comcomrandom
Certain types
types of
of files
files stored
stored on
on
refers to the opposite procedure, ARP is
random access.
access. Certain
monly used for
for both senses.
senses. See also ARP.
ARP.
disk
some operating
operating systems
disk under
under some
systems also
also allow
allow monly
server,
Remote
random access.
random
access. Such
Suchfiles
filesare
arebest
bestused
usedfor
fordata
data HAS
RAS \R'A-S'\
\R’A-S’\n.n.See
Seeremote
remoteaccess
access
server,
Remote
which each
each record
record has
has no
no intrinsic
intrinsicrelationship
relationship Access
Access Service.
in which
raster \~a’star\
patternofoflines;
lines;
comes physically
physicallybefore
beforeororafter
afterit,it,asasinina a raster
\ra'st;;lr\ n.
n. A
A rectangular
rectangular pattern
to what comes
client
list
or
an
inventory.
Also
called
direct
on
a
video
display,
the
horizontal
scan
lines
from
client list or an inventory. Also called direct
display, the horizontal scan lines from
term raster
raster scan is
is derived.
derived.
access.
indexed
access.See
Seealso
alsoRAM,
RAM,ROM.
ROM.Compare
Compare
indexedwhich the term
raster display \ra’star
\ra'st;;lr dis-pl~’\
dis-pla'\ n.
sequential access method, sequential access.
access.
n. AAvideo
videomonimonirandom access memory \ran’dam
ak-sesmem'mem’- tor (typically
(typicallyaaCRT)
CRT)that
thatdisplays
displaysananimage
imageononthethe
\ ran' d;;lm ak-ses
horizontal scan
scan lines
lines from
from top
top
screen as a series of horizontal
;;lr-e\ n. See
See RAM.
RAM.
or-G\
bottom. Each
Each scan line
line consists
consists of pixels
random noise
in in to
pixels thatrandom
noise\ran'd;;lm
\ran’damnoiz'\
noiz’\n. n.A Asignal
signal
to bottom.
thatilluminated and
which there
there isis no
no relationship
relationshipbetween
betweenamplitude
amplitude can be illuminated
and colored
coloredindiVidually.
individually.TeleTelevision screens
screens and
and most
most computer
computer monitors
monitors are
are
and
time and
and thole
and in
in which
which many
many frequencies
frequenciesoccur
occur vision
raster
pixel.
Compare
vec-vecrandomly, without
randomly,
without pattern
pattern or
or predictability.
predictability.
rasterdisplays.
displays.SeeSeealso
alsoCRT,
CRT,
pixel.
Compare
random number generation \\ran'd;;lm
ran" damnum'b;;lr
num’bar tor display.
jen-ar-~’shan\
n. Production
Productionofofan
anunpredictable
unpredictable raster
raster graphics
graphics \ra’star
graf’iks\n.n.AAmethod
methodofof
jen-;;lr-a'sh;;ln\ n.
\ra'st;;lr grafiks\
generating graphics
graphicsthat
thattreats
treatsananimage
imageasasa acolcolsequence
sequence of
of numbers
numbersininwhich
whichnononumber
numberisisany
any generating
more likely
lection
small, independently
independently controlled
controlled dots
dots
likely to
to occur
occur atat aa given
giventime
timeororplace
placeininthe
the
lection of small,
sequence than
than any
any other.
other. Truly
Trulyrandom
randomnumber
number .(pixels)
arrangedininrows
rowsand
and
columns.
Compare
(pixels) arranged
sequence
columns.
Compare
generation
is
generally
viewed
as
impossible.
The
vector
graphics.
generation is generally viewed as impossible. The
graphics.
MTI0002596
theviewer
viewer
and
light
rasterimage
image\ra’star
\ra'stdr im’aj\
im'dj\ n.
n. A
A display
display image
and the
the positions
pOSitions ofofth'e
and
thethe
light
raster
image and
formed by
by patterns
patterns of
of light
light and
and dark
dark or
or differently
differently
source.
source.
formed
colored
pixels
in
a
rectangular
array.
See
also
raster
RCA
connector
\R'C-A' kd-nek'tdr\
RCA
connector \R’C-A"
ka-nek’t~r\n.n.AAconnecconneccolored pixels in a rectangular array. See also raster
tor
used
for
attaching
audio
and
video
devices,
graphics.
tor
used
for
attaching
audio
and
video
devices,
graphics.
raster
image
processor
\ra'stdr
im-dj
pros'es-dr\
such
as
stereo
equipment
or
a
composite
such stereo equipment or a compositevideo
video
raster image processor \ra’star im-aj pros’es-ar\
device, consisting
to a computer’s
videoadapter.
adapter.See
See
monitor, to
computer's video
thethe
n.n. AA device,
consistingof
ofhardware
hardwareand
andsoftware,
software, monitor,
composite
video
display.
that converts
converts vector
illustration. See See
alsoalso
composite
video
display.
that.
vector graphks
graphics or
or text
text into
into aa raster
raster illustration.
(bitmapped) .image. Raster
Raster image
image processors
processors are
Comparephono
phonoconnector.
connector.
Compare
(bitmapped)¯image.
are
used
in
page
printers,
phototypesetters,
and
elecused in page printers, phototypesetters, and electrostatic plotters.
trostatic
plotters. They
Theycompute
compute the
thebrightness
brightnessand
and
color value
value of
color
of each
each pixel
pixel on
on the
the page
page so
so that
that the
the
resulting
pattern
of
pixels
re-creates
the
vector
resulting pattern of pixels re-creates the vector
Acronym:
¯.graphics
graphicsand
andtext
textoriginally
originallydescribed.
described.
Acronym:
RIP
(rip,
R'I-P').
RIP (rip, R’I-P’).
connector. A female version (left) and a male
rasterization \ra’star-a-z~’shan\
\ra'stdr-d-za'shdn\ n.n.The
rasterization
The converconver- RCA
RCA connector. Afemale version (left) and a male
¯. sion
sion of
ofvector
vector graphics
graphics (images
(images described
described in
in terms
terms
version
(~gbO.
version (right).
of
mathematical
elements,
such
as
points
of mathematical elements, such as pointsand
and
\R’D-B-M-S’\
Acronym for relational datalines) to
to equivalent
equivalent images
RDlBMS
\R'D-B-M-S'\n.n.Acronymforrelationaldatalines)
images composed
composed of
of pixel
pixelpatpat- RDBMS
terns
that
can
base
management
system.
be
stored
and
manipulated
as
sets
of
Seerelational
relationaldatabase.
database.
base
management
system:
See
terns that can be stored and manipulated as sets of
RnO\R’D-O’\
bits. See
pixel.
\R'D-O'\ n.
n. See
See Remote
Objects.
RDO
RemoteData
Data
Objects.
bits.
See also
also pixel.
transferringdata
datafr?m
from
raster-scan display
display\ra’star-skan
\ra'stdr-skan dis-pHi'\
read11 \r~d\
\red\n.n.The
Theaction
action of
of transferring
raster-scan
dis-pl~’\n.n.See
See read
an .input
memory’oror
display.
jnput source
source into
into a computer’s
computer's memory
raster display.
raw
data\r6"
\r6'd~’ta,
da'td, dat'd\
typfrom memory
memory into
central processing
processing unit
unit
into the central
raw data
dat’a\ n.
n. 1.
1.Unprocessed,
Unprocessed,
typ- from
1.
1.
(CPU).
Compare
write
ically
unformatted,
data,
such
as
a
stream
(CPU).
Compare
write
of
bits
ically unformatted, data, such as a stream of bits
an external'
external
that has
filtered for
read22 \r~d\
\red\ vb.
vb.To
Totransfer
transfer data
data from
from an
that
has not
not been
been filtered
for commands
commands or
or special
special read
source, such
such as
as from
.fromaadisk
diskororthe
thekeyboard,
keyboard,into
into
characters. See
also
rawraw
mode.
Compare
cookedcooked
source,
characters.
See
also
mode.
Compare
memory
mode.
2.
Information
that
has
been
collected
but
or
from
memory
into
the
central
processmemory
from
memory
into
the
central
processmode. 2. Information that has been collected but
ing unit
unit (CPU).
(CPU).Compare
Compare write
ing
write2.2 .
not evaluated.
evaluated.
not
reader \r~’dar\
cardreader.
reader.
raw
mode\ r6"
\r6'm6d\
mod\n.n.AA way
way in
\re'ddr\ n.
n. See
See card
raw mode
in which
whichthe
theUNIX
UNIX reader
and
MS-DOS operating
\red' Rr’ar\
ar'dr\ n.
error \r~d"
n. An
An error
error encountered
encountered
and MS-DOS
operatingsystems
systems"see"
"see"a acharactercharacter- read errOl"
based
while aa computer
in the
the process
process of
of obtaining
obtaining
computer isis in
based device.
device. IfIf the
the identifier
identifierfor
forthe
thedevice
deviceindiindi-. while
infon-nation
from
storage
or
from
another
source
cates
raw
mode,
the
operating
system
does
information
from
storage
not
or
from
another
source
cates raw mode, the operating system does not
filter
input
characters
or
give
special
treatment
to
of
input.
Compare
write
error.
of
input.
Compare
write
error.
filter input characters or give special treatment to
READM_E\red'me\
\rfid’mfi\n.n.AAfilefile
containing
information
carriage
containing
information
carriage returns,
returns, end-of-file
end-of-filemarkers,
markers,and
andlinefeed
linefeed README
and
Compare
cooked
mode.
that the
the user
user either
either needs
needs or will
will find
find informative
informative
that
andtab
tabcharacters.
characters.
Compare
cooked
mode.
and.
that
might
not
have
been
included
docand.
that
might
ray
tracing
\ra'
tra'seng\
n.
A
sophisticated
and
not
have
been
included
inin
thethe
docray tracing \r~" tr~’s~ng\ n. A sophisticated and
umentation.
complex
method
of
producing
high-quality
comREADME
files
are
placed
on
disk
inin
umentation.
README
files
are
placed
on
disk
complex method of producing high-quality complain-text
form
(without
extraneous
or
programputer
graphics.
Ray
tracing
calculates
the
color
plain-text
form
(without
extraneous
and
or
programputer graphics. Ray tracing calculates the color and
specificcharacters)
characters)sosothat
thatthey
theycan
canbeberead
readeasily
easily
intensity
intensityofofeach
eachpixel
pixelininananimage
imagebybytraCing
tracingsinsin- specific
gle
how
byaavariety
varietyofofword
wordprocessing
processingprograms.
programs.
gle rays
raysofoflight
lightbackward
backwardand
anddetermining
determining
how by
they
\red' n6-ta-fa-k~’shan\
no-td-fd-ka'shdn\ n.n.
AnAn
e- eread notification
notification \r~d"
theywere
wereaffected
affectedonontheir
theirway
wayfrom
froma adefined
defined read
source
mail
feature
providing
feedback
to
the
of
light
illuminating
the
objects
in
the
sender
that
mail
feature
providing
feedback
to
the
sender
that
source of light illuminating the objects in the
a
message
has
been
read
by
the
recipient.
See
the
a
message
has
been
read
by
the
recipient.
See
the
image.
Ray
tracing
is
demanding
in
terms
of
proimage. Ray tracing is demanding in ten-ns of processing
illustrationon
onthe
thenext
nextpage.
page.
cessingcapability
capabilitybecause
becausethe
thecomputer
computermust
must illustration
account
adj. adj.
Capable
of being
read-only \red'on'le\
\rfid’6n’lfi\
Capable
of being
accountfor
for reflection,
reflection,refraction,
refraction,and
andabsorption
absorption read-only
retrieved(read)
(read)but
butnot
notchanged
changed(written).
(written).AAreadreadof
of individual
individualrays,
rays,asaswell
wellasasfor
forthe
thebrightness,
brightness, retrieved
only
file
or
document
can
be
displayed
or
printed
only
file
transparency
level,
and
reflectivity
of
each
object
or
document
can
be
displayed
or
printed
transparency level, and reflectivity of each object
MTI0002597
reaRocate \r~-al"a-kgt’\
n. AA function
functionininC Cthat
that
reallocate
\re-al'd-kiif\ n.
allows the
the programmer
programmer toto request
request aa larger
largerportion
portion
allows
of heap
memory than
heap memory
than was
was previously
previouslyassigned
assignedtoto
pointer.
dynamic
memory
aa particular
particular pointer.
SeeSee
alsoalso
dynamic
memory
allocation,
(definition 1).
allocation, heap
heap (definition
1).
real
mode\rill"
\rel' m6d’\
mod'\ n.
n. An
An operating
operating mode
tea!mode
modeinin
the
Intel
In
the
Intel 80x86
80x86 family
family of
of microprocessors.
microprocessors. In
Scott Adams
real mode,
mode, the
the processor
processor can
can execute
execute only
only one
one
real
Dogbert's New Ruling Class
31719711:05 AM
program
programatat aa time.
time.ItIt can
can access
accessho
nomore
morethan
than
about
MB of
about 1 MB
of memory,
.memory,but
butitit can
can freely
freelyaccess
access
¯system
systemmemory
memoryand
andinput/output
input/output devices.
devices.Real
Rea!
mode
is
the
only
mode
possible
in
the
8086
promode is
8086 proReadnoti~cation~
notification.
Read
cessor
the only
only operating
operating mode
cessor and
and isis the
mode supsupported by MS-DOS.
contrast,the
the protected
protected
MS-DOS. InIn contrast,
but not altered
altered in
but
in any
any way;
way; read-only
read-onlymemOlY
memoW ported
mode offered
in the 80286
and higher
higher micropromicroprooffered in
80286 and
(ROM)
(ROM)holds
holdsprograms
programsthat
thatcannot
cannotbebechanged;
changed;a a mode
read-only
storagemedium,
medium,
such
CD-ROM,can
can cessors
cessors provides
provides the
the memory
memory management
managementand
and
read-only storage
such
as as
CD-ROM,
memory protection
protection needed
needed for
for multitasking
multitasking
played back
be played
back but
but cannot
cannotbe
beused
usedfor
forrecording
recording memory
environments such
such as
as Windows.
also8086,
8086,
environments
Windows. See
See also
information. C01npa1'e
read/write.
int:ormation.
Compare read/write.
virread-o:Olyattribute
\red'on-Ie a'tri-byoot\
read-o~yattribute \r~d’6n-l~
a’tri-by~t\n.n.InIn privileged
privilegedmode.
mode.Compa1'e
Compare protected
protected mode, vi>
tual real
real mode.
mode.
Windows and
Windows
and OS/2,
OS/2, aa file
file attribute,
~ittribute,stored
storedwith
witha a tual
directow,indicating
indicatingwhether
whetherorornot
nota afile
file real-mode
mapper\reI'mod
\r~l’m6d
map’ar\
real-mode mappe1"
map'dr\
n. n.AnAn
. file’s
file's directOlY,
enhancement
for
Windows
3.x
systems
that
allows
may be
changed or
may
be changed
or erased.
erased.When
Whenthe
theread-only
read-only enhancement for Windows 3.x systems that allows
32-bit
attribute is off,
off, the
the file
file can
can be
be modified
modified or
or deleted;
deleted;
32-bit file
file system
systemaccess.
access.The
The real-mode
real-modemapper
mapper
access interface
provides a 32-bit disk access
interface to
to the
the DOS
DOS
when it is
is on,
wheh
on, the
the file
file can
can only
onlybe
be displayed.
displayed.
Acronym,:
read-onlymemory
mem’ar-~\n.n.See
See device
devicedriver
driverchain.
chain.
Acronym:RMM
RM_M(R'M-M')
(R’M-M’).
read-only
memory \r~d’6n-l~
\red'on-Ie mem'dr-e\
number \r~l"
num’bar\n.n.1.1.AAnumber
number
that
real number
\reI' num'bdr\
that
.~OM~
ROM.
~ead-only
terminal\rfid’6n-lfi
\red'on-Ie tdr'md-ndl\
read-only terminal
tar’ma-nal\n. n.SeeSee can be
be represented
represented in
inaanumber
numbersystem
systemwith
witha given
a given
base, such as the decimal system,
system, by
by aa finite
finiteororinfiinfiRO terminal.
nite sequence of digits
digits and
andaaradix
radixpoint.
point.For
Forexamexamread/wll."ite
\red-dt'\ adj.
R/W.R/W.
Able Able
read/write \rfid-rTt’\
adj.Abbreviated
Abbreviated
is aa real
real number,
number, as
as isis 0.33333
0.33333........See
Seealso
also
ple, 1.1
1.1 is
to be both
both read
to
read from
fromand
andwritten
writtento.to.Compare
Compare ple,
irrational
number.
Compam
complex
number,
read-only.
irrational number. Compare complex number,
read/write channel
\rfid-rgt"chan'dl\
chan’al\n.n. See
imaginary number.
imaginary
number.2.2.AAdata
datatype,
type,inina aprogramprogramread/wll."ite
ch.annel \red-riY
ming language such as Pascal,
Pascal, that
that isisused
usedfor
forstorstorinput/output channel.
channel.
ing,
of precision,
precision, values
values that
that include
include
ing, to some limit
limit of
read/write
h.ead
\red-rIt' hed'\
read/write head
\rfid-r7t"
hed’\ n.
n. See
Seehead.
head.
read/write memory
mem’ar-fi\n.n.MemMem- both integer
integer and
and fractional
fractionalparts.
parts.See
Seealso
alsodoubledoubleread/write
memory\ rfid-rTt"
\red-rIt'mem'dr-e\
precision,
single-precision.
Comparefloating-point
ory that
both read
read from
ory
that can
can be
be both
from and
and written
writtentoto precision, single-precision. Compare floating-point
integer.
.
(modified).
(modified). Semiconductor
Semiconductor RAM
RAMand
andcore
corememory
memory number, integer.
Now\r~’al
\re'dls~n"
sOOn'nou,
nou,r~l’\
ren adv.
adv. Soon,
Soon,
are typical
read/write memory
memorysystems
systems..
Compare Real
Real Soon
Soon Now
typical read/write
.. Compare
but not really
expected to
to be as soon as claimed.
really expected
claimed.
ROM (definition
ROM
(definition 2).
for example,
example, that
that aa commercial
commercial
One might
might say,.
say,' for
real address \rill"
\reI' a'dres,
a’dres,d-dres'\
a-dres’\n.n.An
Anabsolute
absolute One
(machine) address
address specifying
specifyingaa physical
physicallocation
location program will
will have
have some
some desired
desired feature
featureReal
RealSoon
Soon
(machine)
physicaladdress.
address.Compare
Compare Now
if several
severalversions
versionsago
agothe
thevendor
vendorknew
knewofof
Now if
in memory.
memory. See
See also
also physical
the
and has
has done
done nothing.
nothing.
the need
need for
for the
the feature
feature and
relative address,
relative
address, virtual
virtualaddress.
address.
Acronym: RSN
(R’S-N’).
RSN (R'S-N').
Rea!A.udio
n. n.
Web
RealAudio \rel'a'de-o,
\r~l’~i’d~-6,rel'6'de-o\
r~l’6"d~-6\
Websoftsoft- Acronym:
\reI' st6r’aj\
stor'dj\ n. The
The amount
amount of
ware
prerecordedororlive
liveaudio
audiototoaa real storage \rill"
of RAM
RAM
ware that streams
streams prerecorded
client, such
such as
as aa Web
Web browser,
browser,by
by decompressing
decompressing memory
in a system,
system, as
as distinguished
distinguishedfrom
fromvirtual
virtual
client,
memory in
memory,physical
physical
Also called
called physical
physical memory,
it
it on
on the
the fly
fly so
so that
that itit can
canbe
be played
playedback
backtotothe
the memory. Also
storage.
See also
alsovirtual
virtualmemory.
memory.
storage. See
Web browser user in real time.
time.
MTI0002598
real-time
\rill’tim\
oi relating
to a time
real-tilne \ rel'tIm
\ adj.adj.
Of Of
oi' relating
to a time
frame imposed
frame
imposedby
by external
externalconstraints.
constraints.Real-time
Real-time
operations are
machine's
activioperations
arethose
thoseininwhich
whichthethe
machine’s
activities match
ofof
time
or those
ties
matchthe
thehuman
humanperception
perception
time
or those
in which
which computer
same
in
computeroperations
operationsproceed
proceedatatthethe
same
rate
as
a
physical
or
external
process.
Real-time
rate as a physical or external process. Real-time
guidance
operations are
operations
are characteristic
characteristicofofaircraft
aircraft
guidance
Scott Adams
Dogbert's New Ruling Class
systems, transaction-processing
systems,
scientific
systems,
transaction-processing
systems,
scientific
317197 11 i05 AM
applications, and
which
a computer
applications,
andother
otherareas
areasinin
which
a computer
delivered to the following reclplent(s):
must respond
(for
exammust
respond to
tosituations
situationsasasthey
theyoccur
occur
(for
examcott Adams on 317197 11 :05 Ar~
ple, animating
animating a agraphic
in in
a flight
simulator
or or
pie,
graphic
a flight
simulator
making corrections
m~king
correctionsbased
basedononmeasurements).
measurements).
Receiptnotification.
notification.
real-time animation
an-d-ma'sh;:m\
n. n.Receipt
real-time
animation\rel'-tIm
\rfil’-t/m
an-~-m~’shan\
vb.ToToaccept
accept
data
from
an exterComputer animation
images
areare
comreceive\ra-sfiv’\
\rd-sev'\ vb.
data
from
an exterComputer
animationininwhich
which
images
com-receive
nal
communications
system,
such
as
a
local
area
communications
system,
puted
and
updated
on
the
screen
at
the
same
rate
such
as
a
local
area
puted and updated on the screen at the same rate
might
move
in the
(LAN) ororaatelephone
telephoneline,
line,and
andstore
storethe
the
at which
whichthe
theobjects
objectssimulated
simulated
might
move
in the network (LAN)
as a file.
real world.
world. Real-time
allows
dynamic
file.
real
Real-timeanimation
animation
allows
dynamic data as
ReceiveDam
Data
\rd-sev' d~’t~,
da'td, dat'd\
SeeSee
RXD.
involvement by
thethe
computer
cancan Receive
involvement
bythe
theuser
userbecause
because
computer
\r~-s~v"
dat’~\n. n.
RXD.
rek’dot-n~z" gr(~ps\ n.
n.Usenet
Usenet
newsgroups \ \rek'dot-nemz'gremps\
accept and
incorporate keystrokes
accept
and incorporate
keystrokesororcontroller
controller rec. newsgroups
newsgroups that
movements asasititis isdrawing
thethe
next
image
in the
movements
drawing
next
image
in the newsgroups
that are
are part
partof
ofthe
therec.
rec.hierarchy
hierarchyand
and
animation sequence.
animation
(such
whose names
names have
have the
the prefix
prefix "rec."
"rec."These
Thesenews-:-,
news~
animation
sequence.Arcade-style
Arcade-style
animation
(such whose
ofrecrecas in
program)
makes
useuse
of realdiscussions of
as
in aaflight
flightsimulator
simulator
program)
makes
of real- groups cover topics devoted to discussions,
time
translating
game
plays
into into
on- on-reational
time animation
animationinin
translating
game
plays
reatiorialactivities,
activities,hobbies,
hobbies,and
andthe
thearts.
arts.See
Seealso
also
newsgroup,
traditional
newsgroup
hierarchy,
screen
actions.
In
contrast,
in
animation
newsgroup,
traditional
newsgroup
hierarchy,
done
in
screen actions. In contrast, in animation done in
virtual time,
areare
firstfirst
calculated
and and Usenet.
misc. newsnewsUsenet.Compa1'e
Compare compo
comp. newsgroups, misc.
virtual
time,image
imageframes
frames
calculated
groups, news.
news. newsgroups,
n.ewsgroups,sci.
sci.newsgroups,
newsgroups,soc.
soc.
rate
to to
achieve
stored and
and later
laterreplayed
replayedatata ahigher
higher
rate
achieve groups,
newsgroups,
smoothermovement.
movement.See
See also
also animation,
newsgroups, talk.
talk.newsgroups.
newsgroups.
smoother
animation, bit
bit block.
block.
real-time dock
\rer-tIm klok'\
n. n.
SeeSee
clock
(defrecompile\r~’kam-p~l’\
\re'kdm-pll'\ vb.
To compile
compile aa proprovb. To
real-time
dock \rfil’-tTm
klok’\
clock
(def- recomp~e
gram again,
again, usually
usuallybecause
becauseofofchanges
changesthat
that.
inition
gram
inition2).
2).
in
the
source
code
in
response
real-time
conierencing
\rel'tIm
kon'frdn-seng\
needed
to
be
made
in
the
source
code
in
response
real-time conferencing \rfil’tSm kon’fron-sfing\
to
See teleconferencing.
n. See
teleconferencing.
to error
error messages
messages generated
generated by
by the
the compiler.
compiler.See
See
real-time operating
system\rfil’tTm
\rertIm op'dr-a-teng
also compile.
compile.
real-time
operating system
op’or-~-tfing also
\rek'drd\n.n.AAdata
data structure
structure that
recordI 1\rek’ard\
thatisisaacolcols1' stdm \ n.
designed
or optisi’stom\
n.An
Anoperating
operatingsystem
system
designed
or opti-record
mized for
environmized
forthe
theneeds
needsofofa aprocess-control
process-control
environ- lection
lection of
of fields
fields (elements),
(elements),each
eachwith
with its
its own
own
ment. See
See also
name
ment.
dlsoreal-time
real-timesystem.
system.
name and
and type.
type. Unlike
Unlikean
anarray,
array,whose
whoseelements
elements
all
represent
the
same
type
of
information
andare
are
all
represent
the
same
type
real-time
\renIm
si'stdm\
n.
A
computer
of
information
and
real-timesystem
system
\rfil’ff
si’stam\
n.
A
computer
m
accessed using
usingan
anindex,
index,the
theelements
elementsofofaarecord
record
and/or aa software
to to
events
before
softwaresystem
systemthat
thatreacts
reacts
events
before accessed
represent different
differenttypes
types of
of information
informationand
andare
are
the
events become
airline
the events
becomeobsolete.
obsolete.For
Forexample,
example,
airline represent
accessed by
by name.
name..A
recordcan
canbebeaccessed
accessedasasa a
,A record
collision
must
process
radar
collisionavoidance
avoidancesystems
systems
must
process
radar accessed
collective unit
unitof
ofelements,
elements,or
orthe
the elements
elementscan
can be
be
input,
and
warn
air air
traffic
input, detect
detectaapossible
possiblecollision,
collision,
and
warn
traffic collective
accessed individually.
individually.See
Seealso
also array,
array, data
data stmcstruccontrollers
while
they
stillstill
have
timetime
to react.
controllersororpilots
pilots
while
they
have
to react. accessed
ture, type 11 (definition
(definition 1).
1).
reboot
\re-bemt'\ vb.vb.To
a computer
by byture,
reboot \rfi-b~t’\
Torestart
restart
a computer
2 2,
record
\rd-kord'\vb.vb.
retaininformation,
information, usureloadingthe
theoperating
operatingsystem.
system.SeeSee
also
boot
record22\ra-k6rd’\
ToToretain
usureloading
also
boot
,
ally
in
a
file.
ally
in
a
file.
cold
boot,
warm
boot.
cold boot, warm boot.
record format
format \rek’ard
f6r’mat\n.n.See
Seerecord
record
receipt notification
rd-set' no-td-fd-ki'i.'
shdn \ n. n. record
\rek'drd for'mat\
notification \\ra-s~t"
n6-ta-fa-k~’shan\
An
feedback
to the
structure.
An e-mail
e-mailfeature
featureproviding
providing
feedback
to the structure.
record head
head \ra-k6rd"
bed’\n.n.The
Thedevice
device
\rd-kord' hed'\
in in
a a
senderthat
thataamessage
messagehas
hasbeen
beenreceived
received
sender
byby
thethe record
tape machine
machinethat
thatplaces
placesdata
dataononthethetape.
tape.InIn
some
tape
recipient.
some
recipient.See
Seethe
theillustration.
illustration.
MTI0002599
RecreationalSoftware
Software
Advisory
Council \\rereAdvisory
Council
tape machines,
machines, the
the record
recordhead
headisiscombined
combinedwith
with Recreational
kr~-~’sha-nalsoft'war
soft’wgtr
ad-vg’zar-fi
koun’sal\
n. An
kre-a'shd-ml
ad-vi'zdr-e
koun'sdl\
n. An
the read
read head.
head.
the
independent,
nonprofit
organization
established
record layout \rek’ard
The organizaorganiza- independent, nonprofit organization established
\rek'drd l~’out\-n.
la'out\ °n. The
l !.
data fields
fieldswithin
withinaarecord.
record.See
Seealso
alsorecord
record
in the
the fall
fall of
of 1994
1994by
byaagrol)P
grou.pofofsixsix
t~ade
organi.
tion of data
in
trade
organizations, led
led by
by the
the Software
PublishersAssociaAssociarecordlength
lengthXrek’ard
\rek'drd length'\
of of zations,
Software Publishers
record
length’\n.n.The
Theamount
amount
tion. The
The Council's
Council’s
goal
was
create
a new,
goal
was
to to
create
a new,
storage space
space required
required to
to contain
typi- tion.
storage
contain aa recor.d,
record, typically given
givenininbytes.
bytes.See
Seealso
alsorecord
recordl .1.
objectivecontent-labeling
content-labelingrating
rating
system
recreaobjective
system
for for
recreacally
tional
software
and
other
media
such
as
the
.Interloc1dng \rek’ard
\rek'drd lok’~ng\
lok'eng\ n.
record locldng
n. A
A strategy
strategy tional software and other media such as the Internet. AC1'onym:
RSAC (R'sak,
employed
distributed processing
employed inin distributed
processingand
andother
other net.
Acronym: RSAC
(R’sak, R'S-A-C).
R’S-A-C’).
\rek’ta-ff’ar\n.n.AAcircuit
circuit
component
rectifier \rek'td-fi'dr\
component
thatthat
multiuser situations
situationstotoprevent
preventmore
morethan
thanone
oneuser
user rectitier
at a time
writingdata
datatotoaarecord.
record.See
Seealso
also passes
currentflowing
flowingininone
onedirection
direction
stops
passes current
butbut
stops
time from
from writing
record
current
flowingininthe
theother
otherdirection.
direction.
Rectifiers
record1.l .
°
current flowing
Rectifiers
are used
used to convert
convert alternating
direct
record
number \rek’ard
\rek'drd °num'bdr\
record number
hum’bar\n.n.AAunique
unique are
alternatingcurrent
currenttotO
direct
current.
numbe~;assigned
assignedtotoa arecord
recordinina adatabase
databaseininorder
order current.
number
to identify
it. AA record
record number
number can
can identify
identifyanan recto \rek’t6\
pageofoftwo
two
fac\rek't6\ n.
n. The
The right-hand
right-hand page
facidentify it.
ing
pages. A
A recto
recto isis characteristically
characteristically
odding pages.
existing
an an
oddexisting record
record by
by its
its position
position (for
(for example,
example,the
the
tenth record from
from the
thebeginning
beginningofofaadatabase),
database),oror numbered
numbered page.
page. Compare
Compare verso.
verso.
can be
be assigned
assigned toto the
therecord
recordtotoserve
serveasasa akey
key recUl'sion
recursion \ ra-kur’zhan\
Theability
ability
a routine
\rd-kur'zhdn\ n.
n. The
of of
a routine
it can
to call
call itself.
itself.Recursion
Recursion
enables
certain
algorithms
enables
certain
algorithms
(for
.(for example,
example,the
the number
number 00742
00742assigned
assignedtotothe
the to
small,
simple
routines,
but but
record from
from the
the beginning
beginningofofthe
thedatabase).
database). to
to be
be implemented
implementedwith
with
small,
simple
routines,
tenth record
it
Erronerecord1.1.
it does
does not
not guarantee
guaranteespeed
speedororefficiency.
efficiency.
ErroneSee also record
use of
of recursion
recursioncan
cancause
causea aprogram
program
ous use
record
n. n.An
to to
runrun
recordstructure
steucture\rek'drd
\rek’ardstnik'chur\
stmk’chur\
An ous
out
causing
the the
ordered list
that compose
out of
of stack
stackspace
spaceduring
duringexecution,
execution,
causing
ordered
list of the fieIds
fields that
compose a record,
record,
together with
with aa definition
of the
the domain
domain (accept(acceptprogram,and
andsometimes
sometimesthetheentire
entiresystem,
system,
program,
to to
together
definition of
crash. See also
also callI
call1(definition
(definition2),
2),routine.
routine.
crash.
able values)
.
values) of
of each
each field.
field.See
Seealso
alsorecord
recordl 1.
Recycle Bin
bin’\ n.
n.AAfolder
folder
Windows
Bin \r~-sg’M
\re-si'kl bin'\
in in
Windows
recover\ra-kav’ar\
\rd-kdv'dr\ vb,
1. To
recover
vb, 1.
To return
returntotoa astable
stable i{ecyc1e
condition after
after some
occurred. A
95,
"°° condition
some error
error has
has occurred.
A propro95, represented
representedby
by an
an icon
icon on
on the
the scree!).
scree.nresemresemgram recovers
recovers from
from an
an error by stabilizing
itself bling
basket decorated
decoratedwith
withthe
therecycling
recycling
logo.
bling aa basket
logo.
gram
stabilizing itself
without To
removeaafile,
file,the
theuser
userdrags
drags
icon
to the
To remove
its its
icon
to the
and resuming
resuming execution
execution of instructions
instructions without
Bin.However,
However,
a file
Recycle
Recycle Bin.
a file
in in
thethe
Recycle
Bin Bin
is is
intervention. 2.2.To
Toput
putback
backinto
intoa astable
stableconcon- Recycle
user intervention.
dition. AA computer
computeruser
usermay
maybebeable
abletotorecover
recover not
not actually
actuallydeleted
deleted
from
disk
until
from
thethe
disk
until
the the
useruser
dition.
opens the
the Recycle
RecycleBin,
Bin,selects
selects
file,
presses
lost
thethe
file,
andand
presses
lost or
or damaged
damaged data
databy
byusing
usingaaprogram
programtotosearch
search opens
Del key;
key;until
untilthen,
then,the
theuser
usercan
can
retrieve
the Del
retrieve
it. it.
for
salvage whatever
for and
and salvage
whateverinformation
informationremains
remainsinin the
CompareTrash.
Trash.
storage. AAdatabase
databasemay
maybe
berecovered
recoveredby
byrestoring
restoring Compare
storage.
its integrity
integrityafter
aftersome
someproblem
problemhas
hasdamaged
damagedit,it, Red
Red Book
docuBook \red"
\red'bo~ok\
bOOk\ n. 1. The
The standards
standards docuits
ments
the
U.S.
National
Security
Agency
entitled
of
dle
U.S.
National
Security
Agency
entitled
such
as abnormal
abnormal termination
such as
terminationofofthe
the database
database
"TrustedNetwork
NetworkInterpretation
Interpretation
Trusted
"Trusted
of of
thethe
Trusted
management
program.
management program.
Computer System
System Evaluation
recoverable error
\rd-kdv'dr-d-bl ar'dr\
error \ra-kav’ar-a-bl
~r’ar\n.n. An
An Computer
Evaluation Criteria
Criteria(NCSC-TG(NCSC-TGerror that
that can be successfully
managedby
by softsoft- 005)"
and "Trusted
"Trusted Network
NetworkInterpretation
Interpretation(NCS(NCS005)" and
error
successfully managed
TG-011)."These
Thesedocuments
documents
define
a system
ware. For
define
a system
of of
ware.
For example,
example,when
whenthe
theuser
userenters
entersa anumnum- TG-OU)."
ratings from
ber when
the program
programcan
can ratings
fromAl
A1(most
(mostsecure)
secure)totoD D(nonsecure),
(nonsecure),
ber
when a letter
letter is
is required,
reqUired, the
simply display
displayan
anerror
errormessage
messageand
andprompt
promptthe
the indicating
theability
abilityofof
a computer
network
to prosimply
indicating the
a computer
network
to prouser again.
tect
sensitive
information.
Compare
Orange
tect sensitive
information.
Compare
Orange
Book Book
again.
recovery \ra-kav’ar-~"
lost (definition
(definition 1).
book
written
by by
recovery
\rd-kdv'dr-e'\\ n.
n. The
The restoration
restoration ofoflost
1).2.2.AAspecifications
specifications
book
written
the Sony
Sonyand
andPhilips
Philipscorporations
corporations
and
endorsed
data or the reconciliation
reconciliation of conflicting or erroneand
endorsed
byby
Recoveryisisoften
often
ISO,
coveringaudio
audio
compact
discs.
Compare
Green
ous data, after a system
system failure.
failure. Recovery
ISO, covering
compact
discs.
Compare
Green
OrangeBook
Book(definition
(definition2).3.
2). 3.
Telecommuachieved
Book, Orange
Telecommuachievedusing
usingaadisk
diskorortape
tapebackup
backupand
andsystem
system Book,
logs. See
Seealso
alsobackup.
backup.
nications
standardspublished
publishedbybythetheccnT.
CCITt.
logs.
nications standards
MTI0002600
red-green-blue \red’grOfi-bl~’\
\red'gren-blcm'\ n.
same ,code. Many
Many operating-system
operating-system routines
red-green-blue
n. See RGB.
same..code.
routines are
are
redirection
\rFddr-ek'sh;:m\
n.
The
process
of.
written
to
be
reentrant
so
that
only
one
copy
written
to
be
reentrant
so
that
only
one
copy
redirection \r~’dar-ek’shan\ n. The process of.
needs
writing to
to or
or reading from a file
file or device different
needs to
to reside
reside in
in memory
memory to
to serve
serve all
all executing
executing
writing
different
from the
the one
one that
that would
would normally
normally be the
the target
target or
applications. See
applications.
See also
also relocatable
relocatable code. "
from
1
1 \ref’ar-ans’,
typeinin
the source.
source. For
Forexample,
example,the
theMS-DOS
MS-DOS or
orOS/2
OS/2 reference
reference
\ref'dr-;:ms',re’frans\
re'frdns\ n.
n. A
A data
data type
the
the C++
programming language.
language.AAreference
referencemust
must
command
>prn
redirects
a directory
listing
C++ programming
command
dirdir
>prn
redirects
a directory
listing
from
the
screen
to
the
printer.
Compare
pipe.
be
initialized
with
a
variable
name.
The
reference
be initialized with a variable name. The reference
from
screen to the printer. Compare pipe.
redlio.ing \red’l~-n~ng\
\red'll-neng\ n. A feature
feature of
word
alias for
then becomes an alias
for that
thatvariable
variablebut
butactually
actually
redlining
of aa word
processing application
application that
that marks
marks changes,
changes,
stores the address of the variable.
variable.
processing
2 2\ref’ar-ans’,
Toaccess
accessaa
additions, or
reference
\ref'dr-dns', re’frans\
re'frdns\ vb.
vb. To
additions,
or deletions
deletions made
made to
to aa document
document by
by reference
variable,
such as
as an
an element
elementininan
anarray
arrayorora afield
field
a co-author
co-author or editor.
editor. The
The purpose of
of redlining
redlining
variable, such
is to
to produce
produce aa record
record of
ofthe
thechanges
changesmade
madetoto
in a record.
document during
during the course
course of
of its
its developdevelop- Reference.CaM
Reference.COM\re’frans-d0t-kom’\
\re'frdns-dot-kom'\ n.
n. An
AnInterIntera document
net search engine that indexes more than 150,000
ment.
150,000
ment.
newsgroups,mailing
mailinglists,
lists,and
andWeb
Web
redraw\r~’dr~.,
\re'dra, r~’dr6\
re'dr6\ n.
refresh (definition
1).1). Usenet
Usenet newsgroups,
redraw
~. See
Seerefresh
(definition
reduce
\fd-dcms',
re-dcms'\
vb.
In
a
graphical
user
forums,
located
at
www.reference.com.
forums,
www.reference.com.
reduce \ra-d~s’, r~-d~s’\ vb. In a graphical user
interface, to
ref'dr-dns par-am’o-tar,
pdr-am' d-tdr,
interface,
to decrease
decrease the
the size
size of
of aa window.
window.AAuser
user reference parameter \\ ref’ar-ans
can reduce
reduce aa window
window either
re 'ffdns \ n. A parameter
parameterininwhich
whichthe
theaddress
addressofofa a
can
eitherby
byclicking
clickingononthe
the re’frans\
appropriate button
variable, rather
appropriate
button in
in the
the title
title bar
bar or
or by
by clicking
clicking variable,
rather than
than the
the explicit
explicitvalue,
value,isispassed
passedtoto
called routine.
routine.See
Seealso
alsoparameter.
parameter.
the mouse
mouse on
on the
the border
borderof
ofthe
thewindow
windowand
anddragdrag- the called
so~ware \ra-flek’t~ng
soft’wfir\n.n.See,
See
ging the
\rd-flek'teng soft'war\
the border
border toward
towardthe
themiddle
middleofofthe
thewindow.
window. reflecting software
reflector.
reflector.
See also maximize,
maximize, minimize.
reflective liquid-crystal display
display \ra-flek’tiv
reduced
\ rd-dcmsd
reflective
\rd-flek'tiv lilireduced instruction
instruction set
set computing
computing \ ra-d~sd
in-struk'sh;:m
kwid-kri’stal
dis-pl~’\n.n.AAliquid
liquidcrystal
crystaldisplay
display
kwid-kri'stdl dis-pl~i'\
in-stmk’shanset
setkdm-pycm'teng\
kam-py~’t~ng\ n.n. See
SeeRISe.
RISC.
not equipped
equipped with
with edge
edge or
orback
backlighting
lightingtoto
redundancy
redundancy check
check \rd-dun'ddn-se
\ra-dun’dan-s~chek'\
chek’\n. n.SeeSee that isis not
CRC, LRC.
LRe.
enhance readability
readabilitybut
butrather
ratherdepends
dependson
onreflectreflecting
ambient light,
redundant
code\ra-dun’dant
\rd-dun'ddntk6d’\
kod'\ n.n.Code
Code that
that
ing ambient
light, making
makingititdifficult
difficulttotoread
readinin
redundant code
duplicates
brightly lit
brightly
lit environments
environmentssuch
suchasas the
the outdoors.
outdoors.
duplicates aa function
function performed
performedelsewhere-for
elsewhere for
Also called
calledreflective
reflective
’
example,
list that
LCD.LCD.
example, code
codetotosort
sortaalist
that has
has already
alreadybeen
been Also
rou’t~ng,rcm'teng\
r~)’t~ng\
sorted.
reflective routing \ra-flek’tiv
\rd-flek'tiv rou'teng,
reengineer
\re'en-jd-ner'\ vb.vb.To
n. In wide
wide area
area networks,
networks,the
theprocess
processofofusing
usinga a
reengineer \rO’en-jo-n~r’\
Torethink
rethinkand
and n.
reflectortoto distribute
distributedata,
data, thereby
therebyreducing
reducingthe
the
redefine
redefine processes
processesand
andprocedures.
procedures.InInthe
thecontext
context reflector
load of the network server. See
of
computer systems,
systems, to
reengineer means
load
See also reflector.
reflector.
of computer
to reengineer
means to
to
reflector \ra-flek’tar\
n. A
A program
that sends
sends
change the
\rd-flek'tdr\ n.
program that
the way
waywork
workisisdone
doneininorder
ordertotomaximize
maximize reflector
the benefits
messages
messagestotoaanumber
numberofofusers
usersupon
uponreceipt
receiptofofaa
benefit~ of
of new
new technology.
technology.
signal from
fromaasingle
singleuser.
user.AAcommon
commontype
typeofofreflecreflecreengineeling
\re'en-jd-ner'eng\ vb.
reengineering \r~’en-ja-n~r’~ng\
vb.1.1.With
Withre-re- signal
tor isig an
an e-mail
e-mail reflector,
reflector,which
whichforwards
forwardsany
anye-egard
software, changing
gard to
to software,
changing existing
existingsoftware
softwaretoto tor
strengthen
mail
strengthen desirable
desirable characteristics
characteristicsand
and remove
remove
mailsent
sent toto itit to
to the
the multiple
multiple recipients
recipients currently
currently
on its
itslist.
list.SeeSeealso
alsomultiple
multiplerecipients.
recipients.
Compare
weaknesses.
Compare
weaknesses. 2.2.With
Withregard
regardtotocorporate
corporatemanagemanage- on
mail
reflector.
ment,
using
information
technology
principles
to
mail
reflector.
ment, using information technology principles to
reformat \r~’f6r’mat\
vb. 1.
1. In
In applications,
address
\re'for'mat\ vb.
applications, toto
address the
the challenges
challengesposed
posedby
bya aglobal
globaleconomy
economy reformat
and
consolidate management
change the
the look
look of
of aadocument
documentby
byaltering
alteringstylistic
stylistic
and to consolidate
managementofofa a rapidly
rapidly change
expanding
details,
details,such
suchasasfont,
font,layout,
layout,indention,
indention,and
andalignalignexpanding work
work force.
force.
ment.2.2. In
In data
data storage,
storage,totoprepare
preparefor
forreuse
reusea a
reentrant
code\ r~-en’trant
\re-en'tr;;>nt kod'\
reentrant code
k6d’\ n.
n. Code
Codewritten
written ment.
so
disk that
thatalready
alreadycontains
containsprograms
programsorordata,
data,effeceffecso that
that ititcan
canbe
beshared
sharedby
byseveral
severalprograms
programsatatthethe disk
tively
destroying
the
existing
contents.
same
time.
When
a
program
is
executing
reentrant
same time. When a program is executing reentrant tively destroying the existing contents.
refresh \ra-fresh’\
1. To
Toretrace
retracea video
a video
screen
code,
\rd-fresh'\ vb.
vb. 1.
screen
code, another
anotherprogram
programcan
caninterrupt
interruptthe
theexecution
execution refresh
frequentintervals,
intervals,even
evenif ifthe
theimage
imagedoes
doesnot
not
and
and can
can then
then start
start or
or continue
continueexecution
executionofofthat
that atat frequent
MTI0002601
ible working
workingarea
areawithin
Within
a window
is example
an example
is an
a window
change, so
change,
so as
as to
to keep
keep the
the phosphors
phosphorsirradiated.
irradiated. ible
2. To
To recharge
recharge dynamic
dynamicrandom
randomaccess
accessmemory
memory of aa region.
region. See
Seealso
alsografFort.
grafPort.
fill \r~’jan
\re'jdn fil'·\
graphics,
chips
(DRAMs)
that
they
continue
to retain
region fill
fil’-\n.n.InIncomputer
computer
graphics,
chips (DRAMs)
soso
that
they
continue
to retain
the the region
information
stored
in them.
Circuitl
the mem-the
the technique
techniqueofoffilling
filling
a defined
region
on the
a defined
region
on the
information stored
in them.
Circuitry
on T
theonmemscreen with
withaa selected
selectedcolor,
color,pattern,
pattern,
other
ororother
ory board
performs
thisthis
function.
See See screen
ory
boardautomatically
automatically
performs
function.
attribute.See
Seealso
alsoregion.
region.
attribute.
also refresh
refresh cycle.
cycle.
also
adj.
programming,
A set
setof
ofbits
bitsofofhigh-speed
high-speed
register \rej’i-star’\
\re(i-stdr'\ n. A
refreshable \ra-fresh’a-bl\
\rd-fresh'd-bl\ ad}.
In In
programming,
memorywithin
withina amicroprocessor
microprocessor
other
decor or
other
elecreferring
capable
of of
being
referringtotoa aprogram
programmodule
module
capable
being memory
tronicdeVice,
device,used
usedtotohold
holddata
dataforfora aparticular
particular
replaced
affecting
processing
replacedininmem01Y
memorywithout
without
affecting
processing tronic
processing
unitunit
of the
being
usedused
by by purpose.
purpose. Each
Eachregister
registerinina central
a central
processing
the program
programororthe
theinformation
information
being
is
language
programs
by aby a
the program.
program.
is referred
referredtotoininassembly
assembly
language
programs
the
refresh cycle
cycle \rd-fresh'
\ra-fresh"sI'k1\
s~’kl\
The
pro~ess
name such
such as
as AX
AX(the
(theregister
register
that
contains
that
contains
the the
n. n.
The
process
in in name
resultsof
ofarithmetic
arithmeticoperations
operations
Intel
80x86
which controller
repeated
elecin in
an an
Intel
SOxs6
which
controllercircuitry
circuitryprovides
provides
repeated
elec- results
processor) or
or SP (the
the
(the register
register that
that' contains
contains the
tric pulses
pulses to
to dynamic
dynamicrandom
randomaccess
access
memory processor)
tric
memory
memory
address
of
the
top
of
the
stgck
in
various
chips
in
order
to
renew
the
stored
electric
charges
mem01Y
address
of
the
top
of
the
stick
in
various
chips in order to renew the stored electric charges
processors) .
contain
binary
1. Each
pulse
in those
fl~oselocations
locationsthat
fl~at
contain
binary
1. Each
pulse processors).
\rej’a-str~’shan\
The
process
registration \rej'd-stra'shdn\
n. n.
The
process
of of
is one refresh
refreshing,
is
refresh cycle.
cycle.Without
Withoutconstant
constant
refreshing,registration
precisely aligning
or or
superimposing
lay- laydynamic s~micondu-ctor
semiconductorRAM
RAM
loses
informa- precisely
aligningelements
elements
superimposing
dynamic
loses
anyany
information
storedininit-as
it--asititdoes
doeswhen
whenthethe
computer
ers in
in aa document
documentorora agraphic
graphic
that
everything
tion stored
computer
is is ers
soso
that
everything
will
print
in
the
correct
relative
'Position.
turned
off
or
when
the
power
fails.
See
also
See also
turned off or when the power fails. See also will print in the correct relative position.
See also
registration marks.
dynamic
staticRAM.
RAM.
registration
marks.
dyn~mic RAM,
RAM, static
rate \ra-fresh"
r~t’\n.n.InInreference
reference
marks \rej-d-stra'shdn
\rej-a-str~’sh~n
m~h’ks’\
registration marks
marks'\
n. n.
refresh rate
\rd-fresh' rat'\
to to registration
Marksplaced
placedon
ona apage
pagesosothat
thatinin
printing,
printing,
thethe
ele-elevideo
with
which
the the Marks
video hardware,
hardware,the
thefrequency
frequency
with
which
ments or
entire
a constant,
or layers
layersininaadocument
documentcan
canbebearranged
arranged
entire screen
screenisisredrawn
redrawntotomaintain
maintain
a constant, ments
correctly with
Each
element
flicker-free
image.On
OnTV
TVscreens
screens
andrasterraster- correctly
withrespect
respecttotoeach
eachother.
other.
Each
element
flicker-free image.
and
.scan.monitors,
monitors,
electron
beam
lights
its own.
own registration
.registration
to be
,scan.
thethe
electron
beam
thatthat
lights
the the to
be assembled
assembled contains
contains its
marks;when
whenthe
the marks
marksare
are precisely
preciselysuperimsuperimphosphor coating
of of
thethe marks;
. phosphor
coatingon
onthe
theinner
innersurface
surface
posed, the
screen typically
thethe
entire
image
areaarea posed,
screen
typicallyrefreshes
refreshes
entire
image
the elements
elementsare
areininthe
thecorrect
correct·position.
position.
rate. of about
at a rate
about 60
60 hertz,
hertz,or
or60
60times
timesper
persecsec- See
See the
the illustration.
illustration.
ond. (Interlaced
(Interlaced monitors,
ond.
monitors,which
whichredraw
redrawalteralternate lines
of of
thethe
electron
nate
lines during
duringeach
eachsweep
sweep
electron
beam,
actuallyrefresh
refresh
any
particular
beam, actually
any
particular
lineline
onlyonly
30 times
30
times per
per second.
second. Because
Becauseodd
oddand
andeven
even
lines
are
refreshed
on
successive
sweeps,
howlines are refreshed on successive sweeps, how- Registration marks.
ever, the
rate
is is
60 60
times
perper
ever,
the effective
effectiverefresh
refresh
rate
times
second.)
Registry
or registry
registry \reps-tre'\
\ rej’is-trfi’\
n.central
A central
Registry or
n. A
hier- hie>
archicaldatabase
databaseininWindows
Windows9595and
and
Windows
REGEDIT
\rered'it\ n.
Registry
Editor. Editor. archical
Windows
NTNT
REGEDIT \rej’ed’it\
n. See
See
Registry
regenerate \rfi-jen’ar-~t\
\re-jen'dr-at\ vb.
used
to to
configure
vb. See
Seerewrite.
rewrite.
used to
to store
store information
infoirnationnecessary
necessary
configure
regeneration bttffer
buf’ar\
the system
systemfor
forone
one or
or more
more users,
users,applications,
applications,
regeneration
buffer \r~-jen-ar-~’shan
\re-jen-dr-a'shdn bufdr\
n. n. the
Seevideo
videobuffer.
buffer.
hardware devices.
devices.The
TheRegistry
Registry
contains
inforand hardware
contains
inforSee
regenerator \ r~-jen
5or-g" tar\n.n.See
See repeater.
repeater.
regenerator
\re-jen'dr-a'tdr\
mation
NTNT
continmation that
thatWindows
Win/tows9595and
andWindows
Windows
continsuch
as as
profiles
region
re 'jdn \ n.n.1.1.An
to to
or or ually
region \\rfi’jan\
Anarea
areadedicated
dedicated
uallyreference
referenceduring
duringoperation,
operation,
such
profiles
reserved for
foraaparticular
particularpurpose.
purpose.2.2.InInvideo
video
pro- for
each user,
user, the
the applications
applications
installed
reserved
profor each
installed
on on
the the
gramming, a acontiguous
group
of of
pixels
thatthat
are are computer
each
cancan
gramming,
contiguous
group
pixels
computerand
andthe
thetypes
typesofofdocuments
documents
each
treated as
forfor create,
treated
as aa unit.
unit. On
On the
the Apple
AppleMacintosh,
Macintosh,
create, property
propertysheet
sheetsettings
settingsforforfolders
folders
and
and
example,
regionisisananarea
areainin
a grafPort
applicationicons,
icons,what
whathardware
hardware
exists
example, aaregion
a grafFort
thatthat
cancan application
exists
on on
thethe
sys-sysbe defined
definedand
andmanipulated
manipulatedasasanan
entity.
tem, and
and which
whichports
portsare
arebeing
beingused.
used.The
The
Registry
entity.
TheThe
vis-vis- tem,
Registry
MTI0002602
replaces
mostofofthe
thetext-based
te~-based.ini.ini
files
used
domain of
replaces most
files
used
in in the domain
ofeach
eachattribute
at~butemust
mustbe
beatomic-that
atomic--that
Windows 3.x
MS-DOS configuration
files,
Windows
3.x and
and MS-DOS
configuration
files, is,
is, aa simple
simple value,
value,rather
ratherthan
thanaastructure
structuresuch
suchasas
an array
or a record.
A relation
relationininwhich
whichthe
the
such asasAUTOEXEC.BAT
AUTOEXEC.BAT and
and CONFIG.SYS.
CONFIG.SYS.
an
array or
record. A
such
Although the
is similar
to the
Although
theWindows
Windows9595Registry
Registry
is similar
to the domains
domains of
of all
all attributes
attributesare
areatomic
atomicisissaid
Saidtotobebe
one in Windows
Windows NT,
in first
firstnormal
normalform.
form.See
Seealso
alsonormal
normal
NT,there
thereare
aresome
somedifferences,
differences, normalized or in
such as
1).
such
as how
how they
theyare
arestored
storedon
ondisk.
disk.Also
Alsocalled
called form (definition 1).
reiational algebra \ra-l~’shan-al
\r;)-Hi'sh;)n-;)l al'j;)-bfd\
n. n.
AA
System Registry.
Registry. See
database,
System
Seealso
alsohierarchical
hierarchical
database,rdationalalgebra
al’ja-bra\
.ini,
.ini, input/output
input/outputport,
port,property
propertysheet,
sheet,Registry
Registry collection
collection of
of rules
rules and
and operators
operators that'permit
that’permit relarelaEditor.
tions
manipulated. Relational
tions (tables)
(tables) to
to be manipulated.
RelationalalgealgeEditor.
Registry Editor
n. n.
AnAn
applicausually described
Registry
Editor \reps-tre
\rej’is-traed'i-tdr\
ed’i-tar\
applica- bra is usually
described as
as having
having the
the following
following
SELECT,PROJECT,
UNION,
thethe
user
to edit
tion under
under Windows
Windows9595that
thatallows
allows
user
to edit operators:
operators: SELECT,.
PROJECT,PRODUCT,
PRODUCT,
UNION,
the
in the
the Registry.
Registry.See
Seethetheillustration.
illustration. INTERSECT,
the entries
entries in
(orINNER
INNERJOIN),
INTERSECT, DIFFERENCE,
DIFFERENCE, JOIN
JOIN (or
JOIN),
Acronym:REGEDIT
REGEDIT (rej’ed’it).
(rered'it). See
Registry.
DMDE. In
relational database,
Acronym:
Seealso
also
Registry. and
and DMDE.
In a relational
database,relational
relational
algebra
algebra isis used
used to
to develop
develop procedures
procedurestotobuild
build
new relations
relations based
existing relations.
based on the existing
relations.
relational calculus\ra-l~’shan-al
\r;)-Hi'sh;)n-;)l kal'ky;)-lus\
relafionalcaletRus
kal’kya-lus\n.n.
In
database management,
management, aa nonprocedural
nonprocedural
In database
"SS'
method
for
manipulating
relations
(tables).
method
for
manipulating
relations
(tables).There
There
'$'
are
two
families
of
relational
calculus:
domain
caltwo
families
of
relationa!
calculus:
domain
cal''vgarll!.lon''
"vga1ydon"
culus and
and tuple
tuple calculus.
calculus. The
Thetwo
twofamilies
familiesofofrelarelaculus
"vgaoemJon"
tional
mathematically equivalent
tional calculus
calculus are
are mathematically
equivalentto.to.
each
relational algebra.
each other and to relational
algebra. Using
Usingeither
either
family,
family,one
one can
can formulate
formulatea a description
descriptionofofa a
desired
desired relation,
relation, based
based on
on the
the existing
existingrelations
relationsinin
Registry
Editor.
Regist~ Editor.
the
the database.
database.
relational database
databa,se\ra-l~’shan-al
\r;)-Hi.'sh;)n-;)l da~t;)-bas\
relational
d~’ta-b~s\n.n.A A
regressionanalysis
analysis\ri-gresh’an
\ri-gresh~;)n ;)-nal';)-sis\
n. n.
In In database
regression
a-nal’a-sis\
da{abaseoror database
database management
managementsystem
systemthat
that
stores information
informationinintables-rows
tables--rowsand
andcolumns
columnsofof
statistics,
ofof
thethe
degree
to which
variastatistics,anananalysis
analysis
degree
to which
varia- stores
tions in
in an
an independent
independen{variable
variable
affect
a depen- data-and
data--and conducts
conductssearches
searchesbybyusing
usingdata
datainin
tions
affect
a dependent
whose
value
depends
on on specified
dent variable
variable(a(avariable
variable
whose
value
depends
specified columns
columnsof
ofone
one table
table to
to find
find additional
additional
the
SeeSee
also
multiple
data in
in another
another table.
table.InInaarelational
relationaldatabase,
database,thethe
the value
value of
ofanother
anothervariable).
variable).
also
multiple data
regression.
rows of
of a table
of
rows
table represent
represent records
records (collections
(collections of
regression.
informationabout
aboutseparate
separateitems)
items)and
andthe
the colcolregression
testing \ri-gresh’an
\ri-gresh~;)n te'steng\
n. n.
Comregression testing
te’stfing\
Com- information
plete retesting
retestingofofa amodified
modified
program,
rather
umns represent
represent fields
fields (particular
(particularattributes
attributesofofaa
plete
program,
rather
thanthan umns
test of
ofonly
dnlythe
themodified
modified
routines,
to ensure
record). In
In conducting
conductingsearches,
searches,aarelational
relationaldatadataaa test
routines,
to ensure
that that record).
base matches
matches information
informationfrom
fromaafield
fieldininone
onetable
table
no
thethe
modificano errors
errorshave
havebeen
beenintroduced
introducedwith
with
modifica- base
with information
field of
of
with'
information inin aa corresponding
corresponding field
tions.
tions.
relation \r;)-Hi~sh;)n\
of of another
relation
\ra-l~’shan\n.n.AAstructure
structurecomposed
composed
another table
tabletoto produce
produceaa third
thirdtable
tablethat
thatcomcombines requested
requested data
data from
fromboth
bothtables.
tables.For
Forexamexamattributes
characteristics,
suchsuch
as name
attributes(individual
(individual
characteristics,
as name bines
pie, if one
one table contains the fields EMPLOYEE-ID,
EMPLOYEE-ID,
or
address, corresponding
to to
thethe
columns
in ain a ple,
or address,
corresponding
columns
andand
'HIRE-DATE,
and and
table)
values
describtable) and
andtuples
tuples(sets
(setsofofattribute
attribute
values
describ- LAST-NAME,
LAST-NAME,FIRST-NAME,
FIRST-NAME,
HIRE-DATE,
the fields
fields DEPT,
DEPT, EMPLOYEE-ID,
EMPLOYEE-ID,
ing particular
particularentities,
entities,
such
customers,
corm- another
another contains the
ing
such
as as
customers,
correa relational
database
cancan
match
thethe
sponding
Within
a relation,
spondingtotothe
therows
rowsinina atable).
table).
Within
a relation, and
and SALARY,
SALARY,
a relational
database
match
EMPLOYEE-ID
fields
in
the
two
tables
to
find
such
tuples
must
be be
unique.
tuplescannot
cannotbeberepeated;
repeated;each
each
must
unique. EMPLOYEE-ID fields in the two tables to find such
Further,
within
a relation;
Further,tuples
tuplesare
areunordered
unordered
within
a relation; information
informationasasthe
thenames
namesofofallallemployees
employeesearning
earning
certain salary
interchangingtwo
twotuples
tuples
does
change
salary or
or the
the departments
departments of
of all
allemployemployinterchanging
does
notnot
change
thethe
rela-rela- aa certain
ees hired
hired after
afteraa certain
certaindate.
date.InInother
otherwords,
words,a a
tion.
theory
is toisbe
tion. Finally,
Finally,ififrelational
relational
theory
toapplicable,
be applicable, ees
'~S'
'~"
"1024.76~'
MTI0002603
nares of
of the
the starting
starting point
point rather
rather than
than by
by recalcurecalcurelational database
relational
databaseuses
usesmatching
matchingvalues
valuesinintwo
two nates
lating
coordinates of
information in
information
tables to relate information
in one
one to information
lating the
the coordinates
of each
each corner
corner with
with refreference
to
the
origin.
See
the
illustration.
Compare
in the
the other.
other. Microcomputer
Microcomputer database
products
erence
to
the
origin.
See
the
illustration.
Compare
database products
absolute coordinates.
typically
are relational
relationaldata.bases.
databases.Compare
Compare flat-file
coordinates.
typically are
flat-file
database, inverted-list
inverted-list database.
database.
Point at relative
relational
r;:)relational database
database management
management system
system\ \racoordinate (2,3)
(2,3)
Hi'sh;:)n-;:)l di'i't;:)-bas
si'st;:)m\
1Fshan-al
dFta-bfisman';:)j-m;:)nt
man’aj-mant
si’stam\n. n.See
See
/
from
the
from
point
relational
relational database.
database.
"o below
below
relational expression \ra-lFshan-al
\fd-Ia'sh;:)n-;:)l eks-presh';:)n\
eks-presh’an\
n. An
An expression
expression that
that uses
uses aa relational
relationaloperator
operator
such
such as
as "less
"lessthan"
than"oror"greater
"greaterthan"
than"totocompare
co.mpare x-axis ~
--- Reference po~n~
"o point
x-axis ~
expressions. A relational
two or more expressions.
relational exp~ession
expression
resolves
(true/false) value.
resolves to
to a Boolean (true/false)
value. See
See also
also
Boolean, relational operator.
~-y-axis
Origin'/
'-.....y-axis
Origin
relational model \ra-lFshan-al
\r;:)-la'sh;:)n-;:)l mod';:)l\
mod’al\n.n.AAdata
data
model
model in
in which
which the
the data
data isis organized
organizedininrelations
relations Relative coordinates.
coordinates.
(tables).
(tables). This
This isis the
the model
model implemented
implementedininmost
most
relative
relativemovement
movement \rel';:l-tiv
\rel’a-tivmC5bV'm;:lnt\
m~v’mant\n.n.
modern database
database management
management systems.
systems.
\r;:)-Ia'sh;:)n-;:ll op';:lr-a-t;:)r\
relational operator \ra-lFshan-al
op’ar-~-tar\n.n. 1. Motion
Motion whose
whose distance
distanceand
and direction
directionare
arerelarelastarting point.
An
An operator
operator that
that allows
allowsthe
theprogrammer
programmertotocomcom- tive
tive to
to a starting
point. For
Forexample,
example,when
whena a
pare two (or more) values
values or expressions.
mouse
mouse pointer
pointer isis moved
moved on
on the
the screen,
screen, the
the coorcoorexpressions. Typical
Typical
dinates of its
its new
new position
position are
are relative
relativetoto the
the prepredinates
relational
relational operators
operatorsare
are greater
greateithan
than(»,
(>),equal
equaltoto
vious
location
of
the
pointer.
See
also
relative
vious
location
of
pointer.
See
also
relative
(=),
(=), less
less than
than «),
(<), not
not equal
equal to
to «»,
(<>), greater
greaterthan
than
to (>=
(>=),
andless
lessthan
thanororequal
equaltoto( <=).
(<=).See
See coordinates,
coordinates, relative
relativepointing
pointingdevice.
device.2.2.InIncomcomor equal to
), and
also relational expression.
puter graphics
and cinematography,
themovemoveputer
graphics and
cinematography, the
relational structure
\r;:)-la'sh;:ln-;:ll struk'chur\
strucntre \ra-lFshan-al
stmk’chur\n.n. ment
ment of one
one object
object in
in relation
relationtoto another,
another,such
suchasas
The record
record organization
organization used
’'. The
usedininthe
theimplementaimplementa- the movement of horse A from
from the
the perspective
persp.ectiveofof
horse B on a racetrack.
tion
relational model.
tion of a relational
model.
path \reLHiv
\rel’~-tivpath'\
path’\n. n.A Apath
path
that
relative
;:l-dres'\
n. n.
A A relative
relative path
that
is is
relativeaddress
address\rel';:l-tiv
\rel’a-tiva'dres,
a’dres,
a-dres’\
implied by
by the
the current
current working
workingdirectory.
directory.When
Whena a
location,
location, as
as in
in aa computer's
computer’smemory,
memory,that
thatisisspecispeci- implied
refers to a file,
fied in terms of its distance (displacement or offuser enters a command that refers
file, ifff the
the
fied
from aa starting
starting point
point (base
(base address).
address). AArelative
relative full
full pathname
patl-mameisisnot
notentered,
entered,the
the current
currentworking
working
set) from
address
directory becomes
file
address isis typically
typicallycomputed
computedby
byadding
addingananoffset
offset directory
becomesthe
the relative
relativepath
path of
of the
the file
referred to.
fullpath.
path.
to
base-in everyday
everyday terms,
terms, this
to the base--in
this isis similar
similartoto referred
to. Compare
Compare full
2001 Main
MainStreet,
Street,ininwhich
whichthe
the relative
relative pointing
pointing device
device \rel';:)-tiv
\re!’a-tivpoin'teng
poin’t~ngd;:)dacreating the address 2001
base is the 2000 block of Main
vIs\
cursor-control device,
MainStreet
Streetand
andthe
the offset
offset
v~s\ n. A cursor-control
device,such
suchasasaamouse
mouse
is
first house
trackball, in
is I,1, which
which specifies the fi~-st
housefrom
fromthe
thebeginbeginor a trackball,
in which
whichthe
themovement
movementofofananononscreen
Also called indirect address.
movement of
ning of the block. Alao
screen cursor
cursor isis linked
linked to
to the movement
of the
the
device
but not
not to
to the
of the
the device.
device. For
For
device but
relative coordinates
coordinates\rel’a-tiv
\rel';;}-tiv k6-6r’da-nats\
ko-or'd;:l-11dts\ n.n.
the position
position of
if
a
user
picks
Coordinates
up
a
mouse
and
puts
Coordinates that
that are
are defined
defined in
in terms
terms of
of their
their disdis- . example,
example, if a user picks up a mouse and putsit it
different location
tance from
from aa given
given starting
startingpoint,
point,rather
ratherthan
thanfrom
from down in a different
locationon
on aa desk,
desk, the
the posiposithe origin
tion of the
the on-screen
on-screen cursor
cursor does
does not
not change
change
origin (intersection
(intersection of
of two
tw6 axes).
axes). For
For example,
example,
tion
from
point on
on the
the screen,
detected.When
When
from aa starting
starting point
because no movement (roiling)
screen, aa square
square
(rolling) isis detected.
defined by
by relative
relativecoordinates
coordinatescan
canbebedrawn
drawnasasa a the user rolls
mouse again,
again, the
the cursor
cursor moves
moves
defined
rolls the mouse
to reflect
series of lines,
lines, each
each representing
representing aadisplacement
displacementinin
reflect the
the mouse
mouse movement
movement against
againstthe
the surface
surface
distance and
and direction
direction from
fromthe
theend
endof
ofthe
theprecedpreceddistance
of the desk.
desk. Relative
Relative pointing
devices
differ
pointing devices differfrom
from
ing
ing point.
point. The
The entire
entiresquare
squarecan
canbeberedrawn
redrawnatat absolute
absolute pointing
pointing devices,
devices,such
suchasas graphics
graphicstabtabanother
in which
which the
the device’s
device's location
location within
another location
location simply
simplyby'
by changing
changingthe
the coordicoordi- lets,
lets, in
v~ithina a
~--~~~~~-1-+-+-~
MTI0002604
defindd
area isis always
always associated
associatedwith
withaa preprewhich a program
loadedfor
forexecution.
execution.InIn"Get
"Get
defined area
program isis loaded
the
byte
located
12
bytes
from
this
instruction,"
the
See also relative
relative coorfrom this instruction," the
defined on-screen position. See
coordinates,
relative movement.
movemen.t.Compare
Compare absolute
address
in "Get
"Getthe
thebyte
bytelocated
located at
at
dinates, relative
absolute
address is relocatable;
relocatable; in
pOinting device.
address 255,"
255," the
relocatable. This
pointing
device.
address
the address
address isis not relocatable.
This
convention isis comparable
comparable' toto describing
relative URL
URL\reL:Hiv
\rel’o-tivU-R-V\
U-R-L’\n.n. Short
Shortforforrelarela- convention
describingthe
the
tive uniform
resourcelocator.
locator.AAform
formofofURL
URL
parkedcar
carasas"level
"level2,2,row
rowG"
G"on
on
uniform resource
in in "address"
"address" ofofaaparked
which the
the domain
domain and
andsome
someor
orall
alldirectory
directorynames
names one day
and
"level
5,
row
B"
on
another.
day
"level 5, row B" on another.
code \r~-16-k~’ta-bl
k6d’\n.n.A Aproproare omitted,
relocatable code
\re-16-ka't~-bl k6d'\
are
omitted,leaving
leavingonly
onlythe
thedocument
documentname
nameand
and relocatable
extension
(and perhaps
perhaps aa partial
partia!list
listofofdirectory
directory gram
writtenininsuch
sucha away
waythat
thatit itcan
can
loaded
extension (and
gram written
bebe
loaded
part of
of available
availablememory
memoryrather
ratherthan
than
havnames). The
havnames).
The.indicated
.indicatedfile
fileisisfound
foundininaalocatton
locati.on into any part
relative
to the
the pathname
pathname6f
Ofthe
thecurrent
currentdocument.
document. ing to
to be placed
in one
one specific
specific location.
location.InInrelorelorelative to
placed in
Acronym:
catable
code, address
referencesthat
thatdepend
dependon
on
Acronym: RELURL
eatable code,
address references
RELURL (R’E-L-U-R-L’).
(R'E-L-U-R-L'). See
See also
also file
file
extension, URL.
URL.
program's physical
calextension,
the program’s
physicallocation
location.in.inmemory
memoryareare
calbyan
anelectrical
electrical culated
at run
run time
time so
so that
programinstructions
instructions
culated at
relay \rfi’l~\
\re'la\ n.
n. AA switch
switch activated
activated by
that program
Seealso
alsoreentrant
reentrant
signal. AA relay
can be carried
carried out
out correctly.
correctly. See
signal.
relayallows
allowsanother
anothersignal
signaltotobebeconcon- can
trolled
without
the
need
for
human
action
to
route
code.
trolled without the need for human action toroute
the other
signaltotothe
the control
controlpoint,
point,and
andit italso
also 'relocate
relocate \r~’16"k~t\
To move
move programs
and
\re'16'kat\ n.n. To
programs and
the
other signal
blocks of memory
memory about
aboutwithin
withinavailable
availablespace
spacesoso
allows aa relatively
relatively low-power
allows
low-powersignal
signaltotocontrol
controla a blocks
as to
to usd
use memory
memory resources
resources flexibly
high-power signal.
signal.
as
flexibly and
and effieffihigh-power
release11 \ro-l~s’\
versionofofa a ciently.
A relocatable
relocatableprogram
programcan
car*
loadedbyby
ciently. A
release
\r~-les'\ n.
n. 1.1.AA particular
particular version
bebe
loaded
system into
into any
any part
part of
of available.
piece of software,
the operating
operating system
available.,
software, most
mostcommonly
commonlyassociated
associatedwith
with the
memory
ratherthan
thaninto
intoonly
onlyone
onespecific
specificarea.
area.A A
the most recent version (as
(as in
in "the
"the latest
latest release").
release").
memory rather
relocatable
relocatableblock
blockofofmemory
memoryisisa aportion
portionofofmemmemSome companies use
usethe
theterm
termrelease
release as
as an
an inteintegral part
partofofthe
theproduct
productname
name(as(asininLotus
Lotus1-2-3
1-2-3 ory
ory that
thatcan
canbe
be moved
movedaround
aroundbybythe
theoperating
operating
gral
as required;
required;for
forexample,
example,the
thesystem
systemmight
might
Release
Release 2.2).2.
2.2). 2. A
A version
version of
of aa product
productthat
thatisisavailavail- system as
22.
able
in
general
distribution.
Compare
beta
collect
several available,
available, relocatable
able in general distribution. Compare beta .
collect several
relocatableblocks
blocks of
of
release
\r~-les'\vb.
vb.1.1.To
Torelinquish
relinquish control
control of
release22 \ra-l~s’\
ofaa memory
memorytoto form
formone
one larger
largerblock
b!ockofofthe
thesize
size
block of memory,
system
requested for
for use
use by
by aa program.
program.
block
requested
memory, aa device,
device, or another
another system
REUJRL \R’E-L-U-R-L’\
\R'E-L-U-R-L'\ n.n.See
See relative URL.
URL.
resource
resourceto
to the
the operating
operatingsystem.
system.2.2. To
To formally
formally RELURL
remark
REMREM
state-statemake
make aa product
product available
availabletotothe
themarketplace.
marketplace.
remark \r~-mark'\
\ra-m~rk’\n.n.See
Seecomment,
comment,
reliability \ra-l~’a-bil’a-t~\
Thelikelihood
likelihood
ment.
\r~-lI'~-bil'~-te\ n.n.
The
of of
a a ment.
Notininthe
theimmediate
immediate
vicin\r~-m6t'\ adj.
adj. Not
vicincomputer
computersystem
systernorordevice
devicecontinuing
continuingtotofunction
function remote \ra-m6t’\
ity, as
as a computer
or other
other device
devicelocated
locatedinin
computer or
over
over aa given
given period
period of
of time
time and
andunder
underspecified
specified ity,
conditions.
and
accesconditions. Reliaqility
Reliabilityisismeasured
measuredby
by different
different another
anotherplace
place(room,
(room,building,
building,ororcity)
city)
and
accesperformance
indexes. For
Forexample,
example,the
thereliability
reliability sible
sible through
throughsome
sometype
typeofofcable
cableororcommunicacommunicaperformance indexes.
tions link.
link.
tions
of aa hard
harddisk
diskisisoften
oftengiven
givenasasmean
meantime
timebetween
between
access \ra-m6t"
ak’ses\n.n. The
Theuse
use of
of aa
failures
\r~-m6f ak'ses\
failures (MTBF):
(MTBF):the
theaverage
average'length
lengthofoftime
timethe
the remote access
disk can
can be
be expected
expected to
to function
functionwithout
withoutfailing.
failing. remote
remote computer.
computer.
disk
See
.
Remote Authentication
Authentication Dial-In
Dial-InUser
User Service
Service
Remote
Seealso
alsoMTBF,
MTBF,MTTR.
MTTR.
~’eload\re-16d'\
\r~-16d’\
load
a program
\ra-m6t"a-then-t~-ka'sh~n
~-then-ta-k~’shan
d$l’in
y~’zars~r'v~s,
sar’vas,
diTin
yC5b'z~r
reload
vb.vb.
1. 1.
ToTo
load
a program
into into\r~-m6f
RADIUS.
memory
memory from
fromaastorage
storagedevice
deviceagain
againininorder
Ordertoto 6-then-t~-ka'sh~n\
6-then-ta-k~’shan\n.n.See
See
RADIUS.
\~-m6f ak'ses
mn it,
it, because
because the
the system
system has
has crashed
crashedor
orthe
thepropro- remote access server \ra-m6t"
ak’sess~r'v~r\
sat’vat\ n.
n.
run
A host
host on a local
networkthat
thatisisequipped
equipped
local area
area network
gram's
2. 2.
ToTo A
gram’soperation
operationwas
wasotherwise
otherwiseinterrupted.
interrupted.
retrieveaanew
new copy
copy of the Web page Currently
vis- with
with modems
modemstoto enable
enableusers
userstotoconnect
connecttotothe
the
retrieve
currently visnetwork
over
telephone
lines.
Acronym:
RAS
ible in
in aa Web
Web browser.
browser.
network over telephone lines. Acronym: RAS
ible
re!ocatable address \r~q6-k~’ta-bl
a’dres,~-dres'\
a-dres’\ (R'A-S').
(R’A-S’).
relocatable
\re-16-ka't~-bl a'dres,
Remote Access
Access Service
Service \ra-m6t"
ak’ses s~r’vis\
\r~-m6f ak'ses
s~r'vis\
n.
In programming,
programming, ananaddress
that
is is
to tobebe Remote
n. In
address
that
n. Windows
Windowssoftware
softwarethat
thatallows
allowsa auser
usertotogain
gain
adjusted
adjustedtotoreflect
reflectthe
theactual
actualplace
placeininmemory
memoryinto
into n.
MTI0002605
remote access
access to
to the
the network
network server
server via
via aa modem.
modem.
disks
are removable;
removable;hard
harddisks
disksusually
usually
disks are
areare
not.not.
Acronym: RAS
Seealso
also
remote
access.
Also called
calledexchangeable
exchangeabledisk.
disk.
AC1"onym:
RAS (R’A-S’).
(R'A-S'). See
remote
access.
Also
REMstatement
Short
administration \ra-m6t"
\rd-mof ad-min-a-str~’dd-min-d-stra'statement\rein"
\rem' st~t’mant\
stafmdnt\ n.n.Short
forfor
REM
remote administration
statement.AAstatement
statement in
shan\\ n.
system
administra- remark
remark statement.
in the
the Basic
Basicpropron. The
The performance
performance ofofsystem
administrashdn
tion-related tasks
tasksvia
viaaccess
access
from
another
machine gramming
gramminglanguage
languageand
andthe
theMS-DOS
MS-DOS
and
OS/2
and
OS/2
tion-related
from
another
machine
batch
file
languages
that
is
used
to
add
comments
batch file languages that is used to add comments
in
in aa network.
network.
remote
communications \\ra-m6t"
ka-my~-n~- to
program or
beginremote communications
rd-mof kd-myoo-ndto a program
or batch
batch file.
file.Any
Anystatement
statement
.begink~’shanz\ n.
n. Interaction
Interactionwith
with
a remote
computer ning
ning with
withthe
theword
wordREM
REM
ignored
interka'shdnz\
a remote
computer
is is
ignored
by by
thethe
interthrough
telephoneconnection
connection
another
com- preter
preter or
or compiler
compilerororthe
thecommand
commandprocessor.
processor.
SeeSee
through aa telephone
oror
another
comalso comment.
munications
municationsline.
line.
also
comment.
remote computer
computer system
system\ \rd-mof
\re-nam'\ n.
in in
most
file file
ra-m6t"kdm-pyoo'tdr
kam-py~’tar rename \r~-n~m’\
n. AA command
command
most
si’stam\
Seeremote
remote
system.
transferprotocol
protocol(FTP)
(FTP)
clients
and
many
other
and
in in
many
otller
transfer
clients
sf
stdm \ n.n.See
system.
systemsthat
thatallows
allowsthe
theuser
usertotoassign
assign
a r~ew
name
systems
Remote Data Objects
\rd-mof d~’ta
da'td ob’jekts,
ob'jekts,
a riew
name
Objects \ra-m6t"
dat'd\
n. An
An object-oriented
object-oriented data
dat’a\ n.
dataaccess
accesstool
toolfeafea- to
to aa file
fileor
orfiles.
files.
tured in the
the Enterprise
EnterpriseEdition
EditionofofVisual
Visual
Basic
4.0.
render
\ren’dar\
vb.To
Toproduce
produce
a graphic
image
\ren'ddr\
vb.
a graphic
image
Basic 4.0.
fromaa data
datafile
fileononananoutput
outputdevice
device
such
such
as aas a
filefile
format
of of from
Remote Data
Remote
DataObjects
Objectshave
havenononative
native
format
their own;
their
own;they
theycan
canbebeused
usedonly
onlywith
withdatabases
databases video
video display
displayororprinter.
printer.
Thecreation
creation
\ren'ddr-eng\ n.n.The
of of
an an
complyingwith
withthe
themost
mostrecent
recentODBC
ODBC
standards. rendering \ren’dar-fing\
standards.
complying
image
containing
geometric
models,
using
color
image
containing
geometric
models,
using
color
This
feature
is
popular
for
its
speed
and
minimal
This feature is popular for its speed and minimal
Acmnym:
RDO
(R'D-O').
and
shading
to
give
the
image
a
realistic
look.
Usucoding
requirements.
coding requirements. Acronym: RDO (R’D-O’).
shading to give the image a realistic look. Usually part
package
such
as as
See also
alsoODBC,
ODBC,Visual
VisualBasic.
Basic.
ally
partof
ofaageometric
geometricmodeling
modeling
package
such
See
remote login
\ra-m6t"log'in,
log’in,
r~-m6t’\
n. The a CAD
program,rendering
renderinguses
usesmathematics
mathematics
CAD program,
to to
remote
lOgin \rd-mof
re-mof\
n. The
describethe
thelocation
locationofof
a light
source
in relation
action of
at aatdistant
locaa light
source
in relation
action
oflogging
logginginintotoa computer
a computer
a distant
loca- describe
tion
by means
meansof
ofaadata
datacommunications
communications
connec- to the
connecway
in which
the the
tion by
the object
objectand
andtotocalculate
calculatethethe
way
in which
shading,
andand
varialight would
tion
withthe
thecomputer
computerthat
that
one
is presently
using.
light
wouldcreate
createhighlights,
highlights,
shading,
variation with
one
is presently
using
.
remotelogin,
login,the
theuser's
user’s
own
computer tions
in color.
color, Realism
Realismcan
canrange
range
from
opaque,
..After
After remote
own
computer
from
opaque,
tions in
polygonstotoimages
imagesapproximating
approximating
photobehaves like
to to
thethe
remote
shaded polygons
photobehaves
likeaaterminal
terminalconnected
connected
remote shaded
graphs in
in their
theircomplexity.
complexity.See
Seealso
also
t~acing.
system.
login
is done
pri-pri- graphs
rayray
tracing.
system.On
Onthe
theInternet,
Internet,remote
remote
login
is done
1 (defimarily
byrlogin
rloginand
andtelnet.
telnet.
also
rlogin
SeeSee
also
rloginl
(defirepaginate
\re'paj'd-nat\ vb.vb.
ToTo
recalculate
the the
marily by
repaginate \rfi’paj’a-n~t\
recalculate
1 1.
page breaks
breaks in
in aadocument.
document.
nition 1),
page
nition
1),te1net
telnet.
Repeat \ra-pfit’\
in Microsoft
Microsoft
Word
remote
procedurecar
call
\rd-mofpra-s~’jur
prd-se'jur kal,
reRepeat
\rd-pet'\n.n.AA command
command in
Word
remote procedure
\ra-m6t"
Mil,
m(St’\
programming,
a call
program that
that causes
causesallallinformation
information
contained
in either
contained
in either
the the
mot'
\ n:n:InInprogramming,
a call
by by
oneone
program
’. to
to aa second
second program
programon
onaaremote
remotesystem.
system.The
The
sec- last
last command
cormr~anddialog
dia!og
b6x
uninterrupted
secbox
or or
thethe
lastlast
unintenupted
ond program
andand
returns
programgenerally
generallyperforms
perfol~sa atask
tasl~
returns editing
editingsession
sessiontotobeberepeated.
repeated.
the
resultsofofthat
thattask
taskto tothethe
first
program.
Acro- repeat
repeatcounter
counter\rd-pet'
\ra-p~t"koun'tdr\
koun’t~r\n. n.AA loop
1qop
first
program.
Acrothe results
(R’P-C’).
counter;typically,
typically,a aregister
register
that
holds
a number
nym: RPC CR'P-C').
counter;
that
holds
a number
remote
r~-m6t’\n. n.
The representing
remotesystem
system\ra-m6t"
\rd-mof si’stam,
si'stdm, re-mof\
The
a repetitive
process
represen.tinghow
howmany
manytimes
times
a repetitive
process
computer
computer or
or network
networkthat
thataaremote
remoteuser
userisisaccessaccess- . has
hasbeen
beenor
orisistotobe
beexecuted.
executed.
ing via
viaaamodem.
modem.See
See
also
remote
access.
Comparerepeater
repeater \ \rd-pe'tdr'\
ra-pfi’tar" \ n.
n.AAdevice
deviceused
usedonon
cornmucommuing
also
remote
access.
Compa1"e
nicationscircuits
circuitsthat
thatdecreases
d~creases
distortion
nications
distortion
remote terminal.
by by
remote
terminal.
remoteterminal
terminal\ra-m6t"
\rd-mof tdr'md-ndl,
re-mof\
n. n. amplifYing
a signal
so that
it can
remote
tar’ma-nal,
rfi-m6t’\
amplifyingororregenerating
regenerating
a signal
so that
it can
A terminal
terminalthat
thatisislocated
located
a site
removed
from be
be transmitted
transmittedonward
onwardininitsits
original
strength
A
at at
a site
removed
from
original
strengtll
and and
the
computer to
to which
whichititisisattached.
attached.Remote
Remote
form. On
On aa network,
network,aarepeater
repeaterconnects
connectstwo
twonetnetter-ter- form.
the computer
andand
telephone
lineslines
to to works
works or
minals rely
minals,
relyononmodems
modems
telephone
or two
two network
networksegments
segmentsatatthethephysical
physical
con~nunicate
withthe
thehost
hostcomputer.
computer.
also layer
layer of
of the
the ISO/OSI
ISO/OSImodel
modeland
andregenerates
regenerates
SeeSee
also
communicate with
thethe
remote
access.Com.pare
Compare remote
remote system.
system.
signal.
remote access.
signal.
removable
\rd-moov'd-bl disk'\
\rd-pe'teng e'thdr-net\
removable disk
disk \ra-m~v’a-bl
disk’\n.n.AAdisk
disk repeating Ethernet \ra-p~’t~ng
Wth~r-net\n.n.See
See
that can
removed from
that
can be
be removed
froma adisk
diskdrive.
drive.Floppy
Floppy repeater.
repeater.
MTI0002606
some keyboards,
keyboards,a a Desktop
Desktoppublishing
publishingsoftware
software
and
laser
printers
repeat key
key \ra-p~t"
\r;;J-pet' k~’\
ke'\ n. On some
and
laser
printers
or or
key
thatmust
mustbebeheld
helddown
downatatthe
thesame
same
time
typesettingequipment
equipment
used
produce
cancan
bebe
used
to toproduce
key that
time
as as
a a typesetting
character key
character
keytoto cause
causethe
the character
characterkey's
key’skey
key publication-quality
publication-qualityoutput.
output.
report generator
generator \r;;J-port'
\ro-p6rt"jen';;Jr-a-t;;Jr\
jen’or-~-tor\
n. n.AnAn
code to
sent repeatedly.
repeatedly. On
code
to be
be sent
Onmost
mostcomputer
computer report
keyboards,
however,a arepeat
repeatkey
keyis isnot
notneeded
needed application,
application,commonly
commonly
part
database
manpart
ofof
a adatabase
mankeyboards, however,
because
keyautomatically
automatically
repeats
if held
down agement
agementprogram,
program,that
thatuses
usesa areport
report"form"
"form"
cre-crebecause aa key
repeats
if held
down
ated by
by the
theuser
usertotolayout
lay outand
andprint
print
contents
thethe
contents
for
a brief
delay.
Compare
typematic.
for longer
longerthan
than
a brief
delay.
Compare
typematic. ated
RepeatKeys \ro-p~t"
k~z"
\ n.n.A
featureof
ofWindows
Windows of aa database.
database.AAreport
reportgenerator
generatoris isused
usedtotoselect
select
RepeatKeys
\r;;J-pet'
kez'\
A feature
specificrecord
recordfields
fieldsororranges
ranges
records,
to make
ofof
records,
to make
95
95 that
that allows
al!owsaauser
usertotoadjust
adjustorordisable
disablethethetypetype- specific
matic
keyboardfeature
featuresosoasastotoaccommodate
accommodate
users the
such
features
matic keyboard
users
the output
output attractive
attractiveand
andtotospecify
specify
such
features
with restricted
restrictedmobility,
mobility,
who
may
activate
type- as
as headings,
headings,running
runningheads,
heads,
page
numbers,
page
numbers,
andand
with
who
may
activate
typematicby
byaccident
accidentbecause
because
they
have
trouble
lifting fonts.
fonts.
matic
they
have
trouble
lifting
rFtor\n.n.See
Seereport
report
generreport writer \ro-p6rt"
\r;;J-port'rI't;;Jr\
generSee also
Com-Comtheir fingers
from
thethe
keys.
their
fingers
from
keys.
See typematic.
also typematic.
pare BounceKeys,
BounceKeys, FilterKeys,
FilterKeys,MouseKeys,
MouseKeys,ShowShow- ator.
ator.
repository \ro-poz’o-t6r’~\
\r;;J-poz';;J-tor'e\ n.n.1.1.AAcollection
of of
Sounds, SoundSentry,
SoundSentry,StickyKeys,
StickyKeys,ToggleKeys.
ToggleKeys.
collection
Sounds,
str~n
in’jur-~\ information
informationabout
abouta acomputing
computing
system.
A supersystem.
2. A2.superrepetitive strain injury \ra-pet’o-tiv
\rd-pefd-tiv stran
in'jur-e\
set of
of aa data
datadictionary.
dictionaly.SeeSee
also
data
dictionary.
also
data
dictionary.
n.
ofof
thethe
tendons,
ligan. An
An occupational
occupationaldisorder
disorder
tendons,
liga- set
ments, and
and nerves
nervescaused
causedbybythe
thecumulative
cumulative reprogrammable
reprograxnmablePROM
PROM
\ \re-pro-gram';;J-bl
r~-pr6-gram’o-bl
ments,
effects of
of prolonged
repetitiousmovements.
movements. prom',
n. n.
SeeSee
EPROM.
prom’, P'rom,
P’rom,P'R-O-M'\
P’R-O-M’\
EPROM.
effects
prolonged repetitious
reprogrammable
read-only
memory
\ r~’pr6reprogrammable
read-only
memory
\re'proRepetitive
injuries
areare
appearing
withwith
Repetit!vestrain
strain
injuries
appearing
gram’o-hired'on-Ie
r~d?6n-l~mem';;Jr-e\
mem%r-~\
EPROM.
n. n.
SeeSee
EPROM.
increasing
office
workers
whowho gram';;J-bl
increasingfrequency
frequencyamong
among
office
workers
kom’ent~\
Request for
forComments
Comments\ro-kwest"
\r;;J-kwesf f6r
for korri'ent~\
spend long
workstalonghours
hourstyping
typingatatcomputerized
computerized
worksta- Request
tions that
thatare
arenot
notequipped
equippedwith
withsafeguards
safeguards
such n. See
RFC.
tions
such
SeeRFC.
\rd-kwesf for
\
as wrist
wristsupports.
supports.Acronym:
Acronym: RSI
(R’S;I’). See
Seealso
also Request for Discussion \ro-kwest"
f6rdi-skush';;Jn
di-skush%n\
as
RSI (R'S~n.
n.
A
formal
proposal
for
a
discussion
concerning
n. A formal proposal for a discussion concerning
carpal
support.
carpal tunnel
tunnelsyndrome,
syndrome,wrist
wrist
support.
hierarreplace
Toput
putnew
newdata
dataininthetheplace
place the
theaddition
additionof
ofaanewsgroup
newsgrouptotothetheUsenet
Usenet
hierarreplace \ro-p!~s’\
\r;;J-pHis'\ vb. To
that
ends
with
a call
chy, the
thefirst
firststep
stepinina aprocess
process
that
ends
with
a call
of other
conducting
a search
for for chy,
otherdata,
data,usually
usuallyafter
after
conducting
a search
votes.Acronym:
Acronym: RFD (R’F-D’).
tradifor votes.
(R'F-D'). See
Seealso
also
tradidata to be replaced.
replaced. Text-based
the data
Text-basedapplications
applications for
tionalnewsgroup
newsgrouphierarchy,
hierarchy,
Usenet.
Usenet.
such
searchsuch as
as word
word processors
processorstypically
typicallyinclude
include
search- tional
Request
to
Send
\r;;J-kwesf
t;;J
send'\
and-replace
both
and-replacecommands.
commands.InInsuch
suchoperations,
operations,
both Request to Send \ro-kwest" to send’\ n.
n. See
SeeRTS.
RTS.
required hyphen
hI'f;;Jn
\ n. n.See
old and
and new
new data
datamust
mustbe
bespecified,
specified,and
andsearchsearch- required
hyphen\rd-kwlrd'
\ra-kwgrd"
hY’fon\
See
old
hyphen.
and-replace
not
bebe
sensiand-replaceprocedures
proceduresmayor
may ormay
may
not
sensi- hyphen.
Libraries Information
tive to
onon Research
tive
to uppercase
uppercaseand
andlowercase,
lowercase,depending
depending
Research Libraries
Information Network
Network
1 , 1,
nefw;;Jrk\
n. n.
the application
program.See
Seealso
alsosearch
search
search \re's;;Jrch
\r~’sorch ll'briir-ez
1Fbr~r-~zin-f;;Jr-ma'sh;;Jn
in-for-m~’shon
net’work\
application program.
search
replace.
The
onlinecatalog
catalog
Research
The combined
combined online
ofofthetheResearch
and replace.
Group,which
whichincludes
includes
many
of the
major
Librades Group,
many
of the
major
replication \re'pl;;J-ka'sh;;Jn
\ n. n.
InIna adistributed
replication
\re’plo-k~’shon\
distributed Libraries
researchlibraries
libraries
United
States.
Acronym:
in in
thethe
United
States.
Acronym:
database
thethe
process
of of research
database management
managementsystem,.
system,,
process
'1iQ. , R'L-I-W).
copyingthe
thedatabase
database(or(orparts
parts
other RUN
RLIN(R(R’lin,
R’L-I-N’).
copying
ofof
it) it)
to to
thethe
other
\r;;J-z;;Jrv'\ n.
n. A command
command that
parts of
of the
the network.
network.Replication
Replicationallows
allows
distrib- reserve \ro-zorv’\
thatallocates
allocates
.¯ parts
distribcontiguous
disk
space
for
the
device
instance’s
uted database
synchronized.
See See contiguous disk space for the device instance's
databasesystems
systemstotoremain
remain
synchronized.
recognize
thisthis
also
distributed database,
also distributed
database,distributed
distributeddatabase
database workspace.
workspace.Digital
Digitalvideo
videodevices
devices
recognize
command.
command.
management
managementsystem.
system.
accumulator \ \r;;J-z;;Jrv'
The presentation
presentationofof
informa-reserve accumulator
ro-zorv";;J-kyoo'mY;;J-Hi-t;;Jr\
o-ky~’myo-l~-tor\
report \ro-p6rt’\
\r;;J-porn n.
n. The
informan.
An
auxiliary
storage
register
generally
n.
An
auxiliary
storage
register
generally
usedused
to to
tion
typically
in printed
form.form.
tion about
aboutaagiven
giventopic,
topic,
typically
in printed
ofof
anan
extended
cal-ca!Reports
appropriate
Reportsprepared
preparedwith
withcomputers
computersand
and
appropriate store
store the
the intermediate
intermediateresults
results
extended
softwarecan
can.include
includetext,
text,graphics,
graphics,
charts. culation.
culation.
software
andand
charts.
\r;;J-z;;Jrvd' kiir';;Jk-t;;Jr\
n. n.AA
character \ro-zarvd"
k~r’ok-tor\
Database
software
Databaseprograms
programscan
caninclude
includespecial
special
software reserved character
keyboardcharacter
characterthat
thathas
hasa aspecial
special
meaning
meaning
to to
for
reports.
for creating
creatingreport
reportforms
formsand
andgenerating
generating
reports. keyboard
MTI0002607
n.1.1.The
Thefineness
fineness
\rez';:)-loo'sh;:m\ n.
of of
aa program
program and,
and, as
as aa result,
result, normally
normallycannot
cannotbebe resolution \rez’a-l~’shan\
detail attained
attainedbybya aprinter
printerorora amonitor
monitor
proused in assigning
assigning names
in in
pronamestotofiles,
files,documents,
documents,and
and detail
ducing
charactools, such as macros.
Charducing an
an image.
image,For
Forprinters
printersthat
thatform
form
characother user-generated tools,
macros. Characters commonly
commonly reserved
reserved for
for special
special uses
uses include
include
ters
fromsmall,
small,closely
closely
spaced
dots,
resolution
ters from
spaced
dots,
resolution
is is
acters
measuredinindots
dotsper
perinch,
inch,orordpi,
dpi,and
andranges
ranges
the
asterisk (*),
the asterisk
(*),forward
forwardslash
slash(j),
(/),backslash
backslash(\),
(\), measured
from
question
question mark
mark (?),
(?),and
andvertical
verticalbar
bar(I).
(I).
from about
about 125
125 dpi
dpi for
for low-quality
low-qualitydot-matrix
dot-matrix
printers
reserved
memory\re-zarvd"
\re-z~rvd' mem'~r-e\
·See
and
inkreserved memory
mem’ar.~\n.n..See
printerstotoabout
about600
600dpi
dpifor
forsome
somelaser
laser
and
inkUMA.
jet
(typesetting
equipment
print
jet printers
printers (typesetting
equipment
cancan
print
at at
UMA.
reserved word
word’\ n.n,AAword
wordthat
that resolutions
over1,000
1,000dpi).
dpi).For
Fora avideo
videodis:'
disresolutions ofofover
reserved
word\ra-zarvd"
\rd-zdrvd' wdrd'\
play,
the
number
of
pixels
is
determined
by
has special
special meaning
meaningtotoaaprogram
programororinina aprogramprogram- play, the number of pixels is determined by the the
has
modeand
andvideo
videoadapter,
adapter,
size
ming
Reserved words
words usually
usually,include
.include graphics
graphics mode'
butbut
thethe
size
ming language.
language. Reserved
of the
the display
displaydepends
dependsononthe
thesize
sizeand
andadjustadjustthose used for control
control statements
statements (IF,
(IF, FOR,
FOR, END),
of
END),
ment of
data
thethe
r~solution
of aof a
data declarations,
declarations,and
andthe
thelike.
like.AAreserved
reservedword
word ment
of the
the monitor;
monitor;hence
hence
resolution
video display
number
of of
can be used
circum- video
displayis istaken
takenas asthethetotal
total
number
can
used only
only in
in certain
certain predefined
predefined circumstances; ititcannot
cannotbe
beused
used inin naming
namingdocuments,
documents, pixels
displayedhorizontally
horizontally
and
vertically.
pixels displayed
and
vertically.
See See
stances;
the
followingtable.
table.
also
high
resolution,
files, labels,
the following
SeeSee
also
high
resolution,
lowlow
files,
labels,variables,
variables,ororuser-generated
user.generatedtools
toolssuch
such
resolution. 2.2.The
between
macros.
resolution.
Theprocess
processofoftranslation
translation
between
as macros.
domain name
reset
reset button
button \re'set
\rE’setbuf;:;m\
but’on\n.n.AA device
devicethat
that a domain
name address
addressand
andan
anIPIPaddress.
address.See
See
restarts
a
computer
without
turning
off
its
power.
also
DNS.
restarts a computer without turning off its power.
also DNS.
Compare big
match
resolve \ra-zolv’\
\r;:)-zolv'\ vb.vb.
1. 1.
ToTo
match
one one
piecepiece
of of
Compare
big red
red switch.
switch.
information
anotherin ina adatabase
database
lookup
resident font
\rez';:)-d;:)nt font'\
internal
information totoanother
or or
lookup
font \rez’a-dant
font’\n.n. See
See internal
table. 2.
nono
hardware
table.
2.To
Tofind
finda asetting
settingininwhich
which
hardware
font.
resident program
pr6"gram\n.n.See
See conflicts
occur.3.3.To
Toconvert
converta alogical
logical
address
resident
program \rez’a-dant
\rez';:)-d;:)nt pro'gram\
conflicts occur.
address
to to
a
physical
address
or
vice
versa.
physical address or vice versa.
TSR.
TSR.
\re;sors, rd-sors'\
of of
a a
resistance
\rd-zi'stdns\ n.
n. The
The abil.ity
ability totoimpede
resistance \ra-zi’stans\
impede resource
resource \rWs6rs,
ra-s6rs’\n.n.1.1.Any
Anypart
pfirt
computer system
..(resist)
(resist) the
flow of
of electric
electric current.
current. With
With the
the
such
as as
a a
disk
the flow
computer
systemorora anetwork,
network,
such
disk
exception of
of superconductors,
all substances
drive,
printer,orormemory,
memory,that
that
can
allotted
drive, printer,
exception
superconductors, all
substances
can
bebe
allotted
to ato a
programororaaprocess
processwhile
while
running.
2. An
have
greater or
program
or lesser
lesser degree
degree of
of resistance.
resistance.
it it
is is
running.
2. An
have a greater
item
of
data
or
code
that
can
be
used
by
more
than
Substances
Substanceswith
withvery
verylow
low resistance,
resistance,such
suchasas item of data or code that can be used by more than
metals, conduct
conduct electricity
electricitywell
welland
andare
are called
called one
programororininmore
morethan
thanone
oneplace
place
a prometals,
one program
in in
a proconductors. Substances
Substanceswith
withvery
very high
high resisresis- gram,
gram,such
suchasasaadialog
dialogbox,
box,a asound
soundeffect,
effect,
or or
a a
conductors.
font in
in aa windowing
windowingenvironment.
environment.
Many
features
Many
features
tance, such as
tance,
as glass
glass and
and rubber,
rubber, conduct
conductelectricelectric- font
ity poorly
poorly and
oror
replacing
ity
and are
are called
callednonconductors
nonconductors or
or in aa program
programcan
canbebealtered
alteredbybyadding
adding
replacing
insulators.
resourceswithout
withoutthe
thenecessity
necessity
recompiling
resources
of of
recompiling
the the
insulators.
resistor
\ra-zi’star\ n.
n. AA circuit
program from
fromsource
sourcecode.
code.Resources
Resourcescan
canalso
also
program
resistor \r;:)-zi'st;:)r\
circuit component
component
bebe
designed to
provide a specific
specific amount
amount of resisresiscopied and
another,
designed
to provide
copied
and pasted
pastedfrom
fromone
oneprogram
programinto
into
another,
typicallybybya aspecialized
specialized
utility
program
called
a
tance to current flow.
flow. See the illustration.
illustration.
typically
utility
program
called
a
resource editor.
editor.
resource
a-la-k~’shan\
The
resource allocation
allocation\rfi’s6rs
\re;sors a-l~-ka'sh;:)n\
n. n.
The
Bands
system's
faciliprocess
process of
ofdistributing
distributinga acomputer
computer
system’s
facili~.~.
ties to
to different
differentcomponents
components
a job
order
ties
of of
a job
in in
order
to to
perform the
the job.
job.
perform
Resistor.
the resistance
resistance
Resistor. The
Thebands
bands indicate
indicate the
resource data \rWs6rs
\re'sors da't;:),
daf;:)\
n. n.
d~’ta,r;:)-sors',
ra-s6rs’,
dat’a\
in ohms,
ohms, as well as
as tolerance
tolerance (the
(the margin
margin oj
o~
in
The data
data structures,
structures, templates,
proceThe
tdmplates,definition
definition
proceerrorfrom
from the
the amount
amountof
ofresistance
resistanceindicated
indicated
dures, management
managementroutines,
routines,
icon
maps,
dures,
icon
maps,
andand
so so
~Y
b, ythe
thebands).
bands).
forth associated
associatedwith
witha aparticular
particular
resource,
such
forth
resource,
such
as as
menu,
window,
or
dialog
box.
See
also
resource
a
menu,
window,
or
dialog
box.
See
also
resource
resize
\rE-sTz’\
vb.
To
make
an
object
or
space
resize \re-sIz'\ vb. To make an object or space
(definition
.
larger or
or smaller.
smaller.Also
Alsocalled
calledscale.
scale.
(definition2),
2),resource
resourcefork.
fork.
larger
MTI0002608
resourcefile
Ide \r~’s6rs
\re'sors fiT,
n. n.
A file
that that
Resource
Setup Protocol
Protocol\rE’s6rs
\re'sors
resource
ffl’,rd-sors'\
ra-s6rs’\
A file
Resource Reservation Setup
consists
ofresource
resourcedata
dataand
andthe
theresource
resource
map rez-dr-va'shdn
rez-or-v~’shonset'up
set’up
pr6"to-kol\
A communipro'td-kol\
n. n.
A communiconsists of
map
forfor
"bandwidth
that indexes
2),2), cations
that
indexesit.it.See
Seealso
alsoresource
resource(definition
(definition
cationsprotocol
protocoldesigned
designedtotoallow
allow
"bandwidth
on demand."
a cerresource fork.
resource
fork.
demand." AAremote
remotereceiver
receiverrequests
requeststhat
that
a certain amount
amountofofbandwidth
bandwidth
reserved
resource
fork \r~’s6rs
\re'sors fork',
n. n.
One
of of tain
bebe
reserved
by by
thethe
resource fork
f6rk’,rd-sors'\
ra-s6rs’\
One
the two
filefile
(the(the
other
back
a a
two forks
forksofofananApple
AppleMacintosh
Macintosh
other . server
serverfor
foraa data
datastream;
stream;the
theserver
serversends
sends
back
being
resource
forkfork
of aofa
pro-pro- message
sentsent
in reply
to an
beingthe
thedata
datafork).
fork).The
The
resource
message(similar
(similartotothetheRSVP
RSVP
in reply
to an
whether
or not
the the
request
gram file
filecontains
containsreusable
reusable
items
of informationinvitation)
invitation)indicating'
indicating
whether
or not
request
gram
items
of information
has been
Acronym: RRSP
(R’R-S-P’),
been granted.
granted. Acronym:
RRSP (R'R-S-P'),
that
course
of of
exethat the
the program
programcan
canuse
useduring
duringthethe
course
exe- has
cution, such
dialog
cution,
suchasas fonts,
fonts,icons,
icons,windows,
windows,
dialog RSVP
RSVP (R'S-V-P').
(R" S-V-P’).
type \r~’s6rs
\re'sors tip',
n. n.
One
of of
boxes, menus,
A userboxes,
menus,and
andthe
theprogram
programcode
codeitself.
itself.
A user- resource type
tip’,rd-sors'\
ra-s6rs’\
One
numerousclasses
classesofofstructural
structuraland
andprocedural
procedural
created
stores
its its
data
in the
created document
documenttypically
typically
stores
data
in the numerous
system,
such
data fork,
fork
forfor resources
data
fork,but
butititcan
canalso
alsouse
useitsitsresource
resource
fork
resourcesininthe
theMacintosh
Macintoshoperating
operating
system,
such
templates,
storing
be be
used
more
than
once
storingitems
itemsthat
thatmight
might
used
more
than
once as
as code,
code, fonts,
fonts,windows,
windows,dialog
dialogboxes,
boxes,
templates,
in the
Forexample,
example,inina aHyperCard
HyperCard icons,
icons, patterns,
patterns,strings,
strings,drivers,
drivers,cursors,
cursors,
color
color
in
the document.
document. For
tables,
and
menus.
Resource
types
have
charactertables,
and
menus.
Resource
types
have
characterstack,
the
data
that
constitutes
each
card,
or
stack, the data that constitutes each card, or
isticidentifying
identifyinglabels,
labels,
such
CODE
blocks
such
as as
CODE
for for
blocks
of of
record,
digirecord, in
inthe
thestack
stackisisstored
storedininthe
thedata
datafork;
fork;
digi- istic
forfor
might
be be
used
more
tized
tized sounds
soundsand
andicons
iconsthat
that
might
used
more program
program instructions,
instructions,FONT
FONTforforfonts,
fonts,CURS
CURS
than
The
useuse mouse
than once
once are
arestored
storedininthe
theresource
resourcefork.
fork.
The
mouse cursors,
cursors, and
and so
so on.
on. See
Seealso
alsoresource
resource(defi(deftof
such resources
resources makes
of such
makesprogram
programdevelopment
deve!opment nition
nition 2),
2),resource
resourcefork.
fork.
easier'because
becauseresources
resourcescan
canbebedeveloped
developedand
and response
time
\rd-spons'
easier
response time \ra-spons"tlm'\
ffm’\n.n.1.1.The
Thetime;·
time;.
thethe
issualtered
ofof
thethe
program
code.
SeeSee often
alteredindependently
independently
program
code.
often an
an average,
average,that
thatelapses
elapsesbetween
between
issuance of
of aa request
request and
and the
theprovision
.provision
data
of of
thethe
data
also
HyperCard,
resource
(definition
2). Compareance
also HyperCard,
resource
(definition
2). Compare
requested(or
(ornotification
notification
inability
to provide
of of
inability
to provide
requested
data fork.
fork.
a a
memory
circuit
or or
resource
ID \r~’s6rs
\re'sors I-D',
number
resource II)
I-D’,rd-sors'\
ra-s6rs’\n.n.A A
number it).
iO. 2.2.The
Thetime
timerequired
requiredforfor
memory
circuit
requested
by by
thethe
that
resource
within
a given
that identifies
identifiesa aparticular
particular
resource
within
a given storage
storagedevice
devicetotofurnish
furnishdata
data
requested
resource type
typeon
onthe
theApple
AppleMacintosh-for
Macintosh--for
exam- central
central processing
processingunit
unit(CPU).
(CPU).
resource
exam\re-starn vb.vb.
SeeSee
reboot.
ple, aa particular
particularmenu
menuamong
amongmany
many
resourdes
reboot.
ple,
resources
of ofrestart \rfi-st~rt’\
restore11 \ra-st6r’,
n. The
Theact
actofofrestoring
re)toting
\rd-stor', r~-st6r’\
re-stor'\ n.
type
type MENU
MENUthat
thata aprogram
programmight
mightuse.
use.See
Seealso
also restore
aa file
files.
See also
backup,
recovery.
resource
(definition2).2).
fileoror
files.
See also
backup,
recovery.
resource (definition
COMMON
SCREENRESOLUTIONS
RESOLUTIONS
FOR
PERSONAL
COMPUTERS
COMMON SCREEN
FOR
PERSONAL
COMPUTERS
IBM
IBMPersonal
Personal Computers
Computers and
and compatibles
compatibles
Monochrome
(MDA)
Monochrome.Display
·Display Adapter (MDA)
Color/Graphics
Adapter(CGA)
(CGA)
Color/Graphics Adapter
Enhanced Graphics
Enhanced
GraphicsAdapter
Adapter(EGA)
(EGA)
Professional
GraphicsAdapter
Adapter(PGA)
(PGA)
Professional Graphics
Multi-Color
Graphics'Array
’Array(MCGA)
(MCGA)
Multi-Color Graphics
Video Graphics
Graphics Array
Array(VGA)
(VGA)
eXtended
Graphics Array
Array(XGA)
(XGA)
eXtended Graphics
Super Video
Video Graphics
Graphics Array
Array(SVGA)
(SVGA)
Apple Macintosh
Macintosh Classic
Classic
Macintosh II
II family
family
Macintosh
720 pixels
pixelsacross
acrossbyby350
350pixels
pixelsdown
down
720
640 pixe~s
pixe!sacross
acrossbyby200
200pixels
pixelsdown
down
640
640 pixels
pixelsacrOss
acrossbyby350
350pixels
pixelsdown
down
640
640
640 pixels
pixelsacross
acrossbyby480
480pixels
pixelsdown
down
640 pixels
pixelsacross
acrossby
by480
480pixels
pixelsdown
down
640
720 pixels
pixelsacross
acrossbyby400
400pixels
pixels
down
mode,
pixels
720
down
in in
texttext
mode,
640640
pixels
across by
by480
480pixels
pixelsdown
downiningraphics
graphics
mode
mode
across
1,024pixels
pixelsacross
acrossbyby768
768pixels
pixels
down
1,024
down
1,024
pixels
across
1,024pixels
pixelsacross
acrossbyby768
768pixels
pixelsdown,
down,oror1,280
1,280
pixels
across
1,024pixels
pixelsdown
down
by 1,024
512 pixels
pixelsacross
acrossby
by342
342pixels
pixelsdown
down
512
640 pixels
pixelsacross
acrossby
by480
480pixels
pixelsdown
downonon
Apple’s
12-inch
640
Apple's
12-inch
black-and-white
monitors
black-and-whiteand
and13-inch
13-inchcolor
color
monitors
MTI0002609
restore
vb. To
To copy
copyfiles
filesfrom
from Return
r-o-turn"ke'\
k~’\n.n.A A
key
a keyboard
Return. l~ey
restore22 \ra-st6r’,
\ld-st6r', r~Tst6r’\
re.-st6r'\ vb.
key \\ld-turn'
key
onon
a keyboard
that
is
used
to
terminate
input
of
a
field
or
record
that
is
used
to
terminate
input
of
a
field
or record
aa backup
location,
backup storage
storagedevice
devicetototheir
theirnormal
normal
location,
especially
areare
being
copied
to replace
ofof
a dialog
box.
especiallyififthe
thefiles
files
being
copied
to replace or
or to
to execute
executethe
thedefault
defaultaction
action
a dialog
box.
files
lost
or or
deleted.
On IBM
and
compatibles,
thisthis
filesthat
thatwere
wereaccidentally
accidentally
lost
deleted.
IBMPersonal
PersonalComputers
Computers
and
compatibles,
restricted function
funk'sh;:m\
n. An. A key is
The
corresponding
keykey
on on
a a
restricted
ftmcfion\r;;>-strik't;;>d
\ra-strik’tad
funk’shan\
is called
called ENTER.
ENTER.
The
corresponding
function
oran
anoperation
operationthat
that
can
executed
causesthe
thecarriage
carriage
holding
paper
typewriter causes
holding
thethe
can
be be
executed
onlyonly typewriter
paper
to to
function or
to the
thestarting
startingposition
position
begin
a new
under
especially
return to
to to
begin
a new
when
the the return
line;line;
under certain
certaincircumstances,
circumstances,
especially
when
also Enter
Enter key.
key. ¯
central
unit
name. See
is is
in in
privileged
See also
centralprocessing
processing
unit(CPU)
(CPU)
privileged hence the name.
return to zero
\r;;>-turn' t;;>ta zer'6\
alsoprivileged
privileged
mode.
zero \ra-turn"
z~r’6\n.n.Abbi'eviated
Abbi’eviated
mode. See
See also
mode.
RestructuredExtended
Extended]Executor
Executor \\re-struk'r~-stmk’- RZ.
methodofofrecording
recording
magnetic
media
Restructured
RZ. AAmethod
onon
magnetic
media
in in
churd
eks';;>-kycm't;;>r\
n. n.
SeeSee
REXX.
which
or or
"neutral"
state,
is is
churdeks-ten'd;;>d
eks-ten’dad
eks’a-lc!~’tar\
REXX.
which the
thereference
referdncecondition,
condition,
"neutral"
state,
retrace \r~’tr~s\
\re'tras\ n.
n. The
byby
thethe
electl1e absence
Compa1'e
The path
pathfollowed
followed
dec- the
absenceofofmagnetization.
magnetization.
Comparenonreturn
non_return
tron
beam in
inaaraster-scan
taste>scancomputer
computer
monitor
as it to zero.
tron beam
zero.
monitor
as it
returns
eitherfrom
fromthetheright
right
edge
of thereusability
reusability \re-ycm'z;;>-bil';;>-te\
\r~-y~’za-bil’a-t~\
ability
n. n.
TheThe
ability
of of
returns either
to to
thethe
leftleft
edge
of the
code or
or aa design
designtoto be
be usable
usableagain
againininanother
another
screen or
thethe
screen.
screen
or from
fromthe
thebottom
bottomtotothe
thetop
topofof
screen. code
The
beam
forfor
its next
The retrace
retracepositions
positionsthe
theelectron
electron
beam
its next application
applicationor
orsystem.
system.
Reverse Address
Protocol
r;;>sweep
acrossoror down
downthe
thes'creen;
gcreen;during
during
AddressRecognition
Recognition
Protocol \\rasweep across
thisthis Reverse
;;>-dres'\
n. n.
interval,
thebeam
beamis isbriefly
briefly
turned
to avoid v;;>rs'
vars" a'dres
a’dresrek';;>g-nish';;>n
rek’ag-nish’anpr6't;;>-kol,
pr6"ta-kol,
a-dres’\
interval, the
turned
off off
to avoid
drawing an
RetracSeeRARP.
drawing
anunwanted
unwantedline
lineononthe
thescreen.
screen.
Retrac- See
RARP.
A-R-P’\n.n.See
SeeRARP.
RARP.
ing occurs
and'
uses
ReverseARP
ARlP \re-vats"
\re-v;;>rs' arp’,
arp', A-R-P'\
ing
occursmany
manytimes
timeseach
eachsecond
second
and
uses Reverse
byte ordering \ra-vars"
\r;;>-v;;>rs' bR"
bIt' 6r-d;;>r-eng\
tightlysynchronized
synchronized
signals
to ensure
reverse byte
6r-dar-~ng\
tightly
signals
to ensure
that that
the the
electron
beamisisturned
turnedoffoff
and
during
electron beam
and
onon
during
thethe n. See
See little
little endian.
endian.
engineering\ra-vars"
\r;;>-v;;>rs' en-]a-ner’~ng\
en-j;;>-ner'eng\ n.n.
retrace.
retrace,
raster
retrace.See
Seealso
alsoblanking,
blanking,horizontal
horizonta!
retrace,
rasmr reverse engineering
display,
verticalretrace.
retrace.
A method
methodofofanalyzing
analyzing
a product
in which
display, vertical
a product
in which
the the
fin- finretrieve
\ra-tr~v’\vb.vboToToobtain
obtaina aspecific
specificre-re- ished
ished item
itemisisstudied
studiedtotodetermine
determine
makeup
its its
makeup
retrieve \r;;>-trev'\
or or
, quested
item
or
set
of
data
by
locating
it
and
component
parts-for
example,
studying
a
comquested item or set of data by locating it and component parts~for example, studying a comreturning itittotoaapl:ogram
user.
Computers
or or
returning
piogramorortotothethe
user.
Computers pleted ROM
ROMchip
chiptotodetermine
determineitsitsprograJ.TIffiing
progra.mming
can retrieve
retrieveinformation
informationfrom
from
any
source
of stor- studying-a
newcomputer
computersystem
system
learn
about
can
any
source
of storstudying·a new
to to
learn
about
its its
design.
age-disks, tapes,
tapes, or memory.
engineermemory.
design. For
Forcomputer
computersoftware,
software,"rev~rse
"reverse
engineering" typically
decompilation
\r;;>-turn'\ vb.
control
of tl1~
of a of
substanreturn \ra-turn’\
vb.1.1.To
Totransfer
transfer
control
of the. ing"
typicallyinvolves
involves
decompilation
a substantial portion
system
oror
program
back
to to tial
thethe
systemfrom
froma acalled
calledroutine
routine
program
back
portionof
ofthe
theobject
objectcode
codeand
andstudying
studying
resultingdecompiled
decompiledcode.
code.
the
Some
languages
the calling
callingroutine
routineororprogram.
program.
Some
languages resulting
pathf6r'w;;>rf6r’warpath forwarding
forwarding \ra-vars"
\r;;>-v;;>rs' path
support
others
support an
anexplicit
explicitreturn
returnororexit
exitstatement;
statement;
othersreverse path
allow
statement)
of tl1e
deng\ n. A
routing
decisions
allow return
returnonly
onlyatatthe
theend
end(last
(last
statement)
of the d{ng\
A technique
techniquethat
thatmakes
makes
routing
decisions
2 2 (definition
called routine
routine or
or program.
program.See
Seealso
alsocaU
call
through
TCP/IP
networkbybyusing
using
source
through aa TCP
called
(definition
/IP network
thethe
source
2). 2.
2. To
Toreport
reportthe
theoutcome
outcomeofofa acalled
called
routine
of aa datagram
datagramrather
rathertl1an
thanthethe
destination
address of
2).
routine
to to address
destination
the
address. Reverse
used
in in
broadthe calling
callingroutine
routineororprogram.
program.
address.
Reversepath
pathforwarding
forwardingis is
used
broadreturn code \ra-turn"
\r;;>-turn' k6d'\
a a cast
return
kSd’\n.n.InInprogramming,
programming,
and multicast
multicastapplications
applications
because
it reduces
cast and
because
it reduces
code that
that isisused
usedtotoreport
reportthe
theoutcome
outcomeofofa apropro- redundant
rddundant transmissions
transmissions
multiple
recipients.
code
to tomultiple
recipients.
cedure or
ortotoinfluence
influencesubsequent
subsequent
events
when
cedure
events
when
a a Acronym:
RPF
(R'P-F').
See
also
datagram,
TCP/IP.
Acronym: RPF (R’P-F’). See also datagram, TCP/IP.
n6-t~’routine
and
passes
Polish notation
notation\ra-vars"
\r;;>-v;;>rs' p6"lish
p6'lish n6-ta'routine or
or process
processterminates
terminates(returns)
(returns)
and
passes reverse Polish
control of
ofthe
thesystem
systemtotoanother
anotherroutine.
routine.
Return sh;;>n
shah\\ n.
notation.
control
Return
n. See
See postfix
postfbc notation.
codes can,
can,for
forexample,
example,indicate
indicate
whether
opera- reverse
reverse video
vid’fi-6\ n.
n.The
Thereversal
reversal
codes
whether
anan
operavideo\ra-vars"
\r;;>-v;;>rs'vid'e-6\
of of
tion
can
thus
be be
used
to to light
selected
characters
tion was
wassuccessful
successfulorornot
notand
and
can
thus
used
light and
and dark
darkininthe
thedisplay
displayofof
selected
characters
determine
determinewhat
whatisistotobebedone
donenext.
next.
video screen.
screen.For
Forexample,
example,if text
if text
is normally
on a video
is normally
return from
fromthe
thedead
dead\ \ra-turn"
fram
displayedasaswhite
whitecharacters
charactersonona ablack
blackbackbackf;;>-turn' ff;;>m
dh;;>dha
dedded’\
'\
displayed
vb. To
To regain
regainaccess
accesstotothe
theInternet
Internetafter
after
having ground,
ground, reverse
reversevideo
videopresents
presentstext
textasasblack
black
letters
vb.
having
letters
background.Programmers
Programmers
cdmmonly
been disconnected.
on a white
white background.
commonly
disconnected.
MTI0002610
use reverse
reversevideo
videoasasa ameans
means
highlighting
electromagneticradiation.
radiation.
shielding
is intended
ofof
highlighting
text text electromagnetic
RFRF
shielding
is intended
or special
items(such
(suchasasmenu
menuchoices
choices
cur- to
keep RF
RFradiation
radiationeither
eitherinside
inside
a device
special items
or or
thethe
curto keep
a device
or or
outout
sor) on the screen.
of aa device
shielding,
devices
screen.
device... Without
Withoutproper
properRFRF
shielding,
devices
\rd-vdrt'\ vb.
to to
thethe
lastlast
saved
ver- ver-that
revert \ra-vart’\
vb.To
Toreturn
return
saved
that use
use or
or emit
emitRF
RFradiation
radiation
can
interfere
can
interfere
withwith
sion of
of aa document.
document.Choosing
Choosing
this
command
each other;
other;for
forexample,
example,
running
electric
mixer
this
command
tellstells each
running
an an
electric
mixer
application totoabandon
made
in ain a might
onon
a television.
Comp~t­
the application
abandonallallchanges
changes
made
mightcause
causeinterference
interference
a television.
Comptgers generate
RFradiation
radiationand,
and,totomeet
meetFederal
Federal
document
it it
was
saved.
ers
generate RF
documentsince
sincethe
thelast
lasttime
time
was
saved.
Communications
standards,
Revisable-Form-Text DCA
l'd-Vl zd-bl-form-teksf
Revisable-Form-Text
DCA \\ra-vFza-bl-f6rm-tekst"
CommunicationsCommission
Commission(FCC)
(FCC)
standards,
Content
. D-C-A’\
D-C-A'\ n.
n.AAstandard
standardwithin
withinDocument
Document
Content must be
be properly
properlyshielded
shieldedtotoprevent
preventthis
thisRFRF
radiaradiaArchitecture
(DCA)
storing
documents
in such tion
tion from
fromleaking
leakingout.
out.The
Themetal
metal
case
a PC
documents
in such
Architecture (DCA)
forfor
storing
case
of of
a PC
pro-proway that
bebe
changed
by by
thethe vides
vides most
Devices
a way
that the
the formatting
formattingcan
can
changed
most of
of the
the needed
neededRF
RFshielding.
shielding.
Devices
receiver.
A related
related standard
standard isis Final-Form-Text
meetingFCC
FCCtype
typeAAstandards
standardsarearesuitable
suitable
meeting
receiver. A
Final-Form-Text
forfor
DCA. Acronym:
business
use.Devices
Devicesmeeting
meeting
more
stringent
Acronym:RFTDCA
RFTDCA (R’F-T’D-C-A’).
(R'F-TD-C-A'). See
See also
business use.
thethe
more
stringent
CompareFinal-Form-Text
Final-Form-Text DCA.
FCC
forfor
home
use.
DCA. Compare
DCA.
FCCtype
typeBBstandards
standardsare
aresuitable
suitable
home
use.
\re-wInd'\ vb.
tape
rewind \r~-w~nd’\
vb.To
Towind
winda amagnetic
magnetic
tape See
alsoradio
radio frequency,
frequency, RFI.
RFI.
See also
spool
or cassette
cassettetotoitsitsbeginning.
beginning.
R_VrDCA
\R’F-T’D-C-A’\ n.
n. See
See Revisable-FormRevisable-FormRFfDCA \R'F-TD-C-A'\
spool or
rewritable
digitalvideo
video
disc\re-rI'td-bl
\r~-rFta-bl
dij’i-tal Text DCA.
rewritablie digitaJI.
disc
dij'i-tdl
DCA.
forred-green-blue.
red-green-blue.
vid'e-o disk\
recording
datadata
on onRGB
RGlB\R’G-B’\
\R'G-B'\ n.
n. Acronym
Acronym for
A A
vid’~-6
disk\ n.n.Technology
Technologyforfor
re.cording
discs that
c;pacity
as as
digital
discs
thathave
havethe
thesame
samestorage
storage
capacity
digital model
for describing
describingcolors
colors
that
produced
model for
tha~
areare
produced
by by
emittinglight,
light,asas
a video
monitor,
rather
video.
discs (DVDs)
bebe
rewritten
likelike
thethe emitting
onon
a video
monitor,
rather
thanthan
video.discs
(DVDs)but
butcan
can
rewritten
compact
(CD-RW)
devices.
compact di.sc-rewritable
di$c-rewritable (CD-RW)
devices.
SeeSee by
by absorbing
The
thJ;'ee
absorbingit,it,asaswith
withink
inkononpaper.
paper.
The
thzed
kinds
of
cone
cells
in
the
eye
respondto
red,
kinds
of
cone
cells
in
the
eye
respond'
to
red,
also
digital
video
disc,
PD-CD
drive.
also digital video disc, PD-CD drive.
rewrite
\re-rIt'\ vb.
especially
in in green,
so so
percentages
rewrite \r~-Et’\
vb.To
Towrite
writeagain,
again,
especially
green, and
andblue
bluelight,
light,respectively,
respectively,
percentages
situationswhere
whereinformation
information
is not
permanently of
of these
these additive
additiveprimary
primary
colors
mixed
situations
is not
permanently
colors
cancan
be be
mixed
to to
recorded,
suchasas RAM
RAMorora avideo
videodisplay.
display.
Also get
get the
the appearance
appearanceofofany
anydesired
desiredcolor.
color.Adding
Adding
.
recorded, such
Also
called
SeeSee
alsoalso
dynamic
RAM.RAM.no
percent
of all
calledrefresh,
refresh,regenerate.
regenerate.
dynamic
no color
color produces
producesblack;
black;adding
adding100
:tO0
percent
of all
REXX
forfor
Restrucresults
in white.
See also
RGB
REXX\reks,
\reks, R'E-X-X'\
R’E-X-X’\n.n.Acronym
Acronym
Restruc- three
threecolors
colors
results
in white.
SeeCMYK,
also CMYK,
RGB
tured
Extended Executor.
Executor.AAstructured
structuredprogramprogram- monitor.
monitor.Compare
CompareCMY.
CMY.
tured Extended
RGB display
display \ \R-G-B'
R-G-B"dis-pUn
dis-pl~’\n.n.See
See
RGB
monitor.
ming
mainframes
and and
withwithRGlB
RGB
monitor.
ming language
languageused
usedononIBM
IBM
mainframes
OS/2 Version
programs
invoke
applicaOS/2
Version2.0.
2.0.REXX
REXX
programs
invoke
applica- RGlB
RGBmonitor
monitor \\R-G-B'
R-G-B"mon'd-tdr\
mon’a-tar\n.Acolormonin. A color monition
programsand
andoperating
operatingsystem
system
commands.
tor that
thatreceives
receivesitsitssignals
signals
green,
tion programs
commands.
tor
forfor
red,red,
green,
andand
blueblue
RF
radiofrequency.
frequency.
levels over
overseparate
separatelines.
lines.An
AnRGB
RGB
monitor
generRlF \R-F’\
\R-F'\ n.
n. See
See radio
levels
monitor
generRFC
\R’F-C’\n.n. Acronym
AcronymforforRequest
Request
Com- ally
ally produces
producessharper
sharperand
andcleaner
cleaner
images
than
RlFC \R'F-C\
forfor
Comimages
than
ments.
a standard,
a protocol,
which
ments.AAdocument
documentininwhich
which
a standard,
a protocol, those
those produced
producedby
byaa composite
compositemonitor,
monitor,
which
or
pertaining
to the
operation
of of receives
three
colors
over
a single
line.line.
or other
otherinformation
information
pertaining
to the
operation
receiveslevels
levelsfor
forallall
three
colors
over
a single
Internetisispublished.
published.The
TheRFC
RFC
is actually
issued, See
Seealso
alsoRGB.
RGB.Compare
Comparecomposite
compositevideo
video display.
the Internet
is actually
issued,
k~’bl\ n.
n.AAflat
fiat
cable
containunder
after
discussion
and andribbon cable \rib’an
\rib'dn ld'bl\
cable
containunder the
the control
controlofofthe
theIAB,
IAB,
after
discussion
serves
bebe
obtained
from
forfor
data
and
control
serves as
as the
thestandard.
standard.RFCs
RFCscan
can
obtained
from ing
ing up
up to
to 100
100parallel
parallelwires
wires
data
and
control
sources
lines.
cables
areare
used
inside
sources such
such as
as InterNIC.
InterNIC.
lines.For
Forexample,
example,ribbon
ribbon
cables
used
inside
a
computer’s
case
to
connect
the
disk
drives
to
their
RFD
a
computer's
case
\R'F-D'\
n.
See
Request
for
Discussion.
to
connect
the
disk
drives
to
their
RFD \R’F-D’\ n. See Re.quest for Discussion.
controllers.See
Seethetheillustration
illustration
next
page.
RlFI
\R'F-I'\ n.
radio
frequency
interon on
the the
next
page.
RFI \R’F-I’\
n.Acronym
Acronymforfor
radio
frequency
inter- controllers.
AA
disposable
ference.
into
anan
electronic
circuit,
cartridge \rib'dn
\rib’anldir'trij\
k~r’trij\n.n.
disposable
ference.Noise
Noiseintroduced
introduced
into
electronic
circuit,ribbon cartridge
such as
as aa radio
radioor
ortelevision,
television,bybyelectromagnetic
electromagnetic module
modulecontaining
containing
inked
fabric
ribbon
such
anan
inked
fabric
ribbon
or aor a
radiationproduced
producedbybyanother
anothercircuit,
circuit,
such
carbon-coatedplastic
plasticfilm
film
ribbon.
Many
impact
radiation
such
as as
a a carbon-coated
ribbon.
Many
impact
printersuse
use ribbon
ribboncartridges
cartridges
make
ribbon
computer.
printers
to to
make
ribbon
computer.
RlF
\R-F'shel'deng\
AA
structure,
gen-gen- changing
RFshielding
shielding \R-F"
sh~l’d~ng\n.n.
structure,
changingeasier
easierand
andcleaner.
cleaner.
Rich
Text
Format
\rich
tekst"
f6r’mat\
n. An
Rich
Text
Format
\rich
tekst'
for'mat\
n. An
erallysheet
sheetmetal
metalorormetallic
metallic
designed
erally
foil,foil,
designed
to to
prevent
prevent the
the passage
passageof
of radio
radio frequency
frequency(RF)
(RF) adaptation
adaptation of
of DCA
DCA(Document
(DocumentContent
ContentArchitecArchitec-
MTI0002611
ing new
newnodes
nodescan
canbebedifficult.
difficult.
illustration.
ing
SeeSee
thethe
illustration.
See also
token
ring
network.
Com.See
alsotoken
tokenpassing,
passing,
token
ring
network.
Comnetwork, star
pare bus network,
star network.
network.
Ribbon cable.
cable.
ture)
formatted text
text
ture) that is
is used
used for
for transferring
transferring formatted
documents between
documents
between applications,
applications,even
even those
those
applications mnning
running on different
differentplatforms,
platforms,such
suchasas
between IBM
IBM and
and compatibles
compatiblesand
andApple
AppleMacinMacintoshes.
Acronym: RTF
toshes. Acronym:
RTF (R’T-F’).
(R'T-F'). See
Seealso
alsoDCA.
DCA.
right
klik\
vb.vb.
To To
make
a selection
right click
cLick\rIt'
\r~t"
ldik\
make
a selection
using the
the button on the
mouseoror
using
the right
right side
side oJY
of a amouse
other pointing
pointing device.
device. Doing
Doingsosoininthe
the Windows
Windows
95
environment
typically
brings
up
a
95 environment typically brings up apop-up
pop-up
menu
menu with
with options
options applicable
applicabletotothe
theobject
objectover
over
which
cursor is
which the
the cursor
is positioned.
positioned.See
Seealso
alsomouse,
mouse,
pointing device.
device.
network.
right justification
rIC ju-st;;J-fi-ka'
sh;:m \ n. n.InIn Ring network.
justification \\rgt"
ju-sta-fi-k~’shan\
typesetting,word
wordprocessing,
processing,and
anddesktop
desktoppubpubtypesetting,
RIP \rip,
\rip, R'l-P'\
R’I-P’\n.n.See
Seeraster
raster
image
processor.
image
processor.
.. lishing,
the
process
of
aligning
text
evenly
along
lishing, the process of aligning text evenly along RIP
RISC\ \risk,
R’I-S-C’\n.n.Acronym
Acronym
reduced
risk, R'l-S-C\
forforreduced
¯ .'the
’theright
fightmargins
marginsofofa acolumn
columnororpage.
page.The
Theleftleft RISe
instruction set
computing. AA microprocessor
microprocessor
of the
the text
"textisisragged.
ragged.See
Seealso
alsojustify
justify (definiedge of
(defini- instruction
set computing.
design that focuses
efficient process1), rag.
rag. Compare
Compare fullfulljustification,
focuses on rapid and efficient
processtion 1),
justification,left
leftjustificajustificasmall set of simple instructions
ing of a relatively
relatively small
instmctions
tion.
right-justify\ \rIt'ju'st;;J-fi\
vb. To align
right-justify
rWju’sta-E\ vb.
alignlines
linesofoftext
text that comprises most of the instructions a computer
co.rnputer
and executes.
executes. RISC
RISC architecture
elementsso
sothat
thatthe
theright
rightedges
edges decodes and
architecture optimizes
optimizes
and other display
display elements
each of these instructions
form a smooth
instructions so
so that
that itit can
can be
be carried
carried
form
smooth line.
line.See
Seealso
alsoalign
align(definition
(definition 1),
1),
rag.
left-justify.
out
very rapidly--usually
rapidly-usually within
rag. Compare
Compare left-justify.
out very
withina asingle
singleclock
clock
cycle.
disk.
rigid disk \\ri(id
rij’id disk'\
disk" n.
\ n.See
Seehard
hard
disk.
cycle. RISC
RISCchips
chipsthus
thus execute
execute simple
simple instructions
instructions
ring network
network \reng'
\rfing"nefw~rk\
net’wark\n.n.AAlocal
localarea
area more quickly
quickly than
than general-purpose
general-purpose CISC
CISC(complex
(complex
instruction set
set computing)
computing) microprocessors,
microprocessors,which
which
network
network in
in which
which devices
devices(nodes)
(nodes)are
areconnected
connected instruction
are designed
designedtoto handle
handleaamuch
muchwider
widerarray
arrayofof
in a closed loop,
loop, or ring.
ring. Messages
Messagesininaaring
ringnetnet- are
instructions.They
Theyare,
are,however,
however,slower
slowerthan
thanCISC
CISC
work
work pass
pass around
around the
thering
ringfrom
fromnode
nodetotonode
nodeinin instructions.
When aa node
node receives
receivesaamessage,
message,itit chips
chips at executing
which
one direction.
direction. When
executing complex
complex instructions,
instructions, which
into many
manymachine
machineinstrucinstrucmust be broken down into
examines
examines the
the destination
destinationaddress
addressattached
attachedtotothe
the must
message.
message. IfIfthe
the address
addressisisthe
thesame
sameasasthe
thenode's,
node’s, tions that RISC
RISCmicroprocessors
microprocessorscan
canperform.
perform. FamiFamithe node accepts the message;
lies of
of RISC
RISC chips
chips include
include Sun
Sun Microsystems’
Microsystems'
message; otherwise,
otherwise, ititregenregenlies
erates the
the signal
signal and
and passes
passesthe
themessage
messagealong
alongtoto SPARC,
erates
SPARC,Motorola's
Motorola’s88000,
88000,Intel's
Intet’si860,
i860,and
andthe
thePowPowerPC
developed
by
Apple,
the
next
node
in
the
ring.
Such
regeneration
IBM,and
Motorola.
the next node in the ring. Such regeneration erPC developed by Apple, IBM,-and Motorola.See
See
allows
ring network
network to
cover larger
ARC. Compare
allows aa ring
to cover
larger distances
distances also
also architecture,
architecture,SP
SPARC.
Compare CISC.
CISC.
Rivest-Shamir-Adleman encryption
than
than star
star and
and bus
bus networks.
networks.The
Thering
ringcan
canalso
alsobebe Rivest-Shamir-Adleman
encryption \riv';;Jst\ riv’osten-krip'sh;;Jn\
n. See
RSARSA
sha-m~r’-~’dal-man
en-krip’shan\
n. See
designed
designed to
to bypass
bypass any
any malfunctioning
malfunctioningororfailed
failed sh;;J-mer'-a'd;;Jl-m;;Jn
r~ode.Because
Becauseofofthe
theclosed
closedloop,
loop,however,
however,addadd- encryption.
node.
encryption.
MTI0002612
for
rolling
floor,
RJ-ll connector
\R'J-d-Iev';;m kd-nek'tdr\
See ROFL
ROFL\R’O-F-L’\
\R'O-F-L'\ Acronym
Acronym for
rolling
on on
the the
floor,
RJ-11
connector \R’J-a-lev’an
ka-nek’tar\ n. See
connector.
laughing.
used
mostly
in newsphone connector.
Laughing.AnAnexpression,
expression,
used
mostly
in newsRJ-11
jack \R’J-a-lev’~n
jak\n.n.See
Seephone
phoneconnecconnec- groups
and online
onlineconferences,
conferences,
indicate
one’s
RJ-ll jack
\R'j-d-Iev'dn jak\
groups and
to to
indicate
one's
tor.
appreciationof
ofaajoke
jokeororother
otherhumorous
humorous
circumappreciation
circumlUlN \R'lin,
See Research
Research Libraries
RLIN
\R’lin, R'L-I-N'\
R’L-I-N’\n.n. See
Libraries stance.
stance.Also
Alsocalled
calledROTFL.
ROTFL.
Information Network.
role-playing
game
\rol'pla-eng
gam'\
n. A
role-playing game \r61"pl~-~ng
g~m’\
n.game
A game
RLLencoding
\R’L-L"
en-k6-d~ng\
n.
See
ranRLL encoding \R'L-L' en-ko-deng\ n. See runffiatisisplayed
playedonline
onlinesuch
suchasas
a MUD,
in which
that
a MUD,
in which
par-parlength limited
limited encoding.
encoding.
ticipantstake
takeon
onthe
theidentities
identities
characters
ticipants
ofof
characters
thatthat
1 \R’log’in\ n. 1. A protocol used to log in
rlogin1
\R'log'in \
A protocol used to log in
interactwith
witheach
eachother.
other.Often
Often
these
games
have
interact
these
games
have
a a
networked computer
computer in
in which
which the
the local
local syssysto aa networked
fantasyororscience
sciencefiction
fiction
setting
set of
fantasy
setting
andand
havehave
a seta of
rulesthat
thatallallplayers
players
need
to follow.
See also
MUD.
automatically supplies
rules
need
to follow.
See also
MUD.
tem automatically
suppliesthe
the user's
user’slogin
loginname.
name.
See
also communications
communicationsprotocol,
protocol,logon.
logon.ComCom-rollback \r61"bak\
A return
returntotoa aprevious
previous
stable
See also
\rol'bak\ n. A
stable
pare
UNIX
command
BSD
UNIX condition,
pare telnet
te1net1 .1.2.2.AAUNIX
command
in in
BSD
UNIX
ofof
a hard
disk
areare
condition,asaswhen
whenthe
thecontents
contents
a hard
disk
that enables a user to log
restoredfrom
fromaabackup
backupafter
aftera adestructive
destructive
hard
log in
in to
to aa remote
remote computer
computer
restored
hard
disk
error.
on a network
network using
using the
rlogin
protocol.
See
also
disk
error.
the rlogin protocol. See also
ROM
R’O-M’\n.n.1.1.Acronym
Acronym
read-only
UNIX.
forfor
read-only
ROM \\rom,
rom, R'O-M'\
BSD UNIX.
2
x
rlogil~
\R’log’in\
connect
a networked memory.
memory.AAsemiconductor
semiconductor
circuit
which
rlogui \R'log'in\
vb.vb.
ToTo
connect
to atonetworked
circuit
intointo
which
codecode
computer using
using the
the rlogin
rlogin protocol.
protocol.
or data
data isis permanently
permanentlyinstalled
installed
manufaccomputer
or
byby
thethe
manufacRLSD
\R’L-S-D’\ n.
n. A~ronym
for Received
turingprocess.
process.The
Theuse
useofofthis
this
technology
is ecoRLSD \R'L-S-D'\
turing
Acronym for
Received Line
Line
technology
is ecoSignal Detect.
nomically
only
if the
chips
are produced
in in
Signal
Detect.See
SeeDCD.
DCD.
nomicallyviable
viable
only
if the
chips
are produced
large
quantities;
experimental
designs,
or
small
\R'M-M'\n.n.See
Seereal-mode
real-mode mapper.
large quantities; experimental design$ or small VQl~' volRMM \R’M-M’\
mapper.
.ro \dot’R-O’\
\doeR-O'\ n.n.On
Onthe
theInternet,
Internet, the
the major
major geogeo.to
umes are
are best
best handled
using PROM
PROMororEPROM.
EPROM.
umes
handled using
graphic
that an addr.ess
2. Acronym
Acronymfor
forread-only
read-onlymemory.
memory.
Any
semicongraphic domain
domain specifying
specifying that
addr.ess is
2.
Any
semiconRomania.
ductor
as as
a memory
thatthat
contains
located in Romania.
ductorcircuit
circuitserving
serving
a memory
contains
instructions
robopost \r6"b6-p6st’\
\ro'bo-posf\ vb.
To post
post articles
articles to
read
butbut
notnot
modirobopost
vb. To
to
instructionsorordata
datathat
thatcan
canbebe
read
modinewsgroups automatically,
automatically, usually
fied
byby
manufacturing
or by
newsgroups
usuallyby
bymeans
means of
of'aa
fied(whether
(whetherplaced
placedthere
there
manufacturing
or by
bot.
See also bot
hot (definition 3),
3), newsgroup,
newsgroup, post.
post.
programming process,
process, as
as in
in PROM
PROMand
andEPROM).
EPROM).
bot. See
a programming
robot\r6~bot\
\rooot\n.n.1.1.AAmachine
machinethat
thatcan
cansense
sense and
and
See also
EEPROM,
robot
See
also
EEPROM,EPROM,
EPROM,PROM.
PROM.
cause changes
changes in
in its
its surroundsurroundroman\r6"man\
\ ro'mdn \ adj.
adj.Having
Having upright
upright rather
react to input and cause
roman
ratherthan
than
slantedcharacters
charactersinina atypeface.
typeface.
also
famings
with some
slanted
SeeSee
also
fontfont
famings with
somedegree
degreeofofintelligence,
intelligence,ideally
ideally
without human
human supervision.
supervision.Although
Althoughrobots
robotsare
are
ily.Compare
Compare italic.
without
ily.
italic.
oftendesigned
designedto tomiinic
mimichuman
humanmovements
movementsin
in ROM Basic
Basic\rom"
\rom'
ba'sik,R-O-M’\
R-O-M'\ n. A
often
b~’sik,
ABasic
Basicinterinterpreter
soso
tha~
carrying out
out their
their work,
work, they
they are
are seldom
humanpreter stored
stored in
in ROM
ROM(read-only
(read-onlymemory)
memory)
that.
carrying
seldom humanthe user
user can
canstart
startprogramming
programming
after
simply
the
after
simply
turn-turnlike
in
like in
in appearance.
appearance.Robots
Robotsare
arecommonly
commonly used
used in
ing
the machine
machinewithout
without
having
to load
Basic
ing on
manufacturing
on the
haVing
to load
Basic
manufacturingproducts
productssuch
such as
as automobiles
automobilesand
and
from-a
disk
or
tape.
ROM
Basic
was
a
feature
from,a disk or tape. ROM Basic was a feature of of
computers.
Seealso
alsorobotics.
robotics.2.2.See
Seebot,
bot,spider.
spider.
computers. See
robotics \r6-bot’iks\
\ro-bonks\ n.n.The
Thebranch
branch of
ofengineerengineermanyearly
earlyhome
homecomputers.
computers.
many
\rom' b/’6s,
bI'os, R-O-M’\
R-O-M'\ n.n.Acronym
forfor
BIOS \rom"
ing devoted
to the
of ROM
ROM BIOS
Acronym
ing
devoted to
the creation
creation and
and training
training of
read-only
robots.
input/output
system.
See See
robots. Roboticists
Roboticistswork
workwithin
withinaawide
widerange
range of
of
read-onlymemory
memorybasic
basic
input/output
system.
fields,
as mechanica!
mechanical and electronic
electronic engiengifields, such
such as
BIOS.
BIOS.
ROMcard
card \rom'
\rom" kard,
Mird,R'O-M'\
R’O-M’\
A plug-in
modn. n.
A plug-in
modneering, cybernetics,
cybernetics,bionics,
bionics,and
and artificial
artificialintelliintelli- ROM
neering,
gence,,all
alltoward
towardthe
the end
end of endowing
their
ule that
that contains
containsone
oneorormore
moreprinter
printer
fonts,
progence,
endowing their
ule
fonts,
programs,ororgames
gamesororother
otherinformation
information
stored
creations
awareness, physiphysigrams,
stored
in in
creations with
with as
as much sensory awareness,
cal
dexterity, independence,
ROM
card
is is
cal dexterity,
independence,and
and flexibility
flexibilityasas ROM
ROM(read-only
(read-onlymemory).
memory).AAtypical
typica!
ROM
card
possible.
alsoartificial
artificial inte!ligence,
intelligence, bionics,
bionics,
about
'times
possible. See also
about the
the size
sizeof
ofaa credit
creditcard
cardand
andseveral
several
.times
thicker.ItItstores
storesinformation
information
directly
in integrated
cybernetics.
thicker.
directly
in integrated
function
con- circuit
circuitboards.
boards.Also
Also
called
font
card,
game
card.
robust \r6-bust’\
\ro-bust'\ adj.
ad}. Able
Able totofunction
or or
to to
concalled
font
card,
game
card.
Seealso
alsoROM
ROM(definition
(definition1),1),ROM
ROM
cartridge.
See
cartridge.
tinue
tinue functioning
functioningwell
wellininunexpected
unexpectedsituations.
situations.
MTI0002613
ROM cartridge
n. n.
A plugROM
cart, idge \rom'
\rom" kiir'trij,
kSr’trij,R-O-M'\
R-O-M’\
A plugI c: \ ~ Root directory
in
oror
more
printer
fonts,
in module
modulethat
thatcontains
containsone
one
more
printer
fonts,
programs,games,
games,ororother
otherinformation
information
stored
programs,
stored
in in
ROM
memory)
chips
on on
a aboard
ROM(read-only
(read-only
memory)
chips
board
enclosed
enclosedininaa plastic
plasticcase
casewith
witha aconnector
connector
exposed
easily
plug
intointo
exposed atatone
oneend
endsosothat
thafit itcan
can
easily
plug
aa printer,
oror
other
device.
printer,computer,
computer,game
gamesystem,
system,
other
device.
For
that
plugs
intointo
a game
For example,
example,a acartridge
cartridge
that
plugs
a game
system
Also
called
game
carsystemisisaa ROM
ROMcartridge.
cartridge.
Also
called
game
ca>
The structure
structure of
ofaa hierarchical
hierarchical
Root directory.
directory. The
tridge.See
See
also
ROM
(definition
1), ROM
tridge.
also
ROM
(definition
1), ROM
card.card.
directory;
the backslash.
backslash.
directory,"the
~heroot
rootisisidentified
identified by the
ROMemulator
emulator \rom'
\tom" em’ya-lgt-tar,
R-O-Mr\
n. A
ROM
em'yd-lii-tdr, R-O-M
. . \ n. A
special
RAM
memory
that that
is is
special circuit
circuitcontaining
containing
RAM
memory
\rObt'n~m,
nam, r~:~t’\
rdbt'\ n. In-MS-DOS
In· MS-DOS and
connected
in in
place
of of
thethe root name \r~t"
connectedtotoaatarget
targetcomputer
computer
place
and
Windows,.
the
first
part
of
a
filename.
In
MS-DOS
target
computer's
ROM
chips.
A
separate
comWindows,.
the
first
part
of
a
filename.
In
MS-DOS
arget computer’s ROM chips. A separate computer
writesthe
thecontents
contentsinto
intothe
theRAM,
RAM,
then and earlier
puter writes
andand
then
earlier versions
versions of
of Windows,
Windows, the
the maximum
maximum
the target
target computer
as as
if ff
it were
the
computerreads
readsthe
theRAM
RAM
it were length
length of
of the
the root
root name
name was
was eight
eight characters;
characters;inin
ROM.
ROM.ROM
ROMemulators
emulatorsare
areused
usedtotodebug
debugROMROM- Windows
Windows NT
NTand
andlater
laterversions
versionsofofWindows,
Windows,thethe
resident
softwarewithout
without
high
cost
delay root
root name
name may
may be
be as
as long
long as
as 255
characters.See
See
resident software
thethe
high
cost
andand
delay
255 characters.
also
8.3,
extension
(definition
1),
filename,
long
of
manufacturing
chips.
Even
though
the
use
of
a
8.3,
(definition
I),
filename,
long
also
’ of manufacturing chips. Even though the use of a
ROM
than
programROMemulator
emulatorisismore
moreexpensive
expensive
than
program- filenames.
filenames.
\R'O-Ythdr-ten' en-krip'shdn\
ming an
EPROM, it itisisoften
today
ruing
an EPROM,
oftenpreferred
preferred
today ROT13
ROT13 encryption
enclTption \R’O-T’tha>t~n"
en-krip’shan\
simple encryption
encryptionmethod
methodininwhich
whicheach
eachletletbecause
more
because its
itscontents
contentscan
canbebechanged
changedmuch
much
more n. A simple
ter is
quickly than
Also
called
ROMROM
quickly
thanthose
thoseofofan
anEPROM.
EPROM.
Also
called
is replaced
replaced with the letter of the
the alphabet
alphabet 13
13 letletsimulator.
SeeSee
alsoalso
EEPROM,
EPROM,
ROMROM
(defi-(defi- ters
simulator.
EEPROM,
EPROM,
ters after
after the
the original
original letter,
letter, so
so that
thatAAisisreplaced
replacedby
by
N, and
and so
so forth;
forth;N,N,ininturn,
turn,isisreplaced
replacedbybyA,A,
and
nition
.
N,
and
ZZ
nition 1)
1).
¯. ROM
ROMsimulator
\tom" sim'yd-la-tdr,
sim’ya-l~-tar,
R’O-M’\
is replaced
replaced by M.
M.ROT13
ROT13encryption
encryptionisisnot
notused
usedtoto
simulator \rom'
R'O-M'\
n. n. is
protect
messages against
against unauthorized,
unauthorized· readers;
See ROM
See
ROMemulator.
emulator.
protect messages
readers;
root \r~t\
\rObt\n.n.The
Themain
main or
or uppermost
level
in ain a rather,
root
uppermost
level
rather, itit isis used
used in
in newsgroups
newsgroupstoto encode
encodemesmeshierarchically
set set
of of
information.
The The sages
hierarchicallyorganized
organized
information.
sages that
thataa user
usermay
maynot
notwant
wanttotoread,
read,such
suchasas
sexual jokes
jokes or
or spoilers.
Some newsreaders
newsreaders can
can
root isis the
subsets
branch
in ain a sexual
spoilers. Some
root
thepoint
pointfrom
fromwhich
which
subsets
branch
automaticallyperform
perform ROT13
ROT13encryption
encryptionand
and
logical
from
a broad
focus
to to automatically
logicalsequence
sequencethat
thatmoves
moves
from
a broad
focus
perspectives. See
See also
also leaf, tree.
decryption
narrower perspectives.
decryption atatthe
the touch
touchof
ofaakey.
key.
root account
\remt'a-kount’,
d-kounf, rdbt'\
\ro'tat\ vb.
or or
other
rotate \r6"t~t\
vb.1.1. To
Toturn
turna amodel
model
other
account \r~t"
rc~t’\ n.n.On
OnUNIX
UNIX rotate
graphical
image
so
that
it
is
viewed
at
a
different
systems,
over
thethe
opersystems,the
theaccount
accounthaving
havingcontrol
control
over
oper- graphical image so that it is viewed at a different
ation
computer. The
ation of
of aa computer.
Thesystem
systemadministrator
administrator angle. 2. To
To move
move bits
bits in
in aa register
registertotothe
theleft
leftorortoto
uses this
this account
accountfor
forsystem
systemmaintenance.
maintenance.
the right.
right. The
Thebit
bitthat
thatmoves
movesout
outofofthe
theend
endposiposiuses
AlsoAlso the
tion rotates
newly vacated
called
calledsuperuser.
supemser. See also system
system administrator.
administrator.
tion
rotates to
to the
the newly
vacated position
positionatatthe
the
\remt'ddr-ek'tdr-e\
of of opposite end of the
shift.
root directory \r~t"
dar-ek’tar-~\ n.n.The
Thepoint
point
the register.
register. Compare
Compare shift.
rotationaldelay
delay \ro-ta'shd-ndl
\r6-t~’sha-nal
dad,’\n. n.The
The
entry
hierardd-la'\
entry into
intothe
thedirectory
directorytree
treeinina adisk-based
disk-based
hierar- rotational
chicaldirectory
directorystructure.
structure.
Branching
from
required for
for aa desired
desired disk
disk sector
sector to
to r~tate
roam to .
time required
chical
Branching
from
this this
rootroot time
latency.
are
each
of of the read/write head. Also
Also called
called rotational latency.
are various
variousdirectories
directoriesand
andsubdirectories,
subdirectories,
each
latency\r6-t~’shan-aI
\ro-ta'shdn-;::llla't;::ln-se\
which
can contain
containone
oneorormore
morefiles
files
and
subdirec- rotational
rotational latency
lfi’tan-s~\n.n.See
See
which can
and
subdirectories
of
its
own.
For
example,
in
the
MS-DOS
rotational
delay.
tories of its own. For example, in the MS-DOS
operatingsystem
systemthe
theroot
rootdirectory
directory
is identified
ROterminal
terminal \R-O"
tar’ma-nal\n.n.Short
ShortfoJ,"forreadread\R-O' t;::lr'm;::l-n;::ll\
operating
is identified
by byRO
terminal. A
that can
canreceive
receivedata
data
a name
name conSisting
character
only terminal.
A terminal
terminal that
consistingofofa aSingle
singlebackslash
backslash
character only
(\). Beneath
Beneath the
which
send data.
data. Nearly
Nearlyallallprinters
printerscan
canbebe
cannot send
the root
root are
are other
otherdirectories,
directories,,
which but cannot
may
containfurther
furtherdirectories,
directories,
and
classified
terminals.
,
may contain
and
so so
on.on.
SeeSee
the the classified
as as
RO RO
terminals.
illustration.
ROTFL \R’O-T-F-L’\
illustration.
ROTFl
\R'O-T-F-L'\ See ROFL.
ROFL.
I~AT~li
I~PORTsj
MTI0002614
\R’prom,
Short
round\round\
\round\
shortenthe
thefractional
fractional part
RPROM
\R'prom,R’P’rom,
R'P'rom, R’P-R’O-M’\
R'P-R'O-M'\ n. n.
Short
round
vb.vb.
ToTo
shorten
part of
of RPROM
number, usually
thethe
lastlast
remaining
aa number,
usuallyincreasing
increasing
remaining for
PROM.See
See
EPROM.
for reprogrammable
reprogrammable PROM.
EPROM.
RRSP
(rightmost) digit
or or
not,according
to whether
the the
RRSl? \R’R-S-P’\
\R'R-S-P'\ n.
n. See
See Resource
Resource Reservation
Reservation
(right_most)
digit
not, according
to whether
Setup
Protocol.
deleted
portion
was
over
or
under
5.
For
example,
Setup
deleted
was over or under 5. For example,
0.3333 rounded
roundedto
to two
two decimal
decimal places
placesisis0.33,
0.33, and
and 1RS-232-C
RS-232-C standard
\ R' S-tc5b-thre-tOO-C stan’stan'standard \R’S-t~-thr~-t~-C"
0.3333
0.6666 isis0.67.
dard\
industrystandard
standardfor
forserial·
serial.
ddrd\ n.
n. An
An accepted
accepted industry
0.6666
0.67.Computer
Computerprograms
programsoften
often round
connections.
Adopted
numbers, sometimes·
confusion
when
the the communications
communications connections.
Adopted
by by
thethe
numbers,
sometimescausing
causing
confusion
when
Electrical
Industries
Association,
this
Recomresulting
values
do
not
add
up
"correctly."
PerElectrical
Industries
Association,
this
Recomresulting values do not add up "correctly." Percentages in
thus
total
9999
percent
mended Standard
thethe
specific
lines
Standard(RS)
(RS)defines
defines
specific
lines
centages
inaaspreadsheet
spreadsheetcan
can
thus
total
percent mended
and
characteristicsused
used
serial
communior 101
101 percent
percent because
because of
ofrounding.
rounding.
and signal
signal characteristics
byby
serial
communior
controllerstotostandardize
standardize
transmission
round robin
cations controllers
thethe
transmission
round
robin \round'
\round"rob'in\
rob’inkn.n.AAsequential,
sequential, cations
cyclical allocation
to to
more
than
oneone of
of serial
serial data
data between
between devices.
devices.The
Theletter
letterC C
cyclical
allocationofofresources
resources
more
than
process
or
device.
denotes
that
the
current
version
of
the
standard
denotes
that
the
current
version
of
the
standard
is is
process device.
routable protocol \rou’ta-bl
\rou'td-bl pro'td-kol,
rOO'tdthe third
See See
alsoalso
CTS,CTS,
DSR,
DTR,DTR,
RTS, RTS,
routableprotocol
pro’ta-kol,
r~’ta- the
thirdinina aseries.
series.
DSR,
bl\ n.
n. A
A communications
communications protocol
that
is used
to to RXD,
RXD, TXI).
TXD.
bl\
protocol
that
is used
means
RS-42214231 449 \ \R"
R'S-for-tc5b-tc5b
route data
S-f6r-t~-t~"'for-too-thre'forf6r-t~)-thrfi" f6rroute
data from
fromone
onenetwork
networktotoanother
anotherbyby
means RS-422/423/449
of
a
network
address
and
a
device
address.
TCP
1
f6r-nTn’\
n.
Standards
for
serial
communications
for-nln'\
n.
Standards
for
serial
communications
of a network address and a device address. TCP/
with
transmission
distances
over
50feet.
feet.RS-449
RS-449
IP
is
an
example
of
a
routable
protocol.
with
transmission
distances
over
50
IP is an example of a routable protocol.
incorporates
RS-422
and
RS-423.
Macintosh
serial
router
\rou'tdr\
n.
An
intermediary
device
on
a
RS-422 and RS-423. Macintosh serial
router \rou’tor\ n. An intermediary device on a
communications network
message
RS-422 ports.
ports are RS-422
ports. See
See also
alsoRS-232-C
RS-232-Cstanstancommunications
networkthat
thatexpedites
expedites
message ports
dard.
¯.
deliveiy. On
network
linking
many
comdelivei-y.
Ona asingle
single
network
linking
many
com- dard.
RSAC
\R’sak,
R’S-A-C’\
n.
See
Recreational
Softputers
through
a
mesh
of
possible
connections,
a
RSAC
\R'sak,
R'S-A-C\
n.
See
Recreational
Softputers through a mesh of possible cormections, a
ware
Advisory
Council.
router receives
transmitted
messages
and
forwards
AdVisory
Council.
receives transmitted messages and forwards
RSAencryption
\R-S-A"
en-krip’shan\
Short
them
over
thethe
most
encryption \R-S-A'
en-krip'shdn\
n. n.
Short
them to
to their
their correct
correctdestinations
destinations
over
most RSA
for Rivest-Shamir-Adleman
Rivest-Shamir-Adleman
encryption.
efficient
route.
OnOn
an an
interconnected
set set for
encryption.
TheThe
pat-patefficientavailable
available
route.
interconnected
ented public
publickey
key.encryption
encryption
algorithm,
introduced
of local
using
thethe
same
comalgorithm,
introduced
localarea
areanetworks
networks(LANs)
(LANs)
using
same
com- ented
by Ronald Rivest,
Rivest,Adi
AdiShamir,
Sharnir,
and
Leonard
Adlemunications
a a
router
serves
thethe
someand
Leonard
Adlemunicationsprotocols,
protocols,
router
serves
some- biRonald
f
man
in
1978,
on
which
the
PGP
(Pretty
Good
Priwhat
different
function
of
acting
as
a
link
between
man
in
1978,
on
which
the
PGP
(Pretty
Good
Priwhat different function O acting as a link between
LANs,enabling
messages
to be
sent
from
oneone
to to vacy)
vacy) encryption
encryptionprogram
programis is
based.
PGP,
based.
SeeSee
alsoalso
PGP,
LANs, .enabling
messages
to be
sent
from
public key
keyencryption.
encryption.
another.
public
another. See
Seealso
alsobridge,
bridge,gateway.
gateway.
routine \r~)-tfin;\
\rOO-ten.'\ n.
n. Any
Any section
code
thatthat
cancanRSI
\R'S-I'\ n.
n. See
See repetitive
repetitive strain
RSI \R’S-I’\
straininjury.
injury.
sectionofof
code
be
invoked
(executed)
within
a
program.
A
rou\R'S-N'\
See
Real
Soon
Now.
RSN
RSN
\R’S-N’\
See
Real
Soon
Now.
be invoked (executed) within a program. A rouRSVP \R’S-V-P’\
n. See
tine
RSVP
\R'S-V-P'\ n.
(identifier)
associated
with with
See Resource
Resource Reservation
Reservation
tine usually
usuallyhas
hasa name
a name
(identifier)
associated
Setup
Protocol.
itit and
and is
is executed
executed by
that
name.
by referencing
referencing
that
name. Setup Protocol.
Related
mayor
may
notnot
be be
exact
\R'T-F'\ n.
Text
Format.
RTF \R’T-F’\
n. See
SeeRich
Rich
Text
Format.
Relatedterms
terms(which
(which
may or
may
exact RTF
synonyms,
\R'T-F-M'\ Acronym
forfor
onon
thethe
context)
are are
funcread
thethe
flaming
RTFM \R’T-F-M’\
Acronym
read
flaming
synonyms,depending
depending
context)
func- RTFM
(or
friendly)
manual.
A
common
answer
tion,
procedure,
and
subroutine.
See
also
function
(or
friendly)
manual.
A
common
answer
to ato. a
tion, procedure, and subroutinE. See also function
question
in
an
Intemet
newsgroup
or
product
sup(definition
3),
procedure,
subroutine.
question
in
an
Internet
newsgroup
or
product
sup(definition 3), procedure, subroutine.
.¯row
n. A
arranged
horizontally
adequately
explained
in the
portconference
conferencethat
thatis is
adequately
explained
in the
row \ro\
\r6\ n.
A series
seriesofofitems
items
arranged
horizontally port
instructionmanual.
manual.
Also
called
RTM.
within
example,
a a instruction
Also
called
RTM.
withinsome
sometype
typdofofframework-for
framework--for
example,
RTM \R’T-M’\
Acronymforfor
read
manual.
continuous
of of
cells
running
fromfrom
left toleft
right
RTM
\R'T-M'\ Acronym
read
thethe
manual.
See See
continuousseries
series
cells
running
to right
RTFM.
in
a
spreadsheet;
a
horizontal
line
of
pixels
on
a
RTFM.
in a spreadsheet; a horizontal line of pixels on a
video
values
aligned
hori\R'T-S'\ n.
n. Acronym
to to
Send.
A A
RTS \R’T-S’\
AcronymforforRequest
Request
Send.
videoscreen;
screen;orora asetsetofofdata
data
values
aligned
hori-RTS
zontally
in aintable.
Compare
column.
signalsent,
sent,asasfrom
from
a computer
to its
modem,
signal
a computer
to its
modem,
to to
zontally
a table.
Compare
column.
requestpermission
permission
transmit;
signal
is often
RPC
n. See
See remote
request
to to
transmit;
the the
Signal
is often
RPC \R'P-C\
\R’P-C’\ n.
remoteprocedure
procedurecall.
call.
usedininserial
serialcommunications.
communications.
a hardware
RPF
used
RTSRTS
is a ishardware
RPF \R'P-F'\
\R’P-F’\ n.
n. See
Seereverse
reversepatl1
pathforwarding.
forwarding.
RPN
\R'P-N'\
n.
Acronym
for
reverse
Polish
notasignal
sent
over
pin
4
in
RS-232-C
connections.
See See
signal
sent
over
pin
4
in
RS-232-C
connections.
RPN \R’P-N’\ n. Acronym for reverse Polish notation.
See
postfLx
notation.
also
RS-232-C
standard.
Compare
CTS.
also
RS-232-C
standard.
Compare
CTS.
tion. See posffkx notation.
MTI0002615
.ru \dot~R-U’\
n. On
On the
the Internet,
Internet,the
themajor
majorgeoge0- run around \ran"
\run' ;:)-round'\
In In
page
composi.m
\do{R-U'\ n.
a-round’\vb.vb.
page
composigraphic
domain specifying
specifyingthat
thatananaddress
addressisis tion,
tion, to
to position
positiontext
textsosothat
thatit itflows
flows
around
graphic domain
around
an an
illustrationororother
otherdisplay.
display.
illustration
Russian Federation.
located in the Russian
Federation.
lim';:)rubber
n. n.InIncomrubber banding
banding\rub';:)r
\rob’orban'deng\
ban’dfing\
com- run-length
run-lengthlimited
limitedencoding
encoding\run'length
\ run’length
lim" aencoding.
AA
graphics, changing
puter graphics,
changingthe
theshape
shapeofofan
anobject
object t;:)d
tad en-ko'deng\
en-k6"d~ng\ n.
n. Abbreviated
AbbreviatedRLL
RLL
encoding.
made up of connected
connectedlines
linesbyby"grabbing"
"grabbing"
a point fast
fastand
andhighly
highlyefficient
efficient
method
of storing
a point
method
of storing
datadata
on on
aa disk
in in
which
patterns
in in
on an .anchored
.anchored line
lineand
and "pulling"
"pulling"itittotothe
thenew
new
disk (usually
(usuallya ahard
harddisk)
disk)
which
patterns
the
bits representing
areare
translated
the bits
representinginformation
information
translated
location.
control \rud’or
\rud';:)r kan-tr61"\
k;;m-tron n.n. AA device,
stored
literally
bit by'
rudder control
device, into
into codes
codesrather
ratherthan
thanbeing
being
stored
literally
bit by
bit and
and character
by character.
character.InInRLL
RLL
encoding,
character by
encoding,
consisting ofofaa pair
consisting
pair of
of pedals,
pedals,that
that enables
enablesaa bit
changesininmagnetic
magnetic
flux
based
number
user to input redder
rudder movements
movements in
flux
areare
based
on on
the the
number
in aa flight
flightsimusimu- changes
zeros that
lation program.
lation
program.The
The rudder
rudder control
controlisi~used
used of
of zeros
that occur
occurinin sequence.
sequence.This
Thisscheme
scheme
along with
with a joystick
(which controls
controlsthe
the simusimu- allows
allowsdata
datatotobe
bestored
storedwith
withfew~r
fewer
changes
along
joystick (which
changes
in in
magneticflux
fluxthan
th~in
would
otherwise
be needed
would
otherwise
be needed
for for
lated
ailerons and
lated ailerons
and elevators)
elevators)and
and possibly
possiblya a magnetic
the
number of
and
results
in in
throttle control.
~e number
of data
databits
bitsinvolved
involved
and
results
considerably
higher
storage
capacity
than
is
posnile
n. 1.
A Aline
below,orortoto considerably higher storage capacity than is posrule \r~l\
\reml\
n. 1.
lineprinted
printed above,
above, below,
sible with
witholder
oldertechnoiogies,
technoiogies,
such
frequency
sible
such
as as
frequency
the side of some element, either to set that item off
off
modulation(FM)
(FM)and
andmodified
modified
frequency
modulamodulation
frequency
modulafrom
from the
the remainder
remainderof
ofthe
thepage
page or
ortoto improve
improvethe
the
tion
(MFM)
encoding.
Compare
frequency
modulook
page.
Footnotes,
for
example,
often
look of the pag
.
Footnotes,
for
example,
often
tion
(MFM)
encoding.
Compare
frequency
modue
frequency
modulation
role that
that sets
sets them
them off
offfrom
from lation
lation encoding,
encoding,modified
modified
frequency
modulation .
appear below a short
short rule
encoding.
the main
main text
text on
on the
the page.
page.The
Thethickness
thicknessofofa arule
role encoding.
is typically
typicallymeasured
measuredininpOints.
points.(A
(Apoint
pointisisapproxiapproxi- running
runningfoot
foot\ run'
\run’~ng
fc~t’\
One
more
eng fdbt'\
n. n.
One
or or
more
is
lines
1/12 inch.)
point11 (definition 1).
1). 2.
2.
area
of aofpage,
mately 1/72
inch.) See
See also point
lines of
oftext
textininthe
thebottom
bottommargin
margin
area
a page,
systems,aastatement
statementthat
thatcan
canbebeused
usedtoto composed
composedofofone
oneorormore
moreelements
elements
such
In expert systems,
such
as as
thethe
page
number,
the
name
of
the
chapter,
the
date,
verify
premises
and
to
enable
a
conclusion
to
be
page
number,
the
name
of
the
chapter,
the
date,
verify premises and to enable a conclusion to be
.¯ prawn.'
See also
and so on. Also
Also callod
called footer
.
drawn.See
also expert
expert system.
system.
footer.
.¯rule-based
system
\ reml'basd
si'si’stam\
st;:)m \ n. n.See
hed'\
n. n.
One
or or
more
rule-based
system
\r~l’b~sd
See running
runninghead
head\run'eng
\run’~ng
hed’\
One
more
production system.
system.
lines of
oftext
textininthe
thetop
topmargin
margin
area
a page,
comlines
expert system,
system, production
area
of of
a page,
comruler \r~’lar\
posed of
of one
one or
or more
moreelements
elementssuch
suchasasthethe
page
\rem'l;:)r\n.n.InInsome
someapplication
application programs,
programs,
posed
page
such
number,
word processors,
processors, an on-screen
'on-screen scale
scale
and
so so
such as word
number, the
thename
nameofofthe
thechapter,
chapter,thethedate,
date,
and
marked off in
in inches
inchesor
orother
otherunits
unitsofofmeasure
measureand
and on.
on. Also
Also called
calledheader.
header.
time \\run'tIm\
run" t~m\n.n.1.1.The
The
time
period
during
time
period
during
used to show line
line widths,
widths,tab
tabsettings,
settings,paragraph
paragraph run time
SeeSee
also
compile
time,time,
indents, and
indents,
and so
so on.
on. In
In programs
programsininwhich
whichthe
theruler
ruler which
which aaprogram
programisisrunning.
running.
also
compile
"live," the
dynamic
binding,
link link
time.time.
is "live,"
theon-screen
on-screenruler
rulercan
canbebeused
usedwith
withthe
the dynamic
dynamicallocation,
allocation,
dynamic
binding,
2.
The
amount
of
time
needed
to
execute
a given
mouse
or
with
the
keyboard
to
set,
adjust,
or
2.
The
amount
of
time
needed
to
execute
a
given
mouse or with the keyboard to set, adjust, or
remove tab stops and other settings.
See the
the illusillussettings. See
program.
program.
run-time
Occurring
afterafter
a program
tration.
run-time \\run'tIm\
run’t~m\adj.
adj.
Occurring
a program
Ruler
Ruler.
run
~
\ran\
Toexecute
execute
a program.
\ run \ vb.
vb. To
a program.
has begun
beguntotobe
beexecuted,
executed,such
suchasas
evaluation
has
evaluation
of of
variableexpressions
expressionsand
anddynamic
dynamic
allocation
variable
allocation
of of
memory.
memory.
run-time
bIn'deng\
n. Assignrun-tdznebinding
binding\run'tIm
\run’t7m
bgn’dfing\
n. Assignment of
ofaameaning
meaningtotoananidentifier
identifier
(such
a variment
(such
as aas
variable)
is is
able) in
in aa program
programatatthe
thetime
timethetheprogram
program
ratherthan
thanatatthe
thetime
time
program
is comexecuted rather
thethe
program
is compiled.Compare
Compare compile-time
binding,link-time
link-time
piled.
compile-time binding,
binding.
binding.
rim-timeerror
error\run'tIm
\run’tgm
~r’ar\
software
run-time
ilr';:)r\
n. n.
A Asoftware
error that
that occurs
occurswhile
whilea aprogram
program
beifig
exeerror
is is
being
exe-
MTI0002616
¯ cutest,
as detected
detected by a Compiler
or other
other supervisupervicuted, as
compiler or
sory program.
~ory
run-timelibrary
library\run’tim.lFbr~tr-8\
\run'tImlt'bdr-e\ n.
n. A
A file
run-time
file concontaining one or more prewritten routines to perform
taining
specific, commonly
commonly used
functions. A run-time
run-time
specific,
used functions.
library,
used
primarily
in
high-level
languages
library, used primarily in high-level languages
such as
as C,
C, saves
saves the
such
the programmer
programmer from
fromhaving
havingtoto
rewrite those routines.
routines.
rewrite
run-timeversion \run’tim
\run'fim vdr'zh;:m\
run-timeversion
var’zhan\n.n.·1.1.ProProgram
code
that
is
ready
to
be
executed.
Generally,
gram
is ready to be executed. Generally,
this code
code has
has been
been compiled
compiled and
can operate
operate
this
and can
without error
error under
under most
most user
usercom_mand
command
without
sequences and over most ranges
sequences
ranges of data
data sets.
sets. 2.2.AA
special
special release
release that provides
provides the computer
computer user
user
with
the capabilities
capabilitiesavailable
available
with some,
some, but not all, of the
in
package..
in the
the full-fledged
full-fledged software
software package
.rw
themajor
majorgeogeo•1"W \dot’R-W’\
\dot'R-W'\ n.
n. On
On the Internet,
Internet, the
graphic
domain specifying
specifyingthat
thatanan address
addressisis
graphic domain
located
located in Rwanda.
Rwanda.
RiW
R!W\R-W’\
\R-W'\adj.
adj.See
Seeread/write.
read/write.
RXD
n. Short
Shortfor
forReceive
Receive(ex)
(rx)Data.
Data.AA
RXD \R’X-D’\
\R'X-D'\ n.
line used to
serial data
data from
from one
one
to carry
carry received
received serial
device to another, such as from
device
from aa modem
modem to
to aa comcomputer.
connecputer. Pin
Pin 33 isis the
theRXD
RXD line
line in
in RS-232-C
RS-232-C connections.
Seealso
alsoRS-232-C
RS-232-C
standard.
CompareTXD.
TXD.
tions. See
standard.
Compare
RZ
HZ\R-Z’\
\R-Z'\n.n.See
Seereturn
return to
to zero.
zero.
MTI0002617